CARRIER Air Handler (indoor Blower&evap) Manual L0501315
User Manual: CARRIER CARRIER Air Handler (indoor blower&evap) Manual CARRIER Air Handler (indoor blower&evap) Owner's Manual, CARRIER Air Handler (indoor blower&evap) installation guides
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 116
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
39MN,MW03-61
Indoor and Weathertight Outdoor
Air Handlers
Installation, Start-Up and
Service Instructions
CONTENTS
Page
INTRODUCTION
.....................................
1
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
.........................
2
UNIT AND COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION
........
2-10
PRE-INSTALLATION
.............................
10-38
Inspection
..........................................
10
Rigging and Handling ..............................
10
Long-Term
Storage .................................
35
Service Clearance ..................................
35
Drain Positioning ...................................
35
Unit Suspension
....................................
35
Internal Vibration
Isolation
.........................
35
External Vibration
Isolation .........................
36
Roof Curb ..........................................
36
Pier or Beam Mount ................................
37
INSTALLATION
..................................
38-85
Indoor Unit/Section
Connection
....................
38
Outdoor Unit .......................................
39
Duct Connections
..................................
40
Panel Cutting .......................................
42
Zone Damper Section
..............................
42
Face and Bypass Dampers .........................
42
Mixing Box/Filter
Mixing Box Damper Linkage ...... 45
Mixing Box Damper Actuators ......................
45
Vertical Draw-Thru Units ............................
47
Fan Sled Disassembly ..............................
48
Fan Sled Dimensions ...............................
49
Fan Motors and Drives .............................
50
Motor Power Wiring ................................
50
Sheaves ............................................
50
V-Belts .............................................
51
Outdoor Hoods and Louvers .......................
52
Coil Connection
Housing ...........................
52
Humidifier Installation
..............................
54
Assembly
of Vertical Manifolds .....................
58
Coil Installation .....................................
59
Water and Steam Coil Piping
Recommendations
...............................
61
Coil Freeze-Up Protection ..........................
63
Refrigerant
Piping, Direct-Expansion
Coils .........
64
Hot Gas Piping and Wiring .........................
68
• INSTALL PIPING
Condensate Drain ..................................
69
Fan Motor Wiring Recommendations
...............
69
Motor Electrical
Data ...............................
70
Fan Motor Starter ...................................
71
Disconnect .........................................
71
VFD ................................................
71
VFD with Bypass
...................................
72
VFD Configuration
..................................
78
VFD Modes .........................................
78
Manufacturer
Page
Electric Heaters ....................................
79
Energy Recovery Ventilation
Sections ..............
84
• RECEIVING AND INSPECTION
• RIGGING AND STACKING
• ERV WHEEL MOTOR WIRING
START-UP .......................................
85-87
Checklist
...........................................
85
Energy Recovery Wheel ............................
87
SERVICE .......................................
88-110
General ............................................
88
Electric Heaters ....................................
88
Fan Motor Replacement
............................
88
Energy Recovery Ventilation
.......................
88
• CLEANING
• CASSETTE
REPLACEMENT
• ADJUSTING
AIR SEALS
• SEGMENT INSTALLATION
AND REPLACEMENT
• WHEEL DRIVE MOTOR AND PULLEY
REPLACEMENT
• SOLID BELT REPLACEMENT
• LINK BELT REPLACEMENT
• OTHER MAINTENANCE
Cleaning Unit Interior/Exterior ......................
91
Coil Cleaning .......................................
92
Winter Shutdown ...................................
92
Coil Removal .......................................
93
Changing Coil Hand ................................
94
Filters ..............................................
95
Magnehelic
Gage Maintenance ....................
108
Fan Shaft Bearing Removal .......................
108
Fan and Shaft Removal ............................
108
Motor Location ....................................
109
Lubrication
........................................
109
Motor and Drive Package Data ....................
109
Variable Frequency Drive ..........................
109
TROUBLESHOOTING
..........................
110-116
Steam Coil Performance Problems ................
110
Steam Failure Modes ..............................
110
VFD Diagnostics ..................................
110
INTRODUCTION
The 39M series central staion air handlers me usually
installed with ductwork;
they provide air conditioning
at
nominal capacities of 1500 to 30,500 cfin. The 39M air handler
design allows hundreds of diffelent configuration possibilities.
Each unit is assembled to meet specific job requirements and
can be shipped in sections or as a single assembly. These
instructions describe how to install, start up, and service 39M
air handlel_.
reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications
PC 201
Catalog No, 533-952
Printed in U,S.A.
or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
Form 39M-6SI
Pg 1
12-04
Replaces: 39M-5SI
SAFETY
CONSIDERATIONS
39M air-handling equipment (see Fig. 1) is designed to
provide safe and reliable service when installed and operated
within design specifications. To avoid injury to personnel and
dmnage to equipment or property when operating this equipment, use good judgment and follow safe practices as outlined
below.
SECURE fan drive sheave with a rope or strap before
working on a fan to ensure that rotor cannot freewheel.
DO NOT restole power to unit until all temporary
ways inside components have been removed.
NEVER pressurize
pressures.
NEVER enter an enclosed
while the fan is running.
fan cabinet or reach into a unit
LOCK OPEN AND TAG the fan motor power disconnect
switch before working on a fan. Take fuses with you and
note removal on tag.
LOCK OPEN AND TAG the electric heat coil power disconnect switch before working on or near heateLs.
CHECK the assembly and component weights to be sure
that the rigging equipment
can handle them safely.
Note also the centers of gravity and any specific rigging
instructions.
CHECK for adequate ventilation so that fumes will not
migrate through ductwork to occupied spaces when welding or cutting inside air-handling unit cabinet or plenum.
WHEN STEAM CLEANING COILS be sure that the area
is cle_u of personnel.
DO NOT lemove
pletely stopped.
access panel fasteners
until fan is com-
Pressme developed by a moving fan can cause excessive
force against the panel and toward personnel.
DO NOT work
disconnected.
on dampeLs
until
their operators
BE SURE that fans m'e properly grounded
on them.
m'e
before working
equipment
in excess
walk-
of specified
test
PROTECT adjacent flammable material when welding or
flame cutting. Have a fire extinguisher at hand and ready
for immediate use.
PREVENT unauthorized
entry into the unit; leave safety
latches in place on access doors except during installation
or service procedures. After accessing a section, replace
and tighten the safety latch.
FIELD SUPPLIED
MOTORS
should be Underwriters'
Laboratories
(UL) or Canadian Standmds
Association
(CSA) approved.
FIELD WIRING must comply with Natiomfl
Code (NEC) and all local requirements.
DO NOT ground equipment to fan assembly
ing. Damage to fan bezu'ings could result.
UNIT AND COMPONENT
Electric_fl
when weld-
IDENTIFICATION
The 39M air handler comes in two basic configurations;
horizontal and vertical. Using appropriate sections, it is possible to design many unit variations, including blow-thru units
and plenum fan units with multiple discharges. Fig. 2A-2H
show an exmnple of the model number used for 39M unit sections and components. Each unit's model number is listed on a
label affixed to the fan section. Section and major component
level part numbers are listed and affixed to each individual
component section.
For further information on unit and component identification refer to Fig. 3A-3B and contact your Carrier representative
for the AHUBuilder®
program. Refer to the 39M Product
Data cat,dog for more information on individual component
sections.
Fig. 1 -- Typical 39M Air Handler (Indoor
Unit Shown)
39M
N
03
000001
12
S
X
S
m
S - Standard
Q - Quick Ship
39M-Air
Handle I
T
N - Indoor Unit
W - Outdoor Unit
f
Shipping
X - Always
Option
Unit Crating Option
S - Skid only
C - Protective cover skid
B - Export with protective cover
E - Export without protective cover
Unit Size
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
4O
50
61
Shipping No. of Pieces
Example: 12 = 1 of 2
22=2of2
Odometer
Number
Revision Level
Fig. 2A -- 39M Unit Nomenclature
28M0
28M0 28MH -
1/2in. Chilled Water
1/2in. Hot Water
V
T
Coil Position
H - Horizontal
V - Vertical
Rows
1 2 4 6 8 O -
- 44 *
A
020
A
R
N
X
X - Always
-- -T
Coating
N - Non-Coated
E - E-Coated
Unit
Size DBTSt(in.)
03
020
21
06
034
25
08
040
30
10
052
36
12
052
40
14
059
50
17
065
61
B S
12 N/A
12 12
14 12
14 12
20 14
20 14
22 16
28 18
28 18
28 18
30 24
36 24
36 28
44 34
065
074
092
096
096
104
104
Tube Wall and
Hairpin Type
1/2 in.O.D. Copper Tube
A - .016 Std. Hairpin
B - .025 Std. Hairpin
Fin Material
Fins Per Inch
Casing Material
AAL 8 GALV.
D - AL 11 GALV.
F - AL 14 GALV.
G - AL 8 ST. STL.
K - AL 11 ST. STL.
MAL 14 ST. STL.
N - CU 8 ST. STL.
R - CU 11 ST. STL.
T - CU 14 ST. STL.
LEGEND
-----
D
Header Style
A - MPT Std
B - MPT-Non Ferrous
NOTE: If positions 7-8 are _>30,
then position 15 cannot = B.
Circuiting
H - Half Circuit
F - Full Circuit
D - Double Circuit
B
L
M
S
20
Hand
R - Righthand
L - Leffhand
1 Row
2 Row
4 Row
8 Row
8 Row
10 Row
Tubes In Face 12
39M Unit
Size
L
M
03
20
14
06
20
14
08
22
16
10
22
16
12
28
22
14
28
24
17
30
24
21
38
32
25
38
32
30
38
32
36
44
36
40 24/24
44
50 28/28
44
61 34/34 28/28
6
Bypass
Large
Medium
Small
*Multiple values indicate that two coils must be ordered.
1-Distance between tube sheets.
Fig. 2B -- 28MC,28MH (1/2-in. Water Coil) Nomenclature
28MZ
28MZ -
H
26
IDT Steam
074
A
X
N
-
l
- -
Coil Revision
Header Style
A - MPT Std
2 Row
Tubes In Face*
If position 11 = S
1in.
39M Unit
Size L
M
B
03
08
05 05
06
08
05 05
08
09
06 05
10
09
06 05
12
11
09 08
14
11
10 08
17
12
10 09
21
15
13 11
25
15
13 11
30
15
13 11
36
18
15 12
40 10/10
18 15
50 12/11
18 15
61 14/14 12/11 18
T
X - Always
Rows
1 - 1 Row
-
B
Coating
N - Non-Coated
E - E-Coated
Coil Position
H - Horizontal
V - Vertical
2
F
If position 11 = T
5/8 in.
S
N/A
05
05
05
05
05
06
07
07
07
10
10
11
14
L
16
16
18
18
22
22
24
30
30
30
36
20/20
24/22
28/28
M
10
10
12
12
18
20
20
26
26
26
30
36
36
24/22
B S
10 N/A
10 10
11 10
11 10
16 10
16 10
19 12
22 14
22 14
22 14
24 20
30 20
30 22
36 28
Circuiting
F - Full
Fin Material
Fins Per Inch
Casing Material
B - AL 6 GALV.
E - AL 9 GALV.
C - AL 12 GALV.
H - AL 6 ST. STL.
L - AL 9 ST. STL.
J - AL 12 ST. STL.
P - CU 6 ST. STL.
S - CU 9 ST. STL.
Q - CU 12 ST. STL.
Header Note:
Pos. 11 (Type 'S')
Supply = 2 1/2 in. MPT
Condensate = 2 1/2 in. MPT
Pos. 11 (Type 'T')
(1) Row 10-28TF = 2 in. MPT (Supply and Return)
29-40
= 2 1/2 in. MPT (Supply)
= 2 in. MPT (Return)
(2) Row 10-28TF = 2 t/2 in. MPT (Supply and Return)
29-40TF = 3 in. MPT (Supply)
= 2 1/2in. MPT (Return)
TF-Tubes in face
Unit
Size
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
28
30
36
48
50
61
Tube Size and Copper Wall
S - 1 in. O.D.x. 030 Wall Outer Tube
5/8 in. O.D.x. 020 Wall Inner Tube
T - 5/8 in. O.D. x .035 Wall Outer Tube
3/8 in. O.D. x .020 Wall Inner Tube
LEGEND
B
L
M
S
-----
DBTSt (in.)
020
034
040
052
052
059
065
065
074
092
096
096
104
104
Bypass
Large
Medium
Small
*Multiple values indicated that two coils must be ordered.
1-Distance between tube sheets.
Fig. 2C -- 28MZ (Steam Coil) Nomenclature
28ME
28ME -
V
4
32
B
A
A
065
Z
R
N
X
-- l
Direct Expansion
X - Always
Coil Position
V - Vertical
Coating
N - Non-Coated
E - E-Coated
Rows
4 4 Row
6 8 Row
8 8 Row
Hand
R - Righthand
L - Lefthand
Header Style
Z - Standard (Copper)
Varies with Coil
Tubes In Face 14 - 44*
39M Unit
Size
L
M
03
20
14
06
20
14
08
22
16
10
22
16
12
28
22
14
28
24
17
30
24
21
38
32
25
38
32
30
38
32
36
44
36
40
24/24
44
50
28/28
44
61
34/34 28/28
Unit
Circuiting
A - Face Split Quarter
B - Face Split Half
C - Face Split Full
D - Double
E - Quarter Circuit - Single Distributor
J - Half Circuit - Single Distributor
G - Row Split Full
K - Row Split Quarter
M - Row Split Half
Size
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
Tube Wall and Hairpin Type
1/2 in.O.D. Copper Tube
A - .016 Std. Hairpin
B - .025 Std. Hairpin
Fin Material
Fins Per Inch
Casing Material
AAL 8 GALV.
D - AL 11 GALV.
F - AL 14 GALV.
G - AL 8 ST. STL.
K - AL 11 ST. STL.
M - AL 14 ST. STL.
N - CU 8 ST. STL.
R - CU 11 ST. STL.
T - CU 14 ST. STL.
LEGEND
L
M
---
DBTSt(in.)
020
034
040
052
052
059
065
065
072
092
096
096
104
104
Large
Medium
*Multiple values indicated that two coils must be ordered.
1-Distance between tube sheets.
Fig. 2D -- 28ME (Direct Expansion Coil) Nomenclature
28MG
28MG - Integral Face and Bypass
Unit Size
Code Size
B
03
C
06
D
08
F
10
G
12
H
14
J
17
K
21
L
25
M
3O
N
36
p
40
Q
50
R
61
M
T
H
S
2
04
G
N
H
XX
m
1
l
Revision Level
XX - Always
Tube Orientation
H - Horizontal
V - Vertical
Hand
R - Righthand
L - Lefthand
Actuator
Y - Yes
N - No
Casing Material
G - Galvanized
S - Stainless Steel
Coil Position
H - Horizontal
Coil Type
H - Hot water
S - Steam
Fins per Inch
04 - 4
05- 5
06- 6
07- 7
08- 8
09- 9
10- 10
11- 11
12- 12
13- 13
14- 14
Rows
1 -1row
2 - 2 row
3 - 3 row
Fig. 2E -- 28MG (Integral Face and Bypass Coil) Nomenclature
28MKM
R
S
XXXXXXXXXX
- Revision Level
28MK-
Humidifer
XXXXXXXXXX - Always
Unit Size
Code Size
B
03
C
06
D
O8
F
10
G
12
H
14
J
17
K
21
L
25
M
30
N
36
P
40
Q
50
R
61
Frame Material
G - Galvanized (g90)
S - Stainless Steel
Hand
R - Righthand
L - Lefthand
Fig. 2F -- 28MK (Humidifier)
Nomenclature
28MD
28MD 28MJ -
5/8 in. Chilled Water
5/8in. Hot Water
Coil Position
H - Horizontal
V - Vertical
Rows
1 2 4 6 8 -
1
2
8
6
8
Row
Row
Row
Row
Row
Tubes In Face
10 - 36
Circuiting
H - Half Circuit
F - Full Circuit
D- Double Circuit
Fin Material
Fins Per Inch
Casing Material
AAL 8 GALV.
C - AL 12 GALV.
F - AL 14 GALV.
G - AL 8 ST. STL.
J - AL 12 ST. STL.
MAL 14 ST. STL.
N - CU 8 ST. STL.
Q - CU 12 ST. STL.
T - CU 14 ST. STL.
V
4
30
F
A
C
092
A
R
N
A
/
1
T,-Always
Coating
N - Non-Coated
E - E-Coated
Hand
R - Righthand
L - Lefthand
Header Style
A - MPT Standard
B - MPT-Non Ferrous
39M Unit
Size
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
DBTS* (in.)
020
034
040
052
052
059
065
065
074
092
096
096
104
104
Tube Wall and Hairpin Type
5/8 in. O.D. Copper Tube
C - .020 Std. Hairpin
D - .035 Std. Hairpin
*Distance between tube sheets.
Fig. 2G -- 28MD,28MJ (5/8-in. Water Coil) Nomenclature
93
Fan Motor
MRMS-
High Efficiency
Premium Efficiency
Horsepower*
01 1/2
02 3/4
03 1
041 1/2
05 2
06 3
07 5
08 7 1/2
0910
1015
11 20
121314 1516 17 18 19 2021 -
MR
01
18
mT
B
A
02
0
0
3
S
-
1'
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
200
Fan Application
R - Return/Exhaust
S - Supply
Supplier
Designation
Not Used
(Always 0)
Application Mounting
1 - Fl12 - F213 - F3**
Voltage
02 115/230-1-60
03 230-1-60
07 575-3-60
18 460-3-60
27 200/230/460-3-60
28 200/400-3-50
(190/380-3-50)
Insulation Class
0 - Vendors (Std.)
Frame
01 0225 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 -
RPM Synchronous
B- 1800 60Hz
C - 3600 60 Hz
E -150050Hz
F - 3000 50 Hz
Type
A - Open Drip Proof
C - Totally Enclosed - Fan Cooled
*Not all horsepower values shown are applicable to 39M units.
1"F3 Box location may be substituted for either F1 or F2.
**F3 Mounting may only be available on ODP Motors.
Mounting numbers apply when facing Motor Shaft end.
F1
Revision Level
F2
F3
Fig. 2H -- Motor Nomenclature
48
56
143T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
245T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
383940
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
51
52
53
54
-
365T
404T
405T
444T
445T
286TS
324TS
326TS
364TS
365TS
405TS
404TS
444TS
445TS
284TS
_F
Carrier
O
Model39MN08B0053Xl12SXS
Odometer 0053X1
SLP
$LP
Serial
Size
1 39MDSTD01DFPKFXJHH
4 39MDSTDO1DJZZZXJBH
SLP
008
2 39MCSTDO1DGBXXXOHX
3WHSTD01DGHXFXGeF
_LP 10
SLP#
1504F26765
Odometer
Piece 1 of 2
SLP 3
SLP 6
Carrier
39MHSTD01DGHXFXGBF
Fan
Motor
Drive
39MHSTD01DPPXFXJBA
SLP 12
Serial
Size
0053X1
Coil 1
Coil 2
1504F26765
008
28MCV614HAAO4OARNX
Tag
i
39M ! 594
A_Se_bJe0 _n LI_O_A
PoaoMA5GOZ50C_
_OM ! 594A
Assembled in U,S,A
PN3OMA5C_Z5002
Fig. 3B -- Section Nameplate Label
(Each Component Section will have
a Section Nameplate Label)
Fig. 3A -- Unit Nameplate Label
(Found on Each Component Section
Shipped Separately)
using the lifting brackets,
unit.
PRE-INSTALLATION
Inspection
-- Inspect the unit; file a claim with the shipping company if the unit is &_maged, Check the packing list to
ensure that the correct items have been received and notify
your CatTier representative of any discrepancy,
as shown on the rigging label on the
Aero connect hitches or screws are provided at specified
sections to separate component sections:
1. Undo till fasteners (with red hex heads) on vertical and
horizontal (side and top) semns.
Rigging
and Handling
-- To transfer the unit fiom the
shipping platform to the storage or installation site, refer to the
rigging label on the unit and these instructions,
2.
Remove
brackets
togethet:
the
and
large through-bolts
in adjacent
lifting
smaller bolts that hold lifting brackets
3.
Lift the unit with slings and header bars, using
clevises and pins in the large round holes in the unit's
lifting brackets.
When the unit is in its final location, do not remove the caps
fiom the coil connections until the coil is ready for piping. Do
not remove grease fiom the fan shaft until the drive sheave is
ready for instalhttion.
You can use a forklift truck to move units or components
only if they have full skids, Lift fiom the heavy end of the
skid, Minimum recommended fork length is 48 inches,
Base units are shipped fully assembled, except when sections me separately ordered or when the unit height exceeds
108 in. or length exceeds 30 feet. All 39M units can be rigged
Refer to Fig. 4 and 5 and Tables 1- 17 for component
10
&tta.
39MN Indoor Unit Dimensions
39MN
UNIT
SIZE
UNIT
H (in.)
CASING
W (in.)
O3
39
33
06
39
46
O8
42
54
10
42
67
12
49
67
14
49
72
17
52
79
21
62
79
25
62
86
3O
62
104
36
73
109
40
79
109
5O
89
117
61
104
117
H
AWL
39MW Outdoor Unit Dimensions
39MN
UNIT
SIZE
UNIT CASING
H (in.)
W (in.)
O3
43
36
06
43
49
O8
46
57
10
46
70
12
53
70
14
53
75
17
56
82
21
66
82
25
66
89
3O
66
107
36
77
112
40
83
112
5O
93
120
61
108
120
AWL
NOTES:
1. Weights and dimensions are approximate.
For more exact dimensions, consult with
your local Carrier Sales Engineer or select
your desired unit using AHUBuilder¢)
software.
2. All dimensions in inches unless otherwise
noted.
LEGEND
AWL
H
W
Fig. 4-
Base Unit Dimensions
1!
---
Airway Length
Height
Width
Air Distribution
_
Mixing box
Plenum
Components
_2_ Mixing box
v
(side inlet)
& Filtration
@ Plenum
section
_3_ Filter Mixing
box
(_
Heat Transfer
(_) External bypass
return section
Horizontal, bag/side loading
cartridge filter section
Sections
(_ Cooling coil
section with
drain pan
Air mixer
_
Exhaust
box (side
outlet)
Exhaust
box
(_) Internal face
and bypass
heating coil
section
(_
Internal face
@ External face
and bypass
and bypass
damper section
damper
section
Sections
@ Humidifier
section
(_) Horizontal, angle
filter section
_
Extended length
cooling coil section
(_
(_) Vertical short bag/side
loading cartridge filter
section
@ Heating
coil section
(_
Blow-thru
plenumsection
(_
with drain pan
_
--
Vertical blow-thru
plenum section
discharge
Horizontal, bag/front
loading cartridge section
Extended
length heating
_
--
_
_
Horizontal, flat
filter section
Horizontal, blow-thru front
loading HEPA filter section
@ Extended length
-- heating coil section
coil section
_
with drain pan
Dual coil
section with
drain pan
D
LEGEND
c
(_
Electric heat
section
_
--
Horizontal blow-thru
coil section with
drain pan
_
--
C
N
Cooling/Heating
blow-thru coil section
with drain pan
@ Multizone
damper section
---
Cooling
Heating
(_) Vertical cooling
coil section with
drain pan
Fan Motor Sections
A
B
Fan Configurations
Available
ContlguraUons
Section
_e
F
E
Horizontal fan
with rear inlet
fan section
@Draw-thru
exhaust
fan section
A
B
Blow-thru supply fan
section with rear inlet
and diffuser
BYPASS
be field-fabricated
Fan Section Access
Hinged Door on Hand Side
Removable Panels
INLET _
X = Standard configuration
Hinged Access on Both Sides
INLET
Blow-thru supply section
with rear inlet, diffuser and
external bypass return
Vertical fan section
with bottom inlet
Fig. 5 -- Component
@ Plenum fan
Drawings
12
(Refer to Table 1)
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
Number
Table 1 -- 39MN,MW Component
Nominal
cfm at 500
fpm
Unit Size
1500
Weights and Lengths
SECTION
3000
03
DIMENSIONS
lin,!
4000
AND
WEIGHTS
5000
06
08
10
Indoor
39
42
42
Outdoor
43
45
45
!lb)
6000
7OOO
12
14
8500
17
79
H (in.)
Refer
Mixing
2
Side inlet
3
Filter
4
Air
5
Exhaust
46
54
67
67
72
Outdoor
36
49
57
70
70
75
AWL (in.)
(Indoor/Outdoor
/ Weight
box
mixing
mixing
(Ih /
box
box
mixer
box
Side outlet
7
33
to Fig. 5
1
6
W (in,)
Indoor
Integral
exhaust
face and
box
bypass
heating
coil
section
21
330/450
21
370/510
21
420/570
21
460/610
24
520/590
24
570/750
21
300/410
27
350/490
27
390/540
33
470/650
33
510/690
39
580/780
39
640/860
36
320/450
36
380/530
36
430/590
36
490/680
35
540/730
36
570/770
36
630/840
18
170/270
18
190/310
18
210/340
24
270/430
24
290/450
24
300/470
30
380/570
18
160/260
21
190/310
21
210/350
21
230/380
21
250/400
24
250/450
24
300/480
21
300/410
27
360/490
27
390/540
33
470/650
33
510/690
39
580/780
39
640/860
48
250/400
48
280/450
48
310/500
48
340/560
48
360/580
48
380/510
48
410/650
18
130/230
18
150/270
18
170/300
18
190/340
18
200/350
18
210/360
18
230/390
8
Internal
9
External
face
18
140/--
21
160/--
21
180/--
21
190/--
21
200/--
24
220/--
24
240/--
Plenum
section
--
12 in.
12
120/210
12
140/250
12
150/270
12
170/300
12
180/310
12
190/330
12
200/350
Plenum
section
--
24 in.
24
170/280
24
190/320
24
210/350
24
230/390
24
240/400
24
250/420
24
270/450
36 in.
36
210/340
36
240/390
36
260/420
36
280/470
36
300/490
36
310/510
36
340/550
in.
48
250/400
48
280/450
48
310/500
48
340/550
48
360/580
48
380/610
48
410/650
face
and
bypass
and
damper
bypass
section
damper
section
10
Plenum
section
Plenum
12
--
section
--48
Humidifier
section
--
24 in.
24
247/360
24
290/420
24
330/470
24
370/530
24
410/570
24
420/590
24
470/650
Humidifier
section
--
36 in.
36
287/410
36
340/490
36
380/540
36
420/610
36
460/650
36
490/690
36
540/750
Humidifier
section
--
48 in.
48
327/470
48
380/550
48
430/620
48
480/700
48
520/740
48
550/780
48
600/840
18
140/--
18
160/--
18
170/--
18
180/--
18
190/--
24
220/--
24
240/--
24
170/280
24
200/330
24
220/360
24
240/400
24
260/420
24
270/440
24
300/480
FC
24
150/--
30
190/--
36
230/--
36
260/--
42
320/--
46
360/--
48
410/--
AF
42
210/--
42
240/--
36
250/--
36
280/--
42
340/--
48
380/--
48
420/--
Fan
25
150/--
28
180/--
22
180/--
22
200/--
25
230/--
25
240/--
25
260/--
12
190/280
12
230/340
12
260/380
12
300/430
12
330/460
12
340/480
12
380/530
24
230/340
24
270/400
24
310/450
24
350/510
24
390/550
24
400/570
24
450/630
24
230/340
24
270/400
24
310/450
24
350/510
24
390/550
24
400/570
24
450/630
42
300/440
42
350/510
42
390/570
42
440/540
42
480/680
42
500/710
42
560/780
33
300/--
33
340/--
36
380/--
36
420/--
48
490/--
48
520/--
48
550/--
48
320/470
48
370/540
48
420/610
48
470/690
48
510/730
48
540/770
48
590/830
48
320/470
48
370/540
48
420/610
48
470/690
48
510/730
48
540/770
48
590/830
pan
24
170/280
24
190/320
24
210/350
24
230/390
24
240/400
24
250/420
24
270/450
section
42
230/370
42
260/420
42
290/470
42
310/510
42
340/540
42
350/560
42
380/600
12
120/210
12
140/250
12
150/270
12
170/300
12
180/310
12
190/330
12
200/350
24
170/280
24
190/320
24
210/350
24
230/390
24
240/400
24
250/420
24
270/450
36
200/--
35
230/--
36
250/--
35
270/--
42
310/--
42
320/--
42
350/--
36
210/340
35
240/390
36
260/420
35
280/470
36
300/490
36
310/510
36
340/550
24/30
180/300
30135
240/390
30136
280/440
30136
320/510
30136
350/540
30136
370/570
30135
410/620
36/42
180/320
35142
220/380
42/48
290/480
42/48
340/560
42148
380/600
42148
400/530
42148
450/690
30
200/320
30
220/360
30
250/400
30
270/440
36
320/510
36
330/530
36
370/580
61
48
570/--
64
48
620/--
64
48
690/--
71
50
820/--
71
50
850/--
74
60
920/--
External
13
Horizontal
14
Vertical
_lenum
bypass
return
blow-thru
section
discharge
blow-thru
section
plenum
section
discharge
Plenum
15
Horizontal
16
2 in. or 4 in. side
Horizontal
angle
17
2 in. or 4 in. side Ioadin_l
Horizontal
bag/cartridge
filter section,
SL
6 in. or 12 in. media with 2 in. pre-filter
track
flat
filter
section
Ioadin_
filter section
Horizontal
bag/cartridge
filter section,
15 in. or 30 in. media with 2 in. pre-filter
SL
track
Vertical
bag/cartridge
filter section,
SL
6 in. or 12 in. media with 2 in. pre-filter
track
Horizontal
bag/cartridge
filter section,
EL
Face loading
media with or without
header
18
19
20
Horizontal
21
Cooling
22
coil
Extended
box
HEPA
section
length
Heating
24
blow-thru
coil
Extended
23
cooling
heating
length
heating
25
Dual
section
with
Electric
control
drain
coil
Extended
27
section,
with
FL
drain
pan
section
length
coil
filter
with
25
heat
box
section
coil
section
coil
drain
section
and
with
electric
heat
28
Horizontal
blow
29
Multizone/dual
heating/cooling
30
MuIBzone
31
Vertical
32_ 33_
34_ 35_ 36
duct
coil
damper
coil section
coil
(indoor
with
ducted
section
Low Amp (in.)
/ Outdoor / lib}
High Amp (in.)
/ Outdoor)
(Ib)
discharge
H (in,)
AWL (in.)
Indoor / Outdoor
section
with
remote
pan
with
thru
with
EBR
(indoor
/ Weight
lib/
Number
drain
11
7
11
10
11
10
11
10
11
12
42
290/--
36
290/--
36
320/--
42
370/--
48
420/--
48
460/--
EC
24
480/590
30
550/690
36
640/800
36
700/890
42
810/1010
48
910/1140
48
990/1230
AF
42
550/690
42
620/780
36
640/800
36
700/890
42
810/1010
48
900/1130
48
990/1230
AF
42
550/690
42
620/780
42
570/550
42
740/940
48
850/1070
54
940/1180
54
1030/1290
42
560/--
42
630/--
36
660/--
36
720/--
42
840/--
48
940/--
48
1030/--
48
600/770
54
720/900
42
720/900
42
800/1000
48
940/1160
48
980/1210
48
1080/1320
pan
Fan sections
Vertical
37
11
6
42
250/--
AWL
of Zones
Downblast
Plenum
fan section
FC/AF
LEGEND
AF
AWL
EBR
FC
FL
H
SL
W
82
18
270/370
---------
NOTES:
Airfoil
Aint_ayLength
External Bypass Return
Forward Curved
Face Load
Height
Side Lead
Width
1.
•
3.
4.
13
Refer to
Section
weights•
Section
All bold
the Aero Product
Data
weights
do not include
Catalog
for additional
application
information•
coils or motors•
Refer to the product
data catalog
height is the same except as noted•
numbers
are inches, non-hold
are pounds
unless
otherwise
noted•
for
additional
Table 1 -- 39MN,MW Component
10,500
Weights and Lengths (cont)
SECTION DIMENSIONS lin.! AND WEIGHTS !lb)
12,500
15,000
18,000
21
Refer
Mixing
2
Side
inlet
3
Filter
mixing
4
Air mixer
5
Exhaust
6
Side
7
and
face
and
heating
bypass
73
79
66
77
83
104
108
Outdoor
82
89
107
112
112
120
27
710/900
27
760 / 960
27
870 / 1090
1320
36
/ 1580
39
1520/1700
42
1920/2220
51
2650/2080
39
710/930
45
830 / 1080
1050
51
/ 1350
1300
57
/ 1690
57
1460/1700
63
1870/2240
63
2140/2510
36
720 / 930
36
760 / 980
36
880 / 1130
1260
45
/ 1550
48
1430/1730
51
1790/2120
60
2390/2750
30
430 / 620
30
460 / 060
36
600 / 850
36
720 / 080
42
870/1150
42
1030/1330
48
1330/1650
27
370 / 560
27
390 / 590
27
440 / 060
36
650 / 010
59
750/1020
42
930/1230
51
1270/1600
39
710/930
45
830 / 1080
51
1050 / 1350
57
1360 / 1690
57
1460/1790
63
1870/2240
63
2140/2510
coil section
48
450 / 600
48
470 / 720
48
530 / 820
48
620 / 920
48
650/950
48
750/1070
48
850/1170
section
18
250/410
18
270 / 440
18
300 / 500
18
350 / 550
18
380/580
18
440/650
18
490/700
lib}
117
120
8
Internal
9
External
face
27
300 / --
27
330 / --
33
450 / --
53
470/--
39
630/--
45
810/--
Plenum
section
--
12 in.
12
220 / 370
12
230 / 380
12
260 / --
12
310 / 490
12
320/500
12
370/560
12
420/610
Plenum
section
--
24 in.
24
300 / 480
24
320/510
24
350 / --
24
410 / 630
24
430/650
24
490/730
24
550/790
36 in.
36
380 / 500
36
400 / 020
36
440 / 690
56
510 / 770
36
540/800
35
020/900
36
700/980
48 in.
48
450 / 690
48
470 / 720
48
530 / 820
48
620 / 020
48
650/950
48
750/1070
48
850/1170
24
/ 860
and
damper
62
66
117
box
bypass
62
109
box
face
61
109
box
Integral
50
104
box
exhaust
40
86
AWL (in.)
/IndooUOutdoor}
Wei_lht
outlet
30,500
36
79
box
mixing
25,000
30
Indoor
to Fig. 5
1
20,000
25
bypass
damper
section
280
10
Plenum
section
Plenum
11
12
--
section
--
Humidifier
section
--
24 in,
24
530/710
24
560 / 750
644
24
770 / 000
24
820/1040
24
950/1190
24
1090/1330
Humidifier
section
--
36 in,
35
600/810
36
640 / 860
36
734 / 990
36
570 / 1130
36
930/1190
35
1080/1360
36
1230/1510
Humidifier
section
--48
48
680 / 920
48
720 / 970
48
824 / 1120
48
070 / 1270
48
1040/1340
48
1210/1530
48
1380/1700
24
270 / --
24
280 / --
27
420/--
30
520/--
33
630/--
External
13
Horizontal
14
Vertical
_lenum
bypass
in,
return
b]ow-thru
section
discharge
plenum
30
380 / 570
section
FC
blow-thru
section
15
Horizontal
flat filter section
2 in. or 4 in. side loading
16
Horizontal
angle filter section
2 in. or 4 in. side Ioadin_
Horizontal
bag/cartridge
filter
section,
Vertical
bag/cartridge
filter section,
0 in. or 12 in. media with 2 in. pre-filter
53
590 / 840
33
630/880
36
790/1070
36
000/1180
50
700 / --
60
860 / --
60
920/--
66
1200/--
66
1400/--
60
610/--
60
700 / --
60
850 / --
66
990/--
72
1270/--
78
15801--
Far
28
320 / --
28
340 / --
28
380 / --
40
600 / --
40
050/--
40
770/--
45
1000/--
12
630/810
12
680/860
12
800/990
12
910/1100
SL
48
/ --
30
460 / 690
50
600 / --
6 in. or 12 in. media with 2 in. pre-filter
track
Horizontal
bag/cartridge
filter section,
SL
15 in. or 30 in. media wBth 2 in. pre-filter
track
18
30
410/610
24
360/--
48
480 / --
discharge
Plenum
24
310/--
AF
470
17
27
/ --
12
430 / 580
12
460/010
12
530/710
24
510/600
24
540 / 730
620
24
/ 830
24
740 / 960
24
790/1010
24
920/1160
24
1060/1300
24
510/600
24
540 / 730
24
620 / 830
24
740 / 960
24
790/1010
24
920/1160
24
1060/1300
42
630 / 850
42
670/910
42
700 / 1030
42
900 / 1180
42
960/1240
42
1120/1420
42
1270/1570
72
910/--
84
1090/--
96
1210/--
60
630 / --
SL
track
60
670 / --
60
760/--
72
910/--
Horizontal
bag/cartridge
filter section,
FL
Face loading
media with or without
header
48
070/910
48
710/960
48
810 / 11 O0
48
960 / 1260
48
1020/1320
48
1190/1510
48
1360/1680
20
Horizontal
48
670/910
48
710/960
48
810 / 11 O0
48
960 / 1260
48
1020/1320
48
1190/1510
48
1360/1680
21
Cooling
pan
24
300 / 480
24
320/510
350
24
/ 560
24
410 / 630
24
430/650
24
490/730
24
550/790
section
48
450 / 690
48
480 / 730
48
540 / 830
48
630 / 930
54
730/1050
60
930/1290
72
1230/1630
12
220 / 370
12
230 / 380
12
260 / 440
12
310 / 400
12
320/500
12
370/560
12
420/010
24
300 / 480
24
320/510
24
350 / 560
24
410 / 630
24
430/650
24
490/730
24
550/700
60
890/--
72
1180/--
19
22
blow-thru
coil
Extended
23
24
coil
Extended
box
25
Extended
26
Dual
27
with
cooling
filter
drain
coil
section,
FL
with
drain
heating
length
heating
section
heat
box
with
section
coil
section
coil
drain
and
section
with
electric
Horizontal
blow
Multizone/dua]
29
heating/cooling
30
Multizone
31
Vertical
ndoo
32, 33,
34_ 35_ 36
with
ducted
coil
section
section
Indoor
section
with
remote
48
450 / --
36
380 / 590
36
400 / 620
440
36
/ 690
36
510 / 770
30135
470 / 080
30136
500 / 720
30135
580 / 830
30 / 42
700 / 980
30142
740/1020
30142
880/1180
30142
1010/1310
42148
530 / 770
42148
560/810
42148
660 / 950
42 / 54
800 / 1120
42/54
860/1180
42154
1020/1360
42154
1180/1520
42
460 / 080
42
490 / 730
42
550 / 820
48
740 / 1040
54
840/1160
60
1080/1440
72
1420/1820
90
72
1180/--
90
72
1250/--
90
72
1430/--
107
90
2030/--
119
102
2630/--
140
120
3500/--
11
12
11
13
11
16
11
17
11
17
11
18
11
18
48
510/--
60
630/--
60
722/--
60
860/--
66
980/--
72
1240/--
78
1520/--
FC
48
1100/1340
60
1360/1650
60
1560/1890
60
1840/2180
60
1960/2300
65
2480/2860
66
2830/3210
AF
48
1100/1340
60
1360/1650
60
1560/1890
60
1840/2180
65
2120/2480
72
2670/3070
78
3270/3700
AF
54
1150/1410
66
1400/1700
56
1600/1950
60
1750/2000
65
2010/2370
72
2520/2020
78
3080/3510
48
1160/--
60
1440/--
60
1650/--
60
1950/--
65
2250/--
72
2840/--
78
3500/--
54
1400/1670
54
1610/1920
65
2240/2600
72
2580/2960
72
3040/3440
78
3740/4170
Low Amp AWL
(in.',
/Oudoo
Wegh
High Amp AWL
/ Outdoor)
Weight
(b'
(in.,
(Ib',
H (in,)
AWL (in,)
/ Ou door / Wei{lh
Number
drain
(Ib /
AWL (in, I
of Zones
pan
Fan sections
Downblast
Vertical
37
48
430 / --
discharge
duct
damper
coil
coil
with
pan
with
thru
heat
EBR
(indoor
28
pan
section
length
coil
Electric
control
section
length
Heating
HEPA
Plenum
fan
section
FC/AF
54
1320 / 1580
LEGEND
AF
AWL
EBR
FC
FL
-----
Airfoil
Airway Length
External
Bypass
Forward
Curved
Face Load
H
SL
W
----
Height
Side Load
Width
48
510/--
48
600/--
54
700 / --
101
84
18401--
0
0
0
NOTES:
.
•
Return
3.
4.
14
Refer to
Section
weights•
Section
All bold
the Aero Product
Data
weights
do not include
Catalog
for additional
application
information•
coils or motors.
Refer to the product
data catalog
height is the same except
as noted•
numbers
are inches, non-bold
are pounds
unless
otherwise
noted•
for
additional
Table 2A -- Physical Data -- Airfoil Fans (Supply, Return and Exhaust)
39M UNIT SIZE
WHEEL TYPE..SIZE
WHEEL DIAMETER
(in.)
AIl...Std
All...Std
10
3
6.13
I
MIN INLET CONE DIAMETER (in.)
121/4
06
7.5
AIhStd
AIl...Std
AlhStd
AIl...Std
AIl...Std
All...Std
AIl...Std
AIl...Std
131/2
10
8.38
161/2
12
10.13
161/2
14
10.13
181/4
17
11.00
20
21
12.44
221/4
25
13.88
221/4
30
13.88
131/2
08
8.38
MAX SPEED (rpm)
Class I
1872
Class II
2442
FAN SHAFT DIAMETER
Class I
(in.)
115/16
Class II
23/16
FAN WHEEL WEIGHT (Ib)
Class I
Class II
73.0
73.0
No. Fan Blades
9
MOTOR FRAME SIZE
Maximum (ODP/TEFC)
324T
Minimum (ODP/TEFC)
MOTOR HP
182T
Maximum
4O
Minimum
3
36
WHEEL TYPE..SIZE
3gM UNIT SIZE
Supply...Std
WHEEL DIAMETER (in.)
MIN INLET CONE DIAMETER (n.)
MAX SPEED (rpm)
Class I
Class II
FAN SHAFT DIAMETER
Class I
Ret/Exh...Std
27
1613/le
Supply...Std
27
61
50
Ret/Exh...Std
3O
Supply...Std
Ret/Exh...Std
Supply...Stc
Ret/Exh...Std
30
33
33
361/2
209/16
209/1G
231/8
1613/le
1813/le
1813/le
1700
I
2123
1910
1910
1715
1715
1202112o211
1568
1568
1378
27/16
27/lC
2Z/lc
211/16
211/16
23/16
23/lC
23/lC
(in.)
Class II
FAN WHEEL WEIGHT
Class I
241/2
15/8
40
(Ib)
88
Class II
91
No. Fan Blades
18
11o411o4
106
106
148
145
176
176
233
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
182T
184T
182T
213T
184T
213T
184T
3
3
3
71/2
5
71/2
5
MOTOR FRAME SIZE
Maximum (ODP/TEFC)
Minimum (ODP/TEFC)
MOTOR HP
184T
Maximum
50
Minimum
5
i
LEGEND
ODP
Ret/Exh
TEFC
-- Open Dripproof
-- Return Exhaust
-- Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled
NOTE: Data is for 50 Hz and 60 Hz motors.
15
0tl 0 tl 0t
18160 2o17812o
Table 2B -- Physical Data -- Plenum Fans (Supply, Return and Exhaust)
3gM UNIT SIZE
WHEEL TYPE...SIZE
WHEEL DIAMETER (in.)
MIN INLET CONE DIAMETER (in,)
MAX SPEED (rpm)
I
03
AlhStd
06
AIl...Std
08
AIL..Std
10
AIl...Std
12
AIl...Std
14
AIl...Std
17
AIl...Std
21
AIL..Std
25
AIL..Std
121/4
16
161/2
181/4
221/4
221/4
241/2
27
30
7.5
9.25
10.13
11.88
12.14
12.14
15.81
17.5
19.69
3O
AIl...Std
33
21.49
Class I
1202
Class II
1568
FAN SHAFT DIAMETER (in,)
Class I
111/1G
Class II
111/16
FAN WHEEL WEIGHT (Ib)
Class I
Class II
135
135
No. Fan Blades
12
MOTOR FRAME SIZE
Maximum (ODP/TEFC)
286T
Minimum (ODP/TEFC)
MOTOR HP
182T
Maximum
30
Minimum
3
39M UNIT SIZE
WHEEL TYPE._SIZE
WHEEL DIAMETER (in,)
36
AIl...Std
361/2
40
50
Supply...Std
Ret/Exh...Std
361/2
401/4
24
24
265/8
1055
1378
1055
1378
955
1249
111/1G
111/16
111/1G
111/16
MIN INLET CONE DIAMETER (in.)
Supply...Std
401/4
61
Ret/Exh...Std
Supply...Std
441/2
441/2
265/8
291/2
I
955
1249
865
1131
115/1G
I
115/16
115/1G
I
115/16
Ret/Exh...Std
49
291/2
321/2
I
865
1131
808
1050
23/16
I
23/16
211/16
23/16
I
23/16
211/16
MAX SPEED (rpm)
Class I
Class II
FAN SHAFT DIAMETER (in.)
Class I
Class II
FAN WHEEL WEIGHT (Ib)
Class I
171
171
203
203
277
277
366
171
171
203
203
277
277
366
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
3247
162T
324T
184T
213T
2867
184T
Maximum
40
40
20
I
50
25
I
60
30
Minimum
3
5
3
I
71/2
5
I
71/2
6
Class II
No. Fan Blades
MOTOR FRAME SIZE
Maximum (ODP/TEFC)
(ODP/TEFC)
Minimum
MOTOR HP
256713267
182T
LEGEND
ODP
Ret/Exh
TEFC
----
Open Dripproof
Return Exhaust
Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled
NOTE: Data is for 50 Hz and 60 Hz motors.
16
213T
284713647
184T
Table 2C -- Physical Data -- Forward-Curved
39M UNIT SIZE
WHEEL SIZE
WHEEL DIAMETER (in.)
MIN INLET CONE DIAMETER
MAX SPEED (rpm)
Class I
Class II
FAN SHAFT DIAMETER
Class I
(in.)
I
03
06
Std
Std
91/2
7.81
1OS/s
8.81
08
Std
10
I Small
12s/8 ]
10.38
1OS/8
8.81
Fans (Supply)
12
14
17
21
Std
Small
Std
Small
Std
I Small
Std
I Small
Std
Small
15
12.12
12s/s
10.38
15
12.62
12s/s
10.38
18
15.5
] 12.62
15
18
15.5
] 12.62
15
20
16.25
15
12.62
1262
1639
(in.)
111/16
Class II
111/16
12.8
Fan Shaft Weight (Ib) Class II
FAN WHEEL WEIGHT (Ib)
Class I
Class II
No. Fan Blades
MOTOR FRAME SIZE
Maximum (ODP/TEFC)
Minimum (ODP/TEFC)
MOTOR HP
Maximum
Minimum
16.2
16.9
51
184T
184T
213T1
213T
56
143T
143T
182T
]213TI215T
145T
184T
1213T1
254T
1213T1
254T
1215T1
254T
]254TI284T
145T
184T
145T
184T
182T
213T
182T
25
10
39M UNIT SIZE
WHEEL SIZE
WHEEL DIAMETER
61
Std
(in.)
MIN INLET CONE DIAMETER
MAX SPEED (rpm)
Class I
Class II
FAN SHAFT DIAMETER
Class I
215T
(in.)
Small
Std
20 2i
20
I
1625
1625
Small
Std
Small
Std
Small
20 30 20
1625
1625
25
36 223/8
25
25
215/16
181/16
40
215/16
Std
275/8 50
215/16
2315/16
Small
Std
27s/s
231_16
301/4
275/8
263/8
2315/16
Small
656
865
(in.)
111/16
Class II
27/16
71,8
Fan Shaft Weight (Ib) Class II
FAN WHEEL WEIGHT (Ib)
Class I
Class II
No. Fan Blades
MOTOR FRAME SIZE
Maximum (ODP/=rEFC)
Minimum (ODP/TEFC)
MOTOR HP
Maximum
Minimum
111.0
111.0
37
254T
284T
184T
215T
]
256T
184T
]
286T
] 256T
] 286T
] 284T
215T
182T
254T
184T
286T
254T
]
286T
184T
]
324T
] 324T
254T
184T
]
326T
256T
5O
2O
LEGEND
ODP -TEFC --
]
Open Dripproof
Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled
NOTE: Data is for 50 Hz and 60 Hz motors.
17
Table 2D -- Physical Data -- Forward-Curved
39M UNIT SIZE
WHEEL SIZE
WHEEL DIAMETER (in.)
MIN INLET CONE DIAMETER
MAX SPEED (rpm)
Class I
Class II
FAN SHAFT
Class I
DIAMETER
I
(in,)
Std
08
Std
10
Std
12
Std
Fan Shaft Weight (Ib) Class II
FAN WHEEL WEIGHT (Ib)
Class I
Class II
No. Fan Blades
MOTOR FRAME SIZE
Maximum (ODP/TEFC)
Minimum (ODPFrEFC)
MOTOR HP
Maximum
Minimum
91/2
03
7.81
105&
8.81
12_s
10.38
15
12.62
2132
2749
1806
2347
1533
1986
1262
1639
1
13/16
1!9
39M UNIT SIZE
13/16
1
13/16
4.2
7.7
13/16
8.7
3,8
3,8
43
5,8
5,8
48
10,0
10,4
43
16.2
16.9
51
184T
86
184T
56
213T
56
213T
143T
30
17
Std
18
15.50
21
Std
20
16.25
25
Std
20
16.25
1262
1639
1097
1378
1097
1378
952
1237
952
1237
I
13/16
13/16
13/16
13/16
8.7
Std
I
I
FAN SHAFT DIAMETER
Class I
20
16.25
960
1217
25
215/16
I
751
960
_
17/16
15.2
15.2
16.2
16.9
51
32.0
34.2
48
32.0
34.2
48
42.0
44.9
51
42.0
44.9
51
213T
145T
213T
145T
215T
254T
145T
145T
t
145T
18
2
50
275/8
2315/16
254T
i
71/2
11/2
Std
25
215/16
I
I
61
Std
Small
I
27s/8
2315/16
_
Small
301_
275/8
263/8
231_16
618
793
}
656
865
(in,)
Class II
Fan Shaft Weight (Ib) Class II
FAN WHEEL WEIGHT (Ib)
Class I
Class II
No. Fan Blades
MOTOR FRAME SIZE
Maximum (ODP/TEFC)
Minimum (ODP/TEFC)
MOTOR HP
Maximum
Minimum
111/16
111/16
111/16
111/16
111/16
27/16
23/16
27/16
27/16
27/16
27/16
23.5
61.1
42.4
60.3
53.3
71.8
64,5
53,0
81 .O
63.0
53,0
81 .O
63.0
81.0
81.0
37
73.0
73.0
37
111.0
111.0
37
101.0
101.0
37
37
I
17/16
I
I
111/16
37
37
256T
256T
286T
182T
182T
254T
284T
184T
286T
254T
286T
184T
20
20
30
25
30
30
3
3
15
5
15
5
LEGEND
Open Dripproof
Totally Enclosed
17/16
14.9
Small
25
215/16
223/8
181/16
I
14,9
(in,)
(in,)
17/16
17/16
40
Std
Small
13/16
13/16
71/2
11/2
36
Std
MIN INLET CONE DIAMETER
MAX SPEED (rpm)
Class I
Class II
---
I
3/4
WHEEL SIZE
ODP
TEFC
15
12.62
14
Std
18
15.50
(in.)
Class II
WHEEL DIAMETER
Fans (Return and Exhaust)
06
Std
I
NOTE: Dataisfer50
Fan Cooled
18
Hzand
I
I
111/16
324T
254T
60 Hz motors.
I
I
111/16
1 _1/16
211/16
90.1
27/16
71.8
128.0
128.0
37
111.0
111.0
37
324T
184T
I
I
326T
256T
40
40
I
50
15
5
I
20
Table 339M UNIT SIZE
1/2-in. CHILLED
WATER/DIRECT
03
08
08
10
Coil Data
12
14
17
21
25
30
38
40
50
81
EXPANSION
Large Face Area
Nominal
1,736
2,951
3,819
4,965
6,319
7,170
8,464
10,720
12,205
15,174
18,333
20,000
25,278
30,694
Lower Coil Height (in,)
25
25
27.5
27.5
35
35
37.5
47.5
47.5
47.5
55
30
35
42.5
Upper Coil Height (in,)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
30
35
42.5
Length (in,)
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
92
96
96
104
104
Total Face Area (sq ft)
3.5
5.9
7.6
9.9
12.6
14.3
16.9
21.4
24.4
30.3
36.7
40.0
50.6
61.4
Medium
Capacity
(cfm) at 500 fpm
Face Area
1,215
2,066
2,778
3,611
4,965
6,146
6,771
9,028
10,278
12,778
15,000
18,333
19,861
25,278
Lower Coil Height (in,)
17.5
17.5
20
20
27.5
30
30
40
40
40
45
55
55
35
Upper Coil Height (in,)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
35
Length (in,)
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
92
96
96
104
104
2.4
4.1
5.6
7.2
9.9
12.3
13.5
18.1
20.6
25.6
30.0
36.7
39.7
58.6
19,861
Nominal
Capacity
(cfm) at 500 fpm
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Bypass
Only)
Face Area (Internal
Chilled Water
1,042
1,771
2,431
3,160
4,514
5,122
6,207
7,899
8,993
11,181
12,500
15,000
16,250
Height (in,)
15
15
17.5
17.5
25
25
27.5
35
35
35
37.5
45
45
55
Length (in.)
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
92
96
96
104
104
Total Face Area (sq ft)
2.1
3.5
4.9
6.3
9.0
10.2
12.4
15.8
18.0
22.4
25.0
30.0
32.5
39.7
Nominal
Capacity
(cfm) at 500 fpm
1/2-in. HOT WATER HEATING
Large Face Area
Nominal
2,431
4,132
5,347
6,951
8,847
10,038
11,849
15,009
17,087
21,243
25,667
28,000
35,389
42,972
Lower Coil Height (in.)
25
25
27.5
27.5
35
35
37.5
47.5
47.5
47.5
55
30
35
42.5
Upper Coil Height (in,)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
30
35
42.5
Length (in,)
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
92
96
96
104
104
Total Face Area (sq ft)
3.5
5.9
7.6
9.9
12.6
14.3
16.9
21.4
24.4
30.3
36.7
40.0
50.6
61.4
Medium
Capacity
(cfm) at 700 fpm
Face Area
1,701
2,892
3,889
5,056
6,951
8,604
9,479
12,639
14,389
17,889
21,000
25,667
27,806
35,389
Lower Coil Height (in,)
17.5
17.5
20
20
27.5
30
30
40
40
40
45
55
55
35
Upper Coil Height (in,)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
35
Length (in,)
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
92
96
96
104
104
Total Face Area (sq ft)
2.4
4.1
5.6
7.2
9.9
12.3
13.5
18.1
20.6
25.6
30.0
36.7
39.7
58.6
2,917
3,792
Nominal
Capacity
(cfm) at 700 fpm
Small Face Area
--
2,479
4,424
5,019
6,319
7,109
8,094
10,063
14,000
14,000
17,694
21,486
Height (in,)
--
15
15
15
17.5
17.5
20
22.5
22.5
22.5
30
30
35
42.5
Length (in,)
--
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
92
96
96
104
104
Total Face Area (sq ft)
--
3.5
4.2
5.4
6.3
7.2
9.0
10.2
11.6
14.4
20.0
20.0
25.3
30.7
27,806
Nominal
Capacity
(cfm) at 700 fpm
Bypass Face Area (Internal)
1,458
2,479
3,403
4,424
6,319
7,170
8,689
11,059
12,590
15,653
17,500
21,000
22,750
Height (in,)
15
15
17.5
17.5
25
25
27.5
35
35
35
37.5
45
45
55
Length (in,)
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
92
96
96
104
104
Total Face Area (sq ft)
2.1
3.5
4.9
6.3
9.0
10.2
12.4
15.8
18.0
22.4
25.0
30.0
32.5
39.7
Nominal
5/8-in. STEAM
Capacity
(cfm) at 700 fpm
HEATING
Large Face Area
Nominal
2,333
3,967
5,250
6,825
8,342
9,465
11,375
14,219
16,188
--
Lower Coil Height (in,)
24
24
27
27
33
33
36
45
45
--
Upper Coil Height (in,)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
--
Length (in,)
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
--
Total Face Area (sq ft)
3.3
5.7
7.5
9.8
11.9
13.5
16.3
20.3
23.1
--
3,500
4,550
Medium
Capacity
(cfm) at 700 fpm
Face Area
Nominal
1,458
2,479
6,825
8,604
9,479
12,323
14,029
--
Lower Coil Height (in,)
Capacity
(cfm) at 700 fpm
15
15
18
18
27
30
30
39
39
--
Upper Coil Height (in,)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
--
Length (in.)
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
--
Total Face Area (sq ft)
2.1
3.5
5.0
6.5
9.8
12.3
13.5
17.6
20.0
--
2,917
3,792
3,792
4,302
5,688
Small Face Area
--
2,479
6,635
7,554
Height (in.)
--
15
15
15
15
15
18
21
21
Length (in,)
--
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
Total Face Area (sq ft)
--
3.5
4.2
5.4
5.4
6.1
8.1
9.5
10.8
2,917
3,792
Nominal
Capacity
(cfm) at 700 fpm
Bypass Face Area (Internal)
1,458
2,479
6,067
6,883
8,531
10,427
11,871
Height (in,)
15
15
15
15
24
24
27
33
33
Length (in,)
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
Total Face Area (sq ft)
2.1
3.5
4.2
5.4
8.7
9.8
12.2
14.9
17.0
Nominal
Capacity
(cfm) at 700 fpm
19
Table 3 -- Coil Data (cont)
39M UNIT SIZE
s&-In. CHILLED
03
08
08
10
12
14
17
21
28
30
38
40
50
81
WATER
Large Face Area
Nominal Capacity
1,667
2,833
3,750
5,958
6,760
8,125
10,156
11,563
14,375
18,000
20,000
24,917
30,333
Lower Coil Height (in.)
24
24
27
27
33
33
36
45
45
45
54
30
36
42
Upper Coil Height (in.)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
30
33
42
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
92
96
96
104
104
3.3
5.7
7.5
9.8
11.9
13.5
16.3
20.3
23.1
28.8
36.0
40.0
49.8
60.7
2,500
3,250
Length
(cfm) at 500 fpm
(in.)
Total Face Area (sq It)
Medium
4,875
Face Area
1,042
1,771
4,875
6,146
6,771
8,802
10,021
12,458
15,000
18,000
19,500
24,917
Lower Coil Height (in.)
15
15
18
18
27
30
30
39
39
39
45
54
54
36
Upper Coil Height (in.)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
33
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
92
96
96
104
104
2.1
3.5
5.0
6.5
9.8
12.3
13.5
17.6
20.0
24.9
30.0
36.0
39.0
49.8
2,083
2,708
19,500
Nominal
Length
Capacity
(cfm) at 500 fpm
(in.)
Total Face Area (sq It)
Bypass Face Area (Internal Chilled Water Only)
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm
1,042
1,771
4,333
4,917
6,094
7,448
8,479
10,542
12,000
15,000
16,250
Height (in.)
15
15
15
15
24
24
27
33
33
33
36
45
45
54
Length
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
92
96
96
104
104
2.1
3.5
4.2
5.4
8.7
9.8
12.2
14.9
17.0
21.1
24.0
30.0
32.5
39.0
2,333
6,825
(in.)
Total Face Area (sq It)
5&-In. HOT WATER
HEATING
Large Face Area
3,967
5,250
8,342
9,465
11,375
14,219
16,188
20,125
25,200
28,000
34,883
42,467
Lower Coil Height (in.)
24
24
27
27
33
33
36
45
45
45
54
30
36
42
Upper Coil Height (in.)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
30
33
42
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
92
96
96
104
104
3.3
5.7
7.5
9.8
11.9
13.5
16.3
20.3
23.1
28.8
36.0
40.0
49.8
60.7
3,500
4,550
Nominal
Length
Capacity
(cfm) at 700 fpm
(in.)
Total Face Area (sq It)
Medium Face Area
Nominal Capacity
1,458
2,479
6,825
8,604
9,479
12,323
14,029
17,442
21,000
25,200
27,300
34,883
Lower Coil Height (in.)
15
15
18
18
27
30
30
39
39
39
45
54
54
36
Upper Coil Height (in.)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
33
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
92
96
96
104
104
2.1
3.5
5.0
6.5
9.8
12.3
13.5
17.6
20.0
24.9
30.0
36.0
39.0
49.8
2,917
3,792
3,792
4,302
21,233
Length
(cfm) at 700 fpm
(in.)
Total Face Area (sq It)
Small Face Area
--
2,479
5,688
6,635
7,554
9,392
14,000
14,000
16,683
Height (in.)
--
15
15
15
15
15
18
21
21
21
30
30
33
42
Length
--
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
92
96
96
104
104
--
3.5
4.2
5.4
5.4
6.1
8.1
9.5
10.8
13.4
20.0
20.0
23.8
30.3
2,917
3,792
27,300
Nominal
Capacity
(cfm) at 700 fpm
(in.)
Total Face Area (sq It)
Bypass Face Area (Internal)
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
1,458
2,479
6,067
6,883
8,531
10,427
11,871
14,758
16,800
21,000
22,750
Height (in.)
15
15
15
15
24
24
27
33
33
33
36
45
45
54
Length
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
92
96
96
104
104
2.1
3.5
4.2
5.4
8.7
9.8
12.2
14.9
17.0
21.1
24.0
30.0
32.5
39.0
2,333
6,825
(in.)
Total Face Area (sq It)
l-In.
STEAM
HEATING
Large Face Area
Nominal Capacity
3,967
5,250
8,342
9,465
11,375
14,219
16,188
20,125
25,200
28,000
34,883
42,467
Lower Coil Height (in.)
24
24
27
27
33
33
36
45
45
45
54
30
36
42
Upper Coil Height (in.)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
30
33
42
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
92
96
96
104
104
3.3
5.7
7.5
9.8
11.9
13.5
16.3
20.3
23.1
28.8
36.0
40.0
49.8
60.7
3,500
4,550
Length
(cfm) at 700 fpm
(in.)
Total Face Area (sq It)
Medium
Face Area
1,458
2,479
6,825
8,604
9,479
12,323
14,029
17,442
21,000
25,200
27,300
34,883
Lower Coil Height (in.)
15
15
18
18
27
30
30
39
39
39
45
54
54
36
Upper Coil Height (in.)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
33
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
92
96
96
104
104
2.1
3.5
5.0
6.5
9.8
12.3
13.5
17.6
20.0
24.9
30.0
36.0
39.0
49.8
2,917
3,792
3,792
4,302
21,233
Nominal
Length
Capacity
(cfm) at 700 fpm
(in.)
Total Face Area (sq It)
Small Face Area
--
2,479
5,688
6,635
7,554
9,392
14,000
14,000
16,683
Height (in.)
--
15
15
15
15
15
18
21
21
21
30
30
33
42
Length
--
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
92
96
96
104
104
--
3.5
4.2
5.4
5.4
6.1
8.1
9.5
10.8
13.4
20.0
20.0
23.8
30.3
2,917
3,792
27,300
Nominal
Capacity
(cfm) at 700 fpm
(in.)
Total Face Area (sq It)
Bypass Face Area (Internal)
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
1,458
2,479
6,067
6,883
8,531
10,427
11,871
14,758
16,800
21,000
22,750
Height (in.)
15
15
15
15
24
24
27
33
33
33
36
45
45
54
Length
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
92
96
96
104
104
2.1
3.5
4.2
5.4
8.7
9.8
12.2
14.9
17.0
21.1
24.0
30.0
32.5
39.0
30,500
(in.)
Total Face Area (sq It)
5/_-In. HOT WATER
IFB
Integral Face and Bypass
--
3,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,500
10,500
12,500
15,000
18,000
20,000
25,000
Coil Height (in.)
--
22.9
30.6
30.6
30.6
30.6
24
33
33
33
45
51
60
75
Length
--
24
30
39
39
45
59.4
59.4
59.4
81.4
81.4
81.4
92.4
92.4
--
3.3
5.7
7.4
7.4
8.5
9.2
12.6
12.6
17.6
24.1
27.3
36.7
45.8
30,500
Nominal
Capacity
(cfm)
(in.)
Total Face Area (sq It)
s/_-In. STEAM IFB
Integral Face and Bypass
Nominal
--
3,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,500
10,500
12,500
15,000
18,000
20,000
25,000
Coil Height (in.)
Capacity
(cfm)
--
22.88
30.56
30.56
30.56
30.56
24
33
33
33
45
51
60
75
Length
--
24
30
39
39
45
59.38
59.38
59.38
81.38
81.38
81.38
92.38
92.38
--
3.3
5.7
7.4
7.4
8.5
9.2
12.6
12.6
17.6
24.1
27.3
36.7
45.8
(in.)
Total Face Area (sq It)
LEGEND
IFB -- Integral
Face and Bypass
20
Table 4-
39M UNIT SIZE
CIRCUITING
Direct-Expansion Circuiting Data
Medium Face Area Coils
03
06
08
10
12
14
au_rterI N_lf I Fu, Ouarteq Half I Fu, OuarterI N_lfI Full auarted N_lfI Fu, aoarterI N_lf I Fu, OuarteqHalfI Full
TYPE
_.lrtlow (cfm) at 500 fpm
Total Face Area (sq It)
Tubes In Face
14
Tube Length (in.)
_1o. of Circuits - Total
20
4
1,215
2.4
14
2,066
4.1
2,778
5.6
270
20
34
144141137
14
2
7/8
2
%
%
G-1.5
2
%
%
G-2._G-2
2
7/8
7/8
G-1.5
_
34
114
14
3,611
7.2
16
4,965
9.9
6,146
12.3
I 16
22
52
16
52
6
52
22
11
52
22
22
2412424
59
12
59
24
2
1_
2
13/8
I
40
16
52
16
4
2
7/8
7/8
G-2.5
__
__
_
--
2
7/8
%
G-1.5
2
¼
__
__
2
7/8
2
1%
2
13/8
2
_8
%
G-2.5
---
7/s
G-2
¼
G-4/G-3
1%
E-12
U8
G-2
7/8
G-4
2
7/s
%
G-1.5
2
¼
%
G-2.5
-----
2
7/8
7/s
G-2
2
1%
¼
G-4/G-3
-----
2
7/8
7/8
G-2
2
1 V8
7/8
G-4
1611616
82
d-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
Nozzle Size*
2
7/8
7/8
G-1.5
%
G-2.5/G-2
_
__
---
Intertwined
Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
Nozzle Size*
2
7/8
7/s
G-1.5
2
7/8
%
G-2.5/G-2
-----
2
%
%
G-1.5
2
%
%
G-2.5/G-2
2
7/8
7/8
G-1.5
2
7/8
7/8
G-2.5
-__
---
1
1%
---
1
7/8
1
1vs
1
7/_
1
1V8
---
1
7/8
1
1V8
---
1
1Vs
1
13/8
---
1
1%
1
13/8
%
G-6
---
%
G-2.5
%
G-6
7/8
G-2.5
7/8
G-8
---
¼
G-2.5
¼
G-8
---
7/s
G-4
1%
E-12
---
7/8
G-4
13/8
C-12
2
2
2
1%
2
7/8
2
7/8
2
1I/8
2
7/s
__
2
2
%
%
G-2.5/G-2
2
7/8
2
%
%
G-1.5
2
7/8
2
_
_
--
7/8
G-1.5
7/8
G-2.5
%
G-8
%
G-1.5
%
G-2.5
7&
G-8
7/s
G-2
1%
¼
G-4/G-3
18/8
1V8
E-12
__
---
1 _/8
7/8
G-4
13/8
13/8
C-12
-----
2
%
%
G-1.5
2
%
%
G-2.5/G-2
2
2
--
2
2
--
2
2
2
--
2
2
7/8
%
G-1.5
7/8
7/8
G-2.5
__
__
--
7/s
7/8
G-1.5
¼
¼
G-2.5
-_
--
7/8
7&
G-2
1%
¼
G-4/G-3
13/8
1%
E-12
----
1%
7/8
G-4
13/8
13/8
C-12
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
D-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
1
7/8
7/s
G-2.5
2
Suction Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
Nozzle Size*
Intertwined
Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections
(in. OD)
7/s
7/8
G-1.5
2
7/8
7/8
G-2.5/G-2
2
2
(in. OD)
7/8
7&
G-1.5
1
1
--
1
1
1
1
--
1
1
--
1
1
Suction Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
7/8
7/s
G-2.5
11/8
%
G-6
----
7/8
%
G-2.5
1vs
%
G-6
7/8
7/8
G-2.5
1V8
7/8
G-8
----
7/8
¼
G-2.5
11/8
¼
G-8
----
11/8
7/s
G-4
13/8
1%
E-12
-__
2
7/8
2
1_/8
%
G-6
-----
2
7/8
%
G-2.5/G-2
2
1V8
%
G-6
__
2
2
--
2
2
--
-__
--
7/8
7/s
G-2.5
1%
%
G-8
----
7/8
¼
G-2.5
11/8
7/8
G-8
__
---
2
--
2
2
--
2
2
--
--
2
%
%
G-2.5/G-2
1V8
%
G-6
-__
--
7/8
7/s
G-2.5
1%
%
G-8
----
7/8
¼
G-2.5
11/8
7/8
G-8
----
Distributor
Connections
Distributor
Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
D-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
Nozzle Size*
Intertwined
Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections
Distributor
Distributor
(in. OD)
Connections
Nozzle Size
(in. OD)
---
7/8
%
G-2.5/G-2
7/8
G-2.5/G-2
-----
2
7/8
7/8
G-2.5/G-2
--
-
*When 2 nozzle
distributor.
Expansion
2
--
2
13/8
1%
E-12
__
---
1%
7/8
G-4
2
2
--
2
2
1%
%
G-4/G-3
13/8
1%
E-12
----
1%
7&
G-4
13/8
13/8
C-12
¼
G-4/G-3
2
13/8
13/8
C-12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
--
11/8
7_
G-6
1vs
%
G-6
1v8
7/8
G-8
1V8
%
G-8
13/8
1%
E-12
1%
13/8
0-12
----
NOTE: Factory-supplied
distributors have factor, -selected nozzle sizes as shown. If necessary, replace factory-supplied
nozzles with field-supplied
and installed nozzles. Consult
AHUBulIder@
software selection program for correct nozzle selection.
Valve (Field Supplied)
sizes are listed,
1
1%
13/8
0-12
7/8
7/s
G-2.5
LEGEND
TXV -- Thermostatic
2
1%
13/8
C-12
the smaller
nozzle
should
be located
on the
upper
21
Table 4 -- Direct-Expansion
Circuiting
Data (cont)
Medium Face Area Coils (cont)
39M UNIT SIZE
CIRCUITING
17
TYPE
21
Half I Full
6,771
13.5
Airflow (cfm) at 500 tpm
Total Face Area (sq It)
Tubes In Face
Tube Length (in.)
No. of Circuits - Total
25
Half I Full IDouble
9,028
18.1
Half I Full IDouble
10,276
20.6
24
24
32
32
32
32
32
I
32
65
12
65
24
65
16
65
32
65
64
72
16
32
72 I
72
64
2
2
2
2
--
2
11/8
13/8
11/s
7/8
G-4
13/8
C-12
7/8
G-8
15/8
13/8
C-17
__
_
2
2
2
2
--
30
36
40
HalfIFuIIIDouble
12,778
25.6
FulIIDouble
15,000
30.0
FuIllDouble
18,333
36.7
FuIIIDouble
19,861
39.7
96
36
60
44
44
92
16
92
32
92
64
96
72
50
"'l"
60
88
61
"
104
88
4-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections
(In. OD)
Distributor Connections
(In. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined
Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections
(In. OD)
Distributor Connections
(In. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
11/8 13/8
7/8
13/8
G-4 C-12
Single-Circuit
Coils
NO. of TXVs
11/s 15/8
7/8 13/o
G-8 C-17
----
2
11/8 15/8
7/8 lS/a
G-6 C-17
2
2
1V8 15/8
7/8 1%
G-8 C-17
-__
---
2
----
2
11/_ 15/8
%
lS/a
G-8 C-17
I
Full
Double
25,278
56.6
104
28
104
28
104
56
104
56
Upper
Lower
Upper
Lower
--
2
--
4
--
4
--
2
2
----
15/8
lS/8
C-17
----
1%
1V8
E-12
----
1%
1V8
E-12
----
15/8
lS/8
C-15
15/8
2
2
--
2
--
4
--
4
--
2
7/8
G-8
15/8
1%
C-17
----
15/8
1%
C-17
----
1%
1Vo
E-12
----
13/8
1V8
E-12
----
15/8
1%
C-15
1%
O-15
2
1%
13/o
C-15
1
Suction Connections
(In. OD)
Distributor Connections
(In. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
1%
lS/8
O-12
6-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections
2
11/8
2
13/8
2
11/s
Distributor Connections
(In. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined
Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
7/8
G-4
13/8
C-12
7/8
G-8
2
2
Suction Connections
(In.
Distributor Connections
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit
Coils
NO. of TXVs
Suction Connections
(In.
Distributor Connections
Distributor Nozzle Size
11/8 13/8
7/o
13/8
G-4 C-12
(in. OD)
OD)
(In. OD)
OD)
(In. OD)
1
1%
lS/o
O-12
2
2
Suction Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor Connections
(In. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
1V8
7/8
G-4
13/8
13/8
C-12
2
2
2
--
--
2
2
--
2
--
4
--
4
--
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
----
1V8 15/8
7/8 lS/8
G-8 C-17
2
2
-__
--
1Ve
7/8
G-8
15/8
1%
C-17
__
---
15/8
lS/8
C-17
__
---
13/8
1V8
E-12
__
---
lS/s
1V8
E-12
__
---
15/8
lS/8
C-15
2
2
11/s 15/8
7/8 13/8
G-8 C-17
---
2
1V8
2
15/8
---
2
1Ve
2
15/8
---
2
15/8
---
4
1%
---
4
13/8
---
2
15/8
---
7/8 1%
G-8 C-17
---
7/8
G-8
1%
C-17
---
1%
C-17
---
1V8
E-12
---
1V8
E-12
---
1%
C-15
2
2
1Vs 15/8
7/8 13/8
G-8 C-17
4
15/8
2
1V8
2
15/8
4
15/8
2
1Ve
7/8 lS/8
G-8 C-17
13/8
C-17
7/8
G-8
2
1%
1%
O-15
2
1%
1%
O-15
8-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Intertwined
Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections
(In. OD)
Distributor Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
11/8 13/8
7/8
13/8
G-4 C-12
Single-Circuit
Coils
NO. of TXVs
1%
C-17
*When 2 nozzle
distributor.
Expansion
sizes are
2
4
4
8
4
8
2
15/8
lS/8
C-17
15/8
lS/8
C-17
13/8
1V8
E-12
13/8
1V8
E-12
13/8
1V8
E-12
13/8
1V8
E-12
15/8
lS/8
C-15
--
2
4
--
2
4
--
2
4
2
4
4
8
4
8
2
--
15/8
1%
C-17
15/8
1%
C-17
----
15/8
1%
C-17
15/8
13/8
O-17
----
15/8
1%
C-17
15/8
1%
C-17
15/8
1%
C-17
15/8
1%
C-17
1%
1V8
E-12
13/8
1V8
E-12
1%
1V8
E-12
1%
1V8
E-12
15/8
1%
C-15
---
2
1%
1%
O-15
4
4
15/8
1%
0-15
15/8
1%
0-15
2
1%
13/8
O-15
4
4
15/8
1%
0-15
15/8
1%
0-15
1%
1%
C-12
LEGEND
Thermostatic
4
15/8
1%
C-17
1
SucUon Connections
(In. OD)
Distributor Connections
(In. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
TXV-
2
15/8
1%
C-17
NOTE: Factory-supplied
distributors have factory-selected
nozzle sizes as shown. If necessary, replace factory=supplied
nozzles with field-supplied
and installed nozzles. Consult
AHUBullder® software selection program for correct nozzle selection.
Valve (Field Supplied)
listed, the smaller
nozzle
should
be located
on the upper
22
Table 4-39M UNIT SIZE
CIRCUITING
_.irflow
Direct-Expansion Circuiting
Large Face Area Coil
03
06
Data (cont)
08
10
12
auarterlNal11Fu"auarterlNalflFu" auarterl Nail IFu" euarterl Half IFull
TYPE
(cfm) at 500 fpm
1,736
3.5
Total Face Area (sq it)
Tubes In Face
2,951
5.9
3,619
7.6
4,965
9.9
auarterINalflFull
6,319
12.6
22
I 22
26
20
4
20
10
20
20
34
4
34
10
34
20
40
6
40
11
40
22
62
6
52
11
J 22
52
52
7
Suction Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
Nozzle Size*
2
7/8
%
G-1.5
2
1V8
%
G-3
----
2
7/8
7/8
G-1.5
2
1V8
7&
G-3
--__
--
2
7/8
%
G-2
2
1_/8
%
G-4/G-3
----
2
_8
V8
G-2
2
1%
¼
G-4/G-3
-__
--
Intertwined
Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
Nozzle Size*
2
7/8
%
G-1.5
2
lV8
%
G-3
-----
2
7/8
7&
G-1.5
2
1V8
7&
G-3
--__
--
2
7/8
%
G-2
2
1_/8
%
G-4/G-3
-----
2
V8
_8
G-2
2
1%
¼
G-4/G-3
-----
1
11/8
7/8
G-3
1
13/8
1_/8
E-10
-----
1
1V8
7/8
G-3
1
13/8
1V8
E-10
-----
1
1_/8
7/8
G-4
1
13/8
1_/8
E-12
-----
1
11/8
q8
G-4
1
1%
1%
E-12
-----
2
7/8
%
G-1.5
2
1_/8
%
G-3
-----
2
7/8
7/8
G-1.5
2
1V8
7&
G-3
--__
--
2
7/8
7/8
G-2
2
11/8
7/8
G-4/G-3
2
13/8
11/8
E-12
2
_8
_8
G-2
2
1V8
7/8
G-4/G-3
2
7/8
%
G-1.5
2
1_/8
%
G-3
-----
2
7/8
7/8
G-1.5
2
1V8
7/8
G-3
--__
--
2
7/8
7/8
G-2
2
11/8
7/8
G-4/G-3
2
13/8
11/8
E-12
2
_8
q8
G-2
1
1
--
1
1
--
1
1
--
1_/s
7/8
G-3
1%
lV8
E-10
----
1V8
7/8
G-3
13/8
1V8
E-10
----
1_/8
7/8
G-4
13/8
1_/8
E-12
----
Tube Length (in.)
No. of Circuits _ Total
14
euarterINalflFull
7,170
14.3
62
14
62
28
59
7
59
14
69
28
2
7/8
7/8
G-2.5/G-2
2
1%
7/8
G-6
2
1_/8
13/8
0-15
2
7/8
7/8
G-2.5/G-2
2
1%
%
G-6
2
1%
1%
0-15
2
7/0
7/8
G-2.5/G-2
2
1%
¼
G-6
--__
--
2
7/8
7&
G-2.5/G-2
2
1%
%
G-6
1
1V8
7/8
G-6
1
15/8
13/8
C-15
-----
1
1V8
7/8
G-6
2
13/8
1V8
E-12
-----
2
1%
¼
G-6
2
15/8
13/8
0-15
-----
2
1%
%
G-6
2
1%
1%
0-15
2
1V8
7/8
G-4/G-3
2
13/8
1%
E-12
-----
2
1%
2
15/8
---
G-6
0-15
--
2
1%
%
G-6
2
15/8
1%
0-15
1
1
--
--
1
--
--
11/8
q8
G-4
13/8
1%
E-12
----
__
---
1-5/8
13/8
C-15
----
__
_-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Single-Circuit
Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
Nozzle Size
_-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
Nozzle Size*
Intertwined
Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
Connections
Distributor
Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
(in. OD)
Suction Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
D-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
Nozzle Size*
Intertwined
Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections
Distributor
Distributor
(in. OD)
Connections
Nozzle Size
(in. OD)
*When 2 nozzle
distdbutor.
Expansion
2
2
--
2
2
--
2
2
--
2
2
--
2
2
----
11/8
7/8
G-3
13/8
1V8
E-10
-__
--
1_/8
7/8
G-3
13/8
1_/8
E-10
----
11/8
7/8
G-4/G-3
13/8
11/8
E-12
----
1V8
7/8
G-4/G-3
13/8
1V8
E-12
----
1%
¼
G-6
15/8
13/8
0-15
----
2
1%
%
G-6
2
1%
1%
0-15
---
2
1%
2
1V8
2
13/8
---
2
1%
2
13/8
---
2
1V8
2
1%
---
2
1%
2
1%
--
---
7/8
G-3
7/8
G-3
1_/8
E-10
---
7/8
G-4/G-3
1V8
E-12
---
7/8
G-4/G-3
1%
E-12
---
¼
G-6
1%
0-15
---
2
1%
%
G-6
2
1%
1%
0-15
-----
1
13/8
1V8
E-10
1
13/8
1V8
E-10
1
13/8
1%
E-12
-----
-__
---
1
15/8
1%
0-15
-----
-_
---
1
15/8
1%
0-15
-----
1
13/8
1V8
E-12
NOTE: Factory-supplied
distributors have factor, -selected nozzle sizes as shown. If necessary, replace factory-supplied
nozzles with field-supplied
and installed nozzles. Consult
AHUBulIdeI1_ software selection program for correct nozzle selection.
Valve (Field Supplied)
sizes are listed,
the smaller
1
1%
13/8
0-15
--
LEGEND
TXV -- Thermostatic
1
1%
13/8
0-15
nozzle
should
be located
on the
upper
23
Table 4 -- Direct-Expansion Circuiting Data (cont)
Large Face Area Coil (cont)
39M UNIT SIZE
CIRCUITING
17
TYPE
Half
I Full
21
IDouble
Airflow (cfm) at 500 tpm
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Tubes in Face
30
30
I
30
Tube Length (in,)
No. of Circuits - Total
65
15
65
30
I
65
60
&Row
Half
8,464
16.9
25
I Full IDoubl,
Half
10,720
21.4
38
65
19
65
65
76
30
I Full IDoubie
12,205
24.4
38
38 I
38
72
19
72
38 I
72
76
Half
36
I FulllDouMe
15,174
30.3
40
FulllDouble
18,333
36.7
Full
3838138
: 44
92
19
92
38
92
76
96
96
88
Coil
5O
I
Double
20,000
40.0
24
24
I
24
24
96
24
96
24
I
96
48
96
48
Upper
Lowe
Jppe_ Lower
Full
28
Full
I
Double
25,278
50.6
28
28
28
,o ,o4 lO2lO
2
28
Upper
Lowe
JppeJ
13/8
C-15
13/8
C-15
--
611 DouMe
30,694
61.4
104
34
34
104
68
104
68
dppe
.owel
.owe[
Upper
Lowe
--
13/8
C-17
13/8
C-17
Face Split Coils
NO. of TXVs
Suction Connections
(in, OD)
Distributor
Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
Nozzle Size *
7/8
G-8/G-6
13/8
C-1!
---
1Ve
E-IO/E-I
13/8
_,-20
---
11/8
E-IO/E-8
1_/8
C-2(
---
11/8
E-IOIE-8
13/8
3-20
__
--
11/8
E-12
---
13/8
C-12
13/8
C-12
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction
Connections
(in, OD)
Distributor
Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
Nozzle Size*
7/8
G-8/G-6
13/8
C-1[
_
11/8
E-IOIE-I
13/8
2,-20
--
1V_
E-10/E-8
13/8
C-2(
--
1118
E-IOIE-8
13/s
3-20
--
11/8
E-12
__
13/8
C-12
13/8
C-12
13/8
C-15
13/8
C-15
13/8
C-17
13/8
C-17
7/8
G-8/G-6
13/8
C-1!
--
1118
E-IOIE-I
13/8
2,-20
--
1Va
E-IOIE-8
13/8
0-2(
--
11/8
E-IOIE-8
13/s
3-20
--
11/8
E-12
__
13/8
C-12
13/8
C-12
13/8
C-15
13/8
C-15
13/8
C-17
13/8
C-17
7/8
G-81G-6
13/8
C-1!
---
11/6
E-IOIE-I
13/8
2,-20
---
1Va
E-IOIE-8
13/8
0-2(
---
1 U8
E-IOIE-8
13/8
3-2C
---
1 V_
E-12
---
13/8
C-12
13/8
C-12
13/B
C-15
13/8
C-15
13/8
C-17
13/8
C-17
Single-Circuit
No. of TXVs
--
-
--
-
Coils
Suction
Connections
(in, OD)
Distributor
Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
Nozzle Size
13/8
0-15
6-Row Cog
Face Split Coils
NO. of TXVs
Suction
Connections
(in, OD)
Distributor
Connections
(in, OD)
Distributor
Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Now Split
No. of TXVs
Coils
Suction Connections
(in, OD)
Distributor
Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit
NO, of TXVs
Suction
Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
Nozzle Size
8-Row Coil
Nozzle
Size*
7/8
13/8
13/8
11/8
13/8
13/8
1Va
G-81G-6
C-1!
C-15
E-IO/E-I
_,-20
C-20
E-IOIE-8
Intertwined
Now Split Coils
No, of TXVs
Suction
Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
Nozzle
Single-Circuit
No. of TXVs
Cogs
Size*
7/8
13/8
13/8
G-81G-6
C-1!
C-15
Suction Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
Nozzle Size
TXV --
Thermostatic
_When 2 nozzle
-
--
--
-
--
13/8
C-15
Face Split Coils
NO. of TXVs
Suction Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
Connections
(in. OD)
Distributor
--
Coils
LEGEND
Expansion
sizes are li_ed,
1Ve
E-IO/E-I
13/8
13/e
1Va
_,-20
C-20
E-IOIE-8
13/8
0-2(
13/8
0-2(
13/8
0-20
13&
0-20
11/8
E-IOIE-8
1 V8
E-IOIE-8
13/8
11/8
11/8
13/8
13/8
13/8
13/8
13/8
13/8
13/8
13/8
13/8
13/8
13/8
13/8
3-20
C-20
E-12
E-12
C-12
C-12
C-12
C-12
C-15
C-15
C-15
C-15
C-17
C-17
C-17
C-17
13/s
13/8
1 l&
1 V8
13/8
13/8
13/8
13/8
13/_
13/8
13/8
13/8
13/8
13/8
13/8
13/8
3-20
C-20
E-12
E-12
C-12
C-12
C-12
C-12
C-15
C-15
C-15
C-15
C-17
C-17
C-17
C-17
13/8
C-15
NOTE: Factory-supplied
distributors
have
factory-supplied
nozzles with fteld-supplied
program for correct nozzle selection.
Valve (Field Supplied)
tbe smaller
13/8
nozzle should
be located
on the upper di_ributor.
24
factory-selected
nozzle sizes
and installed
nozzles. Consult
as shown,
g necessary,
replace
AHUBuildet@
software selection
Table 5 -- 1/2-in. Water Coil Connection Sizes
3gM UNIT SIZE
FACE
AREA
ROWS
CIRCUIT
TYPE
0a10610811011211411712112s1301a61
4o I so I 61
Nozzle Size (in. MPT)
1,2
4
LARGE
6,8,10
1,2
4
MEDIUM
6,8,10
1,2
4
BYPASS
6,8,10
1,2
SMALL
4
HAL_FULL
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
(2) 1.5
(2) 1.5
(2) 2.5
HAL_FULL
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
(2) 1.5
(2) 1.5
(2) 2.5
DOUBLE
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
(2) 2.5
(2) 2.5
(2) 2.5
HAL_FULL
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
(2) 1.5
(2) 2.5
(2) 2.5
DOUBLE
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
3
3
3
(2) 2.5
(2) 2.5
(2) 3
HAL_FULL
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
(2) 1.5
HAL_FULL
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
(2) 1.5
DOUBLE
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
(2) 2.5
HAL_FULL
DOUBLE
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
(2) 2.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
3
1.5
3
1.5
3
1.5
3
2.5
3
2.5
3
2.5
(2) 2.5
2.5
HAL_FULL
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
DOUBLE
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
HAL_FULL
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
DOUBLE
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
3
3
HAL_FULL
--
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
HAL_FULL
--
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
DOUBLE
--
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
HAL_FULL
Table 6 -- 5/8-in. Water Coil Connection Sizes
3gM UNIT SIZE
FACE
AREA
ROWS
CIRCUIT
TYPE
1
HALF
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2
2
(2) 1.5
(2) 1.5
HALF
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2
2
(2) 1.5
(2) 1.5
(2) 2
FULL
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
(2) 2
(2) 2.5
(2) 2.5
Nozzle Size (in. MPT)
LARGE
2,4
6,8
1
MEDIUM
2,4
6,8
1
BYPASS
2,4
6,8
1
SMALL
2
(2) 1.5
FULL
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
3
3
(2) 2
(2) 2.5
(2) 2.5
DOUBLE
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
3
3
(2) 2.5
(2) 2.5
(2) 2.5
HALF
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2
2
2
2
(2) 1.5
HALF
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2
2
2
2
(2) 1.5
FULL
1.5
1.5
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
(2) 2
FULL
1.5
1.5
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
3
(2) 2.5
DOUBLE
HALF
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
3
1.5
3
1.5
3
1.5
(2) 2.5
1.5
HALF
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2
FULL
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
FULL
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
DOUBLE
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
3
HALF
--
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
HALF
--
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
FULL
--
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Table 7 -- 1-in. Steam Coil Connection Sizes
3gM UNIT SIZE
FACE
AREA
ROWS
CONNECTION
Nozzle Size (in. MPT)
2.5
ALL*
ALL
OUTLET
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
*Large face area sizes 40, 50 and 61 and medium face area size 61 units have 2 sets of steam coil connections.
25
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
Table 8 -- 5/8-in. Steam Coil Connection Sizes
39M UNIT
ROWS
FACE AREA
SIZE
o31061osIto1121t41t712112s1301361
CONNECTION
Nozzle
4o I so I 61
Size (in. MPT)
INLET
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
(2) 2
(2) 2
(2) 2
OUTLET
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
(2) 2
(2) 2
(2) 2
INLET
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
(2) 2
OUTLET
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
(2) 2
BYPASS
INLET
OUTLET
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
SMALL
INLET
OUTLET
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
INLET
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
3
3
(2) 2.5
(2) 2.5
(2) 2.5
OUTLET
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
(2) 2.5
(2) 2.5
(2) 2.5
INLET
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
3
(2) 2.5
OUTLET
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
(2) 2.5
INLET
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
3
OUTLET
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
INLET
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
OUTLET
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
LARGE
MEDIUM
LARGE
MEDIUM
BYPASS
SMALL
Table 9 -- Hot Water -- Integral Face and Bypass Coil Connection Sizes
39M UNIT
ROWS
1
2
3
CONNECTION
INLET
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
NozzleSize(in.
2.5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
OUTLET
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
INLET
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
OUTLET
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
INLET
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
OUTLET
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
Table 10 --Steam
CONNECTION
MPT)
-- Integral Face and Bypass Coil Connection
39M UNIT
ROWS
SIZE
03 I 68 I 08 I tO I t2 I 14 I t7 I 21 I 2SI 30 I 36 I 40 I SOI 61
2
3
Sizes
SIZE
03 I 66 I 08 I t0 112 114 I 17 I 21 I 25 I 3OI 36 I 40 I SOI 61
NozzleSize(in.
1
2
MPT)
INLET
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
OUTLET
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
INLET
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
OUTLET
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
INLET
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
OUTLET
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
Table 11 -- Operating
Charge (Approximate)
-- Direct-Expansion
Coil
39M UNIT SIZE
ROWS
CONNECTION
o3 Io8 108 I to It2 I t4 I t7 121 I 2s 130 138 140 I so I 6t
Refrigerant
4
6
8
R-22 (Ib)
Large
1
3
4
4
5
6
7
9
11
13
16
18
22
27
Medium
1
2
3
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
13
17
20
Large
2
4
6
7
9
10
12
15
18
22
26
29
37
45
Medium
2
3
4
5
7
8
9
11
14
16
20
22
27
33
Large
3
6
8
10
12
15
18
22
26
31
37
42
52
63
Medium
2
5
6
8
9
11
13
16
20
23
28
31
39
48
26
Table 12 -- Coil Volume (Gal. Water)
39M
UNIT SIZE
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
1.4
2.0
2.7
3.4
2.2
3.3
4.4
5.5
2.8
4.3
5.7
7.1
3.7
5.5
7.3
9.1
4.7
7.0
9.3
11.6
5.3
7.9
10.5
13.1
6.2
9.3
12.4
15.5
7.8
11.8
15.7
19.6
8.9
13.3
17.8
22.2
11.0
16.5
22.0
27.5
13.3
19.9
26.5
33.2
14.5
21.7
29.0
36.2
18.3
27.4
36.5
45.7
22.2
33.3
44.4
55.5
Medium Face Area
4-Row
6-Row
8-Row
1O-Row
0.9
1.4
1.9
2.4
1.5
2.3
3.1
3.9
2,1
3.1
4,1
5.2
2.7
4.0
5.3
6.6
3.7
5.5
7,3
9.1
4.5
6.8
9.0
11.3
4.9
7.4
9.9
12.4
6.6
9.9
13.2
16.5
7.5
11.2
15.0
18.7
9.3
13.9
18.5
23.1
10.9
16.3
21.7
27.1
13.3
19.9
26.5
33.2
14.4
21.5
28.7
35.9
18.3
27.4
36.5
45.7
Small Face Area
4-Row
--
1.3
1.5
2.0
2.3
2.6
3.3
3.7
4.2
5.2
7.2
7.2
9.1
11.1
Bypass Face Area
4-Row
6-Row
8-Row
1O-Row
0.8
1.2
1.6
2.0
1.3
2.0
2.7
3.3
1.8
2.7
3.6
4.5
2.3
3.5
4.7
5.8
3.3
5.0
6.6
8.3
3.8
5.6
7.5
9.4
4.5
6.8
9.1
11.3
5.8
8.7
11.5
14.4
6.5
9.8
13.1
16.4
8.1
12.2
16.2
20.3
9.0
13.6
18.1
22.6
10.9
16.3
21.7
27.1
11.7
17.6
23.5
29.4
14.4
21.5
28.7
35.9
0,3
0.7
0.6
1.1
0.7
1.4
0.9
1.8
1.2
2.3
1.3
2.6
1.5
3.1
2.0
3.9
2.2
4.4
2.7
5.5
3.3
6.6
3.6
7.2
4.6
9.1
5.5
11.1
Medium Face Area
1 -Row
2-Row
02
0.5
0.4
0.8
0.5
1.0
0.7
1.3
0.9
1.8
1.1
2.3
1.2
2.5
1.6
3.3
1.9
3.7
2.3
4.6
2.7
5.4
3.3
6.6
3.6
7.2
4.6
9.1
Small Face Area
1 -Row
2-Row
---
0.3
0.7
0.4
0.8
0.5
1.0
0.6
1.2
0.7
1.3
0.8
1.6
0.9
1.9
1.1
2.1
1.3
2.6
1.8
3.6
1.8
3.6
2.3
4.6
2.8
5.5
Bypass Face Area
1-Row
2-Row
0.2
0.4
0.3
0.7
0.5
0.9
0.6
1.2
0.8
1.7
0.9
1.9
1.1
2.3
1.4
2.9
1.6
3.3
2.0
4.1
2.3
4.5
2.7
5.4
2.9
5.9
3.6
7.2
Integral Bypass
1-Row
2-Row
3-Row
----
0.3
0.6
0.8
0.5
0.9
1.4
0.6
1.2
1.8
1.6
3.2
4.7
1.8
3.6
5.3
2.4
4.8
7.1
3.0
5.9
8.9
CHILLED WATER
Large Face Area
4-Row
6-Row
8-Row
1O-Row
HOT WATER
Large Face Area
1-Row
2-Row
Face Area
NOTE: One gallon of water weighs
0.6
1.2
1.8
0.7
1.4
2.0
8.33 lb.
27
0.6
1.2
1.9
0.8
1.7
2.5
0.8
1.7
2.5
1.2
2.3
3.5
Table 13 -- Dry Coil Weights (Ib)
COIL
TYPE
8
11
14
6
11
14
6
11
14
6
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
03
50
52
54
70
73
76
90
94
98
107
111
116
35
36
38
49
51
53
63
66
68
75
78
81
---30
31
33
42
44
46
54
56
59
64
67
69
17
17
18
23
24
25
12
12
13
16
17
18
------10
10
11
14
15
15
06
85
89
92
120
124
129
154
160
166
182
190
197
60
62
64
83
87
90
107
112
116
127
132
136
51
53
55
51
53
55
71
74
77
92
96
99
109
113
118
28
30
31
40
41
43
20
21
21
28
29
30
17
18
18
24
26
26
17
18
18
24
26
26
08
110
115
119
154
160
167
196
206
215
235
244
254
80
83
87
112
117
121
144
150
156
171
178
185
60
63
65
70
73
76
98
102
106
126
131
137
149
156
162
37
38
40
51
53
56
27
28
29
37
39
40
20
21
22
28
29
30
23
24
26
33
34
35
10
143
149
155
200
209
217
258
268
279
305
318
331
104
108
113
146
152
158
187
195
203
222
231
240
78
81
85
91
95
99
127
133
138
164
171
177
194
202
210
48
50
52
67
70
72
35
36
38
49
51
53
26
27
28
36
38
39
30
32
33
42
44
46
12
182
190
197
255
265
276
328
341
355
388
404
421
143
149
155
200
209
217
257
268
279
305
318
330
91
95
99
130
135
141
182
190
197
234
244
254
277
289
300
61
63
66
85
88
92
48
50
52
67
70
72
30
32
33
42
44
46
43
45
47
61
63
66
14
207
215
224
289
301
313
372
387
403
441
459
477
177
184
192
246
256
266
319
332
345
378
393
409
103
108
112
148
154
160
207
215
224
266
277
288
315
328
341
69
72
75
96
100
104
59
61
64
83
86
89
34
36
37
48
50
52
49
51
63
69
72
75
39M
17
244
254
264
341
355
370
439
457
475
520
542
563
195
203
211
273
284
296
351
366
360
416
433
451
130
135
141
179
186
194
250
261
271
322
335
349
381
397
413
81
85
88
114
118
123
65
68
70
91
95
99
43
45
47
61
63
66
60
62
65
83
87
90
UNIT
21
309
322
335
432
450
466
556
579
602
659
686
714
260
271
282
364
379
394
468
468
507
555
578
601
146
152
158
228
237
246
319
332
345
410
427
444
485
506
526
103
107
112
144
150
156
87
90
94
121
126
131
49
51
53
68
71
74
76
79
82
106
111
116
SIZE
25
353
367
382
494
514
535
635
661
686
753
784
815
296
308
321
414
432
449
533
555
577
631
658
684
167
173
180
259
270
281
363
378
393
466
486
505
553
576
599
118
122
127
165
171
178
99
103
107
138
144
150
56
58
60
78
81
84
86
90
94
121
126
131
30
437
455
473
612
637
663
767
819
652
932
971
1010
366
383
399
515
537
556
662
690
718
785
818
850
207
216
224
322
335
349
461
470
488
580
604
628
687
716
744
146
152
158
204
212
221
123
128
133
172
179
186
69
72
75
97
101
105
107
112
116
150
157
163
36
528
550
572
739
770
801
950
990
1030
1126
1173
1220
432
450
468
605
630
655
778
810
842
922
960
998
288
300
312
360
375
390
504
525
546
648
675
702
768
800
832
176
183
191
246
257
267
144
150
156
202
210
218
96
100
104
134
140
146
120
125
130
168
176
182
40
576
600
624
606
640
874
1037
1080
1123
1229
1280
1331
528
550
572
739
770
601
950
990
1030
1126
1173
1220
288
300
312
432
450
468
605
630
655
778
810
842
922
960
998
192
200
208
269
280
291
176
183
191
246
257
267
96
100
104
134
140
146
144
150
156
202
210
218
50
728
758
789
1019
1062
1104
1310
1365
1420
1553
1618
1682
572
596
620
801
634
668
1030
1073
1115
1220
1271
1322
364
379
394
468
488
507
655
683
710
842
878
913
998
1040
1082
243
253
263
340
354
368
191
199
207
267
278
289
121
126
131
170
177
184
156
163
169
218
228
237
61
884
921
956
1236
1289
1341
1591
1656
1724
1886
1964
2043
726
758
789
1019
1062
1104
1310
1365
1420
1553
1618
1682
442
460
479
572
596
620
801
834
868
1030
1073
1115
1220
1271
1322
295
307
319
413
430
447
243
253
263
340
354
368
147
153
160
206
215
223
191
199
207
267
278
289
LARGE
6
9
12
23
24
25
40
41
43
51
53
56
67
70
72
86
88
92
96
100
104
114
118
123
144
150
156
165
171
178
204
212
221
246
267
267
269
280
291
340
354
368
413
430
447
MEDIUM
6
9
16
17
28
29
37
39
49
51
67
70
83
86
91
95
121
126
138
144
172
179
202
210
246
257
267
278
340
354
SMALL
12
6
9
12
18
----
30
24
26
26
40
28
29
30
53
36
38
39
72
42
44
46
89
48
50
52
99
61
63
66
131
68
71
74
150
78
81
84
186
97
101
105
218
134
140
146
267
134
140
146
289
170
177
184
368
206
215
223
BYPASS
6
9
12
14
15
15
24
26
26
33
34
36
42
44
46
61
63
66
69
72
75
83
87
90
106
111
115
121
126
131
150
157
163
168
176
182
202
210
218
218
228
237
267
278
289
FACE AREA
ROWS
4
6
LARGE
8
10
4
6
CHILLED
WATER OR
DIRECT
EXPANSION
MEDIUM
8
10
SMALL
4
4
6
BYPASS
8
10
1
LARGE
2
1
MEDIUM
2
HOT WATER
1
SMALL
2
1
BYPASS
2
1
1-in, IDT STEAM
FPI
LEGEND
FPI
IDT
---
Finperlnch
Inner Distributing
NOTES:
1. Weights shown include
2. Coils are full length.
3, Weights shown are for
4. Weights shown are for
5, Weights shown are for
6. Weights shown are for
Tube
headers and are the sum of two coils where applicable.
aluminum fin coils;
1/2-in., .016 in. wall
1/2-in., .016-in. wall
1/2-in., .016-in. wall
for copper
tubes; for
tubes; for
tubes; for
fin coils, multiply by 1.20.
1/2-in., .025-in. wall tubes, multiply by 1.15.
s/8-in., .020-in. wall tubes, multiply by 1.15.
s/s-in., .035-in. wall tubes, multiply by 1.50.
28
Table 13 -- Dry Coil Weights (Ib) (cont)
COIL
TYPE
FACE
AREA
ROWS
1
LARGE
2
1
MEDIUM
2
5/8-1N, IDT STEAM
1
SMALL
2
1
BYPASS
2
1
INEGRAL
FAC E
AND
BYPASS
HOT WATER
OR STEAM
2
3
FPI
03
19
19
20
23
24
25
13
14
14
16
17
18
------11
12
12
14
15
15
----------
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
06
32
33
35
40
41
43
22
23
24
28
29
30
19
20
21
24
25
26
19
20
21
24
25
26
146
152
158
152
158
164
158
165
172
08
41
43
44
51
53
56
30
31
32
37
39
40
22
23
24
28
29
30
26
27
28
33
34
35
207
216
225
220
229
238
231
241
251
10
53
56
58
67
70
72
39
40
42
49
51
53
29
30
32
36
38
39
34
35
37
42
44
46
216
225
234
228
238
248
241
251
261
12
68
71
74
65
68
92
53
56
58
67
70
72
34
35
37
42
44
46
49
51
53
61
63
66
216
225
234
228
238
248
241
251
261
14
77
80
64
96
100
104
66
69
72
83
86
89
39
40
42
48
50
52
55
57
60
69
72
75
231
241
251
246
256
266
259
270
281
39M UNIT SIZE
17
21
91
115
95
120
99
125
114
144
118
150
123
156
73
97
76
101
79
105
91
121
95
126
99
131
49
55
51
57
53
59
61
68
63
71
66
74
67
85
70
88
72
92
83
106
87
111
90
115
507
567
528
590
550
615
536
607
559
633
582
659
585
668
610
696
635
725
25
132
137
143
165
171
178
111
115
120
138
144
150
62
65
67
78
81
84
97
101
105
121
126
131
567
590
615
607
633
659
668
696
725
30
163
170
177
204
212
221
137
143
149
172
179
186
77
81
84
97
101
105
120
125
130
150
187
163
723
754
785
779
811
845
863
899
936
36
197
205
214
246
257
267
161
168
175
202
210
218
108
112
116
134
140
146
134
140
146
168
175
182
828
862
898
904
1007
1049
1008
1050
1094
40
215
224
233
269
280
291
197
205
214
246
257
267
108
112
116
134
140
146
161
168
175
202
210
218
880
917
955
967
1007
1049
1081
1126
1173
50
272
283
294
340
354
368
214
222
231
267
278
289
136
142
147
170
177
184
175
182
189
218
228
237
1064
1108
1154
1180
1229
1280
1327
1382
1440
61
330
344
358
413
430
447
272
283
294
340
384
368
165
172
179
206
215
223
214
222
231
267
278
289
1210
1260
1313
1355
1411
1470
1532
1596
1662
LEGEND
FPI
IDT
---
Fin per Inch
Inner Distributing
NOTES:
1. Weights shown include
2. Coils are full length.
3. Weights shown are for
4. Weights shown are for
5. Weights shown are for
6. Weights shown are for
Tube
headers and are the sum of two coils where applicable,
aluminum fin coils;
1/2-in., ,016 in, wall
1/2-in., .016-in, wall
1/2-in., ,016-in, wall
for copper
tubes; for
tubes; for
tubes; for
fin coils, multiply by 1.20,
1/2-in., ,025-in, wall tubes, multiply by 1.15,
s/8-in., .020-in, wall tubes, multiply by 1.15.
s/8-in., ,035-in, wall tubes, multiply by 1.50,
Table 14 -- Motor Weights (Ib)
20_400-3-50"
200-230,460-3-60
HP
ODP
E+
TEFC
E+3
E+
ODP
E+3
575-3-60
TEFC
ODP
TEFC
E+
E+/E+3
16
36
40
60
68
29
34
37
60/
68
3/4
1
36
40
40
60
60
68
68
29
29
34
34
37
37
60/
68
60/
68
116
2
42
46
54
60
65
66
66
36
41
41
47
48
50
60/
66
65/
66
3
5
67
87
94
81
89
92
99
73
102
62
72
70
88
142
154
158
200
121
139
105
128
89
119
142/158
154/200
36
42
78
716
10
87
89/
99
118
130
126
15
170
217
250
259
170
210
170
250/259
20
25
212
240
250
309
287
394
290
358
205
273
254
363
212
240
287/290
394/368
30
283
300
436
436
283
414
284
436/436
40
372
415
661
661
416t
470t
370
661/661
50
440
414
686
686
403t
527t
440
686/686
60
591
652**
790
799
545
790t
591
799
75
620
706**
840
850**
651t
884t
670
850
106
*Both ODP and TEFC 50 Hz motors available in standard models
only.
1-Availability unconfirmed.
**460 volt only.
LEGEND
ODP
TEFC
E+
E+3
-----
Open Drip Proof
Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled
High Efficiency
Premium Efficiency
NOTE: Multiply motor weight by 0.10 to estimate drive weight.
29
Table 1539M UNIT
SIZE
SUPPLY
Forward-Curved
RETURN/
EXHAUST
03
REAR
MOUNT
MOTOR
Std
N/A
03
SIDE
MOUNT
MOTOR
Std
Std
06
REAR
MOUNT
MOTOR
Std
N/A
06
SIDE
MOUNT
MOTOR
Std
Std
Std
Std
Small
N/A
Std
Std
Small
N/A
Std
Std
Small
N/A
Std
Std
Small
N/A
Std
Std
Small
N/A
Fan Drive Centerline Distances In Inches
MOTOR
FRAME
56
143T
145T
182T
164T
56
143T
145T
162T
164T
56
143T
145T
162T
164T
56
143T
145T
162T
164T
56
143T
145T
162T
164T
213T
162T
164T
213T
143T
145T
162T
164T
213T
164T
213T
215T
145T
162T
164T
213T
164T
213T
215T
254T
145T
162T
164T
213T
164T
213T
215T
254T
145T
162T
184T
213T
215T
213T
215T
254T
O8
12
14
17
BHF/BHR
Min
Max
19.0
20,6
19.0
20,6
19.0
20,6
18.6
20,3
18.6
20.3
8,0
8,4
8,0
8,4
8.0
8,4
7,0
7,4
7,0
7.4
18,9
20.4
18.9
20,4
18.9
20,4
18.4
20,0
18.4
20,0
10.6
11.6
10.6
11,6
10.6
11,6
9.8
10.8
9,8
10.8
14,4
15.6
14,4
15,6
14,4
15,6
13.6
14,9
13,6
14,9
13.1
14,4
13,3
14.7
13,3
14,7
12,8
14.3
15,2
16,2
15,2
16,2
14.3
15.4
14.3
15,4
13.7
14.8
13.6
14,9
13.1
14,4
13.1
14,4
18.3
19,5
17.6
18.9
17.6
18,9
17.1
18.4
17.4
18,9
17.0
18,5
17.0
18,5
16.5
18,1
23.1
24,5
22.5
23,8
22.6
23,8
22.0
23,4
22.4
23.9
22.0
23,5
22.0
23.5
21.5
23,1
23.1
24,5
22.5
23.8
22.6
23,8
22.0
23.4
22.0
23.4
22.0
23,5
22.0
23,5
21.5
23,1
LEGEND
BHF
BHR
DBF
DBR
-----
Bottom Horizontal Front
Bottom Horizontal Rear
Downblast Front
Downblast Rear
THF
THR
UBF
UBR
-----
Top Horizontal
Top Horizontal
Upblast Front
Upblast Rear
Front
Rear
.30
DBF/DBR
Min
Max
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
5,7
6.3
5,7
6.3
5.7
6.3
4,7
5.4
4,7
5.4
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
6.8
8.9
6.8
8.9
6.8
8.9
6.0
8.3
6.0
8.3
9.5
11.0
9.5
11.0
9.5
11.0
9.0
10.7
9.0
10.7
8.8
10.5
9.8
11.5
9.8
11.5
9.7
11.4
8.8
10.1
8.8
10.1
8.1
9.6
8.1
9.6
7.7
9.3
9.0
10.7
8.8
10.5
8.8
10.5
12.9
14.5
12.5
14.1
12.5
14.1
12.2
13.9
13.8
15.5
13.6
15.3
13.6
15.3
13.5
15.2
17.2
18.7
16.7
18.4
16.7
18.4
16.5
18.1
18.2
19.9
18.0
19.7
18.0
19.7
17.8
19.5
17.2
18.7
16.7
18.4
16.7
18.4
16.5
18.1
16.5
18.1
18.0
19.7
18.0
19.7
17.8
19.5
THFFFHR
Min
Max
17.6
19.4
17.6
19.4
17.6
19.4
17.5
19.2
17.5
19.2
5,5
6,0
5,5
6,0
5.5
6,0
4,5
5,1
4,5
5.1
17.1
18.8
17.1
18.8
17.1
18.8
16.9
18.6
16.9
18.6
8,0
10.2
8,0
10.2
8.0
10.2
7.3
9,6
7,3
9,6
10.9
12.4
10.9
12.4
10.9
12.4
10.4
12.0
10.4
12.0
10.1
11.8
11.0
12.7
11.0
12.7
10.9
12.6
10.8
12.2
10.8
12.2
10.2
11.6
10.2
11.6
9,7
11.2
10.4
12.0
10.1
11.8
10.1
11.8
14.9
16.4
14.4
16.0
14.4
16.0
14.1
15.7
15.1
16.8
14.9
16.6
14.9
16.6
14.7
16.4
19.5
21.1
19.1
20.6
19.1
20.6
18.7
20.4
20.0
21.7
19.8
21.5
19.8
21.5
19.5
21.2
19.1
20.6
18.3
19.9
17.9
19.6
17.5
19.2
17.5
19.2
19.8
21.5
19.8
21.5
19.5
21.2
UBF/UBR
Min
Max
15.5
17.2
15.5
17.2
15.5
17.2
15.2
17.0
15.2
17.0
7.4
7.9
7.4
7.9
7.4
7.9
6.4
7.0
6.4
7.0
14.8
16.4
14.8
16.4
14.8
16.4
14.4
16.1
14.4
16.1
8.3
10.1
8.3
10.1
8.3
10.1
7.4
9.4
7.4
9.4
10.8
12.2
10.8
12.2
10.8
12.2
10.2
11.7
10.2
11.7
9.8
11.4
10.4
12.1
10.4
12.1
10.2
11.8
10.9
12.1
10.9
12.1
10.2
11.4
10.2
11.4
9.6
10.9
10.2
11.7
9.8
11.4
9.8
11.4
14.5
15.9
13.9
15.4
13.9
15.4
13.5
15.0
14.6
16.2
14.3
16.0
14.3
16.0
14.0
15.7
19.0
20.4
18.4
19.9
18.4
19.9
18.0
19.5
19.2
20.8
18.9
20.5
18.9
20.5
18.5
20.2
19.0
20.4
18.4
19.9
18.4
19.9
18.0
19.5
18.0
19.5
18.9
20.5
18.9
20.5
18.5
20.2
Table 1539M UNIT
SIZE
Forward-Curved
RETURN/
EXHAUST
SUPPLY
Std
Std
21
Small
N/A
Std
Std
25
Small
N/A
Std
Std
3O
Small
N/A
Std
Std
36
Small
N/A
Std
Std
4O
Small
N/A
Std
Std
5O
Small
N/A
Std
Std
Small
N/A
Fan Drive Centerline
MOTOR
BHF/BHR
-----
Bottom Horizontal Front
Bottom Horizontal Rear
Downblast Front
Downblast Rear
THF
THR
UBF
UBR
-----
Top Horizontal
Top Horizontal
Upblast Front
Upblast Rear
DBF/DBR
THF/THR
UBF/UBR
FRAME
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
145T
24.7
26.0
14,6
16.4
17,4
19.1
18.6
20.0
182T
23.9
25.1
14.0
15,8
16.7
18,5
17.8
19.2
184T
23.9
25.1
14,0
15,8
16,7
18,5
17.8
19.2
213T
23.2
24.6
13,5
15,4
16,2
18,1
17.2
18.7
215T
23.2
24.6
13,5
15,4
16,2
18,1
17.2
18.7
254T
22.4
23.8
13.0
14,9
16.6
17,5
16.4
18.0
216T
19.9
21.3
15,6
17,3
17,4
19,0
16.6
18.2
254T
19.3
20.8
15,4
17,1
17,1
18,8
16.2
17.8
256T
19.3
20.8
15.4
17,1
17.1
18,8
16.2
17.8
284T
18.9
20.5
15,2
17.0
16,9
18.6
15.9
17.6
145T
32.4
34.1
24,1
26.2
27,4
29.5
26.6
28.5
182T
31.7
33.5
23,7
25,9
27,0
29,1
26.1
28.0
184T
31.7
33.5
23.7
25,9
27.0
29,1
26.1
28.0
213T
31.3
33.1
23.5
25,6
26.7
28,8
25.7
27.7
215T
31.3
33.1
23,5
25.6
26,7
28.8
25.7
27.7
254T
30.7
32.6
23,2
25,4
26,4
28,5
25.2
27.2
216T
31.3
33.1
23,5
25,6
26,7
28,8
25.7
27.7
254T
30.7
32.5
23,2
25.4
26,4
28.5
25.2
27.2
256T
30.7
32.6
23,2
25,4
26,4
28,5
25.2
27.2
284T
30.2
32.1
23,0
25,2
26,1
28,3
24.9
26.9
182T
31.7
33.5
23,7
25,9
27,0
29,1
26.6
28.5
184T
31.7
33.5
23,7
25.9
27,0
29.1
26.1
28.0
213T
31.3
33.1
23,5
25.6
26,7
28.8
26.1
28.0
215T
31.3
33.1
23,5
25,6
26,7
28,8
25.7
27.7
254T
30.7
32.6
23,2
25,4
26,4
28,5
25.7
27.7
256T
30.7
32.5
23,2
25.4
26,4
28.5
25.2
27.2
215T
31.3
33.1
23.5
25,6
26.7
28,8
25.7
27.7
254T
30.7
32.6
23,2
25,4
26,4
28,5
25.2
27.2
256T
30.7
32.6
23,2
25,4
26,4
28,5
25.2
27.2
284T
30.2
32.1
23.0
25,2
26.1
28,3
24.9
26.9
286T
30.2
32.1
23,0
25.2
26,1
28.3
24.9
26.9
182T
31.1
33.3
23,0
25,7
25,6
28,2
27.0
29.4
184T
31.1
33.3
23,0
25,7
25,6
28,2
27.0
29.4
213T
30.4
32.6
22,5
25.3
25,0
27.7
26.4
28.8
215T
30.4
32.6
22.5
25,3
25.0
27,7
26.4
28.8
254T
29.7
31.9
22,1
24.9
24,5
27.2
25.7
28.2
256T
29.7
31.9
22,1
24,9
24,5
27,2
25.7
28.2
254T
28.8
31.3
23.6
26,5
24.9
27,7
26.0
28.7
256T
28.8
31.3
23,6
26,5
24,9
27,7
26.0
28.7
284T
28.4
30.9
23.3
26,3
24.6
27,4
25.7
28.4
286T
28.4
30.9
23,3
26.3
24,6
27.4
25.7
28.4
184T
31.1
33.3
23,0
25.7
25,6
28.2
27.0
29.4
213T
30.4
32.6
22,5
25,3
25,0
27,7
26.4
28.8
215T
30.4
32.6
22,5
25.3
25,0
27.7
26.4
28.8
254T
29.7
31.9
22.1
24,9
24.5
27,2
25.7
28.2
256T
29.7
31.9
22,1
24.9
24,5
27.2
25.7
28.2
284T
29.2
31.5
21,8
24,7
24,1
26,9
25.3
27.8
254T
29.7
31.9
22,1
24,9
24,5
27,2
25.7
28.2
256T
29.7
31.9
22,1
24.9
24,5
27.2
25.7
28.2
284T
29.2
31.5
21,8
24,7
24,1
26,9
25.3
27.8
286T
29.2
31.5
21,8
24,7
24,1
26,9
25.3
27.8
184T
33.5
35.5
24,2
26,8
27,1
29,6
28.9
31.1
213T
32.7
34.8
23.7
26,3
26.5
29,1
28.2
30.5
215T
32.7
34.8
23,7
26.3
26,5
29.1
28.2
30.5
254T
31.9
34.1
23,2
25,9
26,0
28,5
27.5
29.8
256T
31.9
34.1
23,2
25,9
26,0
28,5
27.5
29.8
284T
31.4
33.6
22,8
25.6
25,5
28.2
27.0
29.4
286T
31.4
33.6
22.8
25,6
25.5
28,2
27.0
29.4
254T
31.9
34.1
23,2
25,9
26,0
28,5
27.5
29.8
256T
31.9
34.1
23,2
25,9
26,0
28,5
27.5
29.8
284T
31.4
33.6
22.8
25,6
25.5
28,2
27.0
29.4
286T
31.4
33.6
22,8
25.6
25,5
28.2
27.0
29.4
324T
30.7
32.9
22,4
25,2
25,0
27,7
26.3
28.8
213T
35.6
37.6
25,3
28,0
29,1
31,6
30.4
32.7
215T
35.6
37.6
25,3
28.0
29,1
31.6
30.4
32.7
254T
34.8
36.9
24.8
27,5
28.5
31,0
29.7
32.0
256T
34.8
36.9
24,8
27,5
28,5
31,0
29.7
32.0
284T
34.3
36.4
24,4
27,2
28,0
30,6
29.2
31.6
286T
34.3
36.4
24.4
27,2
28.0
30,6
29.2
31.6
324T
33.5
35.7
24,0
26.8
27,5
30.1
28.6
30.9
256T
34.0
36.3
25,8
28,6
28,5
31,2
29.8
32.2
284T
33.5
35.8
25,5
28,4
28,1
30,8
29.3
31.8
286T
33.5
35.8
25,5
28.4
28,1
30.8
29.3
31.8
324T
32.8
35.2
25.1
28,0
27.6
30,4
28.7
31.3
326T
32.8
35.2
25,1
28,0
27,6
30,4
28.7
31.3
LEGEND
BHF
BHR
DBF
DBR
Distances In Inches (cont)
Front
Rear
31
Table 16 --Airfoil
39M UNIT
SIZE
SUPPLY
O3
RETURN/
EXHAUST
STD
O6
12
14
17
Max
Min
Max
56
16.3
17,6
14.0
15.5
15.0
16.5
14.8
16.2
143T
145T
16.3
16.3
17,6
17,6
14.0
14.0
15.5
15.5
15.0
15.0
16.5
16.5
14.8
14.8
16.2
16.2
182T
164T
15.8
15.8
17.2
17,2
13.6
13.6
15.1
15.1
14.6
14.6
16.2
16.2
14.3
14.3
15.8
15.8
56
143T
19.5
19.5
20,3
20,3
15.0
15.0
15.5
15.5
17.3
17.3
18.2
18.2
19.1
19.1
19.9
19.9
145T
162T
19.5
19.0
20.3
19,8
15.0
14.5
15.5
15.0
17.3
17.0
18.2
18.0
19.1
18.6
19.9
19.4
164T
143T
19.0
11.1
19,8
12,4
14.5
8.5
15.0
9.8
17.0
8,2
18.0
9,5
18.6
10.3
19.4
11.6
145T
162T
11.1
10.0
12.4
11,5
8.5
7.6
9.8
9.1
8,2
7,2
9.5
8,7
10.3
9.3
11.6
10.8
164T
213T
lO.O
9,4
11,5
11 .O
7.6
7.0
9.1
8.6
7.2
6,7
8,7
8,3
9.3
8.6
10.8
10.2
215T
145T
9.4
13.8
11 .O
14,3
7.0
10.3
8.6
10.9
6.7
9,8
8,3
10.6
8.6
12.9
10.2
13.5
162T
164T
12.9
12.9
13,5
13,5
9.5
9.5
10.2
10.2
9.0
9,0
9,9
9,9
12.0
12.0
12.6
12.6
213T
215T
12.2
12.2
12,9
12,9
8.9
8.9
9.7
9.7
8.4
8,4
9,4
9,4
11.3
11.3
12.0
12.0
254T
145T
11.3
17.2
12.0
17,8
8.1
14.1
9.0
14.9
7,7
13.4
8.7
14.4
10.4
17.2
11.1
17.8
162T
164T
16.4
16.4
17.0
17,0
13.3
13.3
14.1
14.1
12.7
12.7
13.7
13.7
16.4
16.4
17.0
17.0
213T
215T
15.7
15.7
16.4
16,4
12.7
12.7
13.7
13.7
12.1
12.1
13.1
13.1
15.7
15.7
16.4
16.4
254T
145T
14.9
21.2
15,7
22,2
12.0
18.7
13.0
20.0
11.4
18.2
12.5
19.5
14.9
21.2
15.7
22.2
162T
164T
213T
20.5
20.5
20.0
21,5
21,5
21,0
18.1
18.1
17.7
19.5
19.5
19.1
17.7
17.7
17.3
19.0
19.0
18.7
20.5
20.5
20.0
21.5
21.5
21.0
215T
20.0
21,0
17.7
19.1
17.3
18.7
20.0
21.0
254T
256T
19.3
19.3
20.5
20,5
17.2
17.2
18.7
18.7
16.8
16.8
18.2
18.2
19.3
19.3
20.5
20.5
145T
162T
164T
21.2
20.4
20.4
22,1
21,3
21,3
18.3
17.6
17.6
19.3
18.6
18.6
17.5
16.8
16.8
19.0
18.5
18.5
21.2
20.4
20.4
22.0
21.3
21.3
213T
19.9
20,7
17.1
18.2
16.3
18.0
19.9
20.7
215T
254T
19.9
19.1
20,7
20.1
17.1
16.4
18.2
17.6
16.3
15.7
18.0
17.5
19.9
19.1
20.7
20.1
256T
145T
162T
19.1
22.3
21.5
20,1
22,9
22.2
16.4
18.8
18.0
17.6
19.7
18.9
15.7
18.7
17.9
17.5
19.6
18.8
19.1
22.3
21.5
20.1
22.9
22.2
164T
21.5
22,2
18.0
18.9
17.9
18.8
21.5
22.2
213T
215T
254T
20.9
20.9
20.0
21,5
21,5
20,7
17.4
17.4
16.7
18.4
18.4
17.8
17.3
17.3
16.6
18.3
18.3
17.7
20.9
20.9
20.0
21.5
21.5
20.7
256T
284T
20.0
19.4
20,7
20.3
16.7
16.2
17.8
17.3
16.6
16.1
17.7
17.2
20.0
19.4
20.7
20.3
145T
28.8
29.6
25.7
26.8
25.5
26.6
28.8
29.6
162T
164T
213T
28.0
28.0
27.5
29,0
29,0
28.5
25.0
25.0
24.6
26.2
26.2
25.8
24.9
24.9
24.4
25.9
25.9
25.6
28.0
28.0
27.5
29.0
29.0
28.5
215T
254T
27.5
26.8
28,5
27,8
24.6
24.0
25.8
25.3
24.4
23.8
25.6
25.1
27.5
26.8
28.5
27.8
256T
284T
26.8
26.3
27.8
27.4
24.0
23.6
25.3
25.0
23.8
23.4
25.1
24.7
26.8
26.3
27.8
27.4
286T
26.3
27,4
23.6
25.0
23.4
24.7
26.3
27.4
STD
STD
25
Min
STD
STD
21
Max
STD
STD
STD
STD
STD
LEGEND
BHF
BHR
DBF
DBR
-----
Bottom Horizontal
Bottom Horizontal
Downblast Front
Downblast Rear
Front
Rear
THF
THR
UBF
UBR
-----
UBF/UBR
Min
STD
STD
THFFFHR
Max
STD
STD
DBF/DBR
Min
STD
STD
BHF/BHR
MOTOR
FRAME
STD
STD
O8
Fan Drive Centerline Distances In Inches
Top Horizontal
Top Horizontal
Upblast Front
Upblast Rear
Front
Rear
32
Table 1639M UNIT
SIZE
MOTOR
FRAME
RETURN
EXHAUST
SUPPLY
30
Airfoil Fan Drive Centerline
STD
STD
STD
N/A
36
N/A
STD
STD
N/A
40
N/A
STD
STD
N/A
50
N/A
STD
STD
N/A
61
N/A
STD
BHF/BHR
MIn
Max
MIn
Max
MIn
Max
UBF/UBR
MIn
Max
182T
27.4
28.9
24.2
25.8
24.1
25.7
27.4
28.9
184T
27.4
28.9
24.2
25.8
24.1
25.7
27.4
28.9
213T
26.9
28.4
23.7
25.5
23.7
25.5
26.9
28.4
215T
26.9
28.4
23.7
25.5
23.7
25.5
26.9
28.4
254T
26.1
27.7
23.1
25.0
23.1
24.9
26.1
27.7
256T
26.1
27.7
23.1
25.0
23.1
24.9
26.1
27.7
284T
25.6
27.3
22.7
24.5
22.6
24.6
25.6
27.3
286T
25.6
27.3
22.7
24.5
22.6
24.6
25.6
27.3
324T
24.9
26.7
22.1
24.0
22.1
24.2
25.0
26.7
184T
26.0
27.3
20.2
22.9
20.2
22.0
24.3
25.7
213T
25.4
26.7
19.7
22.5
19.7
21.6
23.7
25.2
215T
25.4
26.7
19.7
22.5
19.7
21.6
23.7
25.2
254T
24.6
25.9
19.0
21.9
19.0
21.0
22.9
24.4
256T
24.6
25.9
19.0
21.9
19.0
21.0
22.9
24.4
284T
23.9
25.4
18.5
21.4
18.5
20.5
22.3
23.9
286T
23.9
25.4
18.5
21.4
18.5
20.5
22.3
23.9
324T
23.1
24.6
17.8
20.9
17.8
20.0
21.5
23.2
326T
23.1
24.6
17.8
20.9
17.8
20.0
21.5
23.2
182T
28.6
29.7
N/A
N/A
22.2
23.9
27.0
28.1
184T
28.6
29.7
N/A
N/A
22.2
23.9
27.0
28.1
213T
27.9
29.1
N/A
N/A
21.6
23.4
26.4
28.5
215T
27.9
29.1
N/A
N/A
21.6
23.4
26.4
28.5
254T
27.1
28.3
N/A
N/A
20.9
22.7
25.5
27.7
184T
30.5
32.3
24.6
26.8
24.6
26.8
24.6
27.0
213T
29.9
31.7
24.1
26.3
24.1
26.3
24.1
26.5
215T
29.9
31.7
24.1
26.3
24.1
26.3
24.1
26.5
254T
29.1
31.0
23.5
25.8
23.5
25.8
23.5
25.9
256T
29.1
31.0
23.5
25.8
23.5
25.8
23.5
25.9
284T
28.5
30.4
23.0
25.3
23.0
25.3
23.0
25.1
286T
28.5
30.4
23.0
25.3
23.0
25.3
23.0
25.1
324T
27.7
29.7
22.4
28.8
22.4
24.8
22.4
25.0
326T
27.7
29.7
22.4
24.8
22.4
24.8
22.4
25.0
182T
30.9
32.1
N/A
N/A
24.3
26.0
30.1
31.3
184T
30.9
32.1
N/A
N/A
24.3
26.0
30.1
31.3
213T
30.3
31.4
N/A
N/A
23.7
25.5
29.4
30.7
215T
30.3
31.4
N/A
N/A
23.7
25.5
29.4
30.7
254T
29.4
30.6
N/A
N/A
23.0
24.8
28.5
29.8
213T
32.9
34.5
24.5
27.0
27.0
29.1
32.1
33.8
215T
32.9
34.5
24.5
27.0
27.0
29.1
32.1
33.8
254T
32.1
33.8
24.0
26.4
26.3
28.5
31.3
33.0
256T
32.1
33.8
24.0
26.4
26.3
28.5
31.3
33.0
284T
31.5
33.2
23.6
26.1
25.8
28.1
30.7
32.4
286T
31.5
33.2
23.6
26.1
25.8
28.1
30.7
32.4
324T
30.7
32.5
23.0
25.6
25.2
27.5
29.9
31.8
326T
30.7
32.5
23.0
25.6
25.2
27.5
29.9
31.8
364T
30.4
31.8
22.5
25.2
24.6
27.0
29.2
31.1
184T
34.8
36.0
N/A
N/A
27.3
29.0
33.9
35.1
213T
34.1
35.3
N/A
N/A
26.7
28.4
33.3
34.5
215T
34.1
35.3
N/A
N/A
26.7
28.4
33.3
34.5
254T
33.2
34.5
N/A
N/A
25.9
27.7
32.4
33.7
256T
33.2
34.5
N/A
N/A
25.9
27.7
32.4
33.7
213T
37.4
39.0
28.1
29.1
30.9
33.0
35.8
38.4
215T
37.4
39.0
28.1
29.1
30.9
33.0
35.8
38.4
254T
36.6
38.3
27.5
28.5
30.2
32.3
35.0
37.6
256T
36.6
38.3
27.5
28.5
30.2
32.3
35.0
37.6
284T
36.1
37.8
27.1
28.1
29.7
31.9
34.4
37.1
286T
36.1
37.8
27.1
28.1
29.7
31.9
34.4
37.1
324T
35.3
37.0
26.5
27.6
29.0
31.3
33.6
36.3
326T
35.3
37.0
26.5
27.6
29.0
31.3
33.6
36.3
364T
34.5
36.3
26.0
27.1
28.4
30.8
32.9
35.6
365T
34.5
36.3
26.0
27.1
28.4
30.8
32.9
35.6
184T
40.0
41.4
N/A
N/A
31.0
33.2
38.3
39.5
213T
39.1
40.7
N/A
N/A
30.3
32.7
37.4
38.6
215T
39.1
40.7
N/A
N/A
30.3
32.7
37.4
38.6
254T
38.2
39.9
N/A
N/A
29.5
33.0
36.5
37.8
256T
38.2
39.9
N/A
N/A
29.5
33.0
36.5
37.8
LEGEND
BHF
BHR
DBF
DBR
-----
Bottom Horizontal
Bottom Horizontal
Downblast Front
Downblast Rear
Front
Rear
THF
THR
UBF
UBR
-----
Top Horizontal
Top Horizontal
Upblast Front
Upblast Rear
Distances In Inches (cont)
Front
Rear
33
DBF/DBR
THFFrHR
Table 17 -- Plenum Fan Drive Centerline Distances In Inches
39M UNIT
SIZE
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
SUPPLY
STD
STD
STD
STD
STD
STD
STD
STD
25
STD
RETURN/
EXHAUST
STD
STD
STD
STD
STD
STD
STD
STD
STD
39M UNIT
SIZE
RETURN/
EXHAUST
MOTOR
FRAME
MIN
MAX
7.5
182T
38.1
39.6
6.7
7.5
184T
38.1
39.6
145T
6.7
7.5
213T
37.8
39.4
182T
5.5
6.5
215T
37.8
39.4
184T
5.5
6.5
254T
37.3
39.0
56
12.0
13.2
256T
37.3
39.0
143T
12.0
13.2
284T
37.0
36.7
145T
12.0
13.2
286T
37.0
38.7
182T
11.3
12.6
182T
42.8
47.2
184T
11.3
12.6
184T
42.8
47.2
213T
10.9
12.2
213T
42.5
46.9
56
21.2
22.4
215T
42.5
46.9
143T
21.2
22.4
254T
42.0
46.5
145T
21.2
22.4
256T
42.0
46.5
182T
20.8
22.0
284T
41.7
46.2
184T
20.8
22.0
286T
41.7
46.2
213T
20.5
22.0
324T
41.2
45.8
215T
20.5
22.0
184T
42.9
47.2
143T
25.0
26.5
213T
42.5
46.9
145T
25.0
26.5
215T
42.5
46.9
182T
24.6
26.0
254T
42.0
46.5
184T
24.6
26.0
256T
42.0
46.5
213T
24.3
25.8
284T
41.7
46.2
215T
24.3
25.8
286T
41.7
46.2
254T
23.9
25.5
324T
41.3
45.8
143T
28.1
29.6
182T
52.0
56.5
145T
28.1
29.6
184T
52.0
56.5
182T
27.6
29.1
213T
51.7
56.2
184T
27.6
29.1
215T
51.7
56.2
213T
27.3
28.8
264T
51.3
55.8
215T
27.3
28.8
266T
51.3
55.8
254T
26.8
28.5
213T
51.7
56.2
145T
28.1
29.6
215T
51.7
56.2
182T
27.6
29.1
264T
51.3
55.8
184T
27.6
29.1
266T
51.3
55.8
213T
27.3
28.8
284T
51.0
55.5
215T
27.3
28.8
286T
51.0
55.5
254T
26.8
28.5
324T
50.5
55.1
256T
26.8
28.5
326T
50.5
55.1
145T
31.3
32.8
184T
49.2
53.3
182T
30.8
32.3
213T
48.8
51.9
184T
30.8
32.3
215T
48.8
51.9
213T
30.5
32.0
254T
48.3
52.4
215T
30.5
32.0
256T
48.3
52.4
254T
30.1
31.8
284T
47.9
52.1
256T
30.1
31.8
213T
48.7
51.9
145T
32.4
33.8
215T
48.7
51.9
182T
31.9
33.4
254T
48.2
52.5
184T
31.9
33.4
256T
48.2
52.5
213T
31.6
33.1
284T
47.9
52.1
215T
31.6
33.1
286T
47.9
52.1
254T
31.2
32.9
324T
47.4
51.7
256T
31.2
32.9
326T
47.4
51.7
284T
30.9
32.6
364T
46.9
51.2
145T
35.3
36.8
184T
51.9
55.9
182T
34.8
36.3
213T
51.5
55.5
184T
34.8
36.3
215T
51.5
55.5
213T
34.4
36.0
254T
50,9
55.0
215T
34.4
36.0
256T
50.9
55.0
254T
34.0
35.6
284T
50,5
54.6
256T
34.0
35.6
286T
50.5
54.6
284T
33.6
35.3
MOTOR
FRAME
MIN
MAX
56
6.7
143T
30
36
SUPPLY
STD
STD
STD
STD
STD
N/A
40
N/A
STD
STD
N/A
50
N/A
STD
N/A
34
STD
N/A
STD
Long-Term
Storage -- If stoting the unit before installation, observe the following precautions:
1. Tile storage site should be level, rigid, and flee of debtis. If
the site is in a heavy rain ;uea, set the unit off of the ground.
suspending the unit from cross-beams at the joint between each
unit component. Ensure that suspension rods are secured to
adequately support the unit and that the rods extend entirely
through their associated fasteners.
2.
Internal
3.
4.
Do not stole the unit in a heavy traffic area or on a vibrating surface. Vibration can &Lmage stationary beatings.
Ensure that all coil connections have shipping caps in
place. Cover the entire unit with a waterproof t;upaulin or
plastic coverall; if the unit is stored on file ground, extend
the cover underneath
the unit. Secme the cover with
tiedowns. Do not remove cover or coil end caps until unit
is ready for final installation.
Isolation
-- Units equipped with
in
1. Open the fan access dooc
2. Remove the bolts that fasten the fan sled to the holddown
bracket. (Fig. 7). Remove "S" shaped brackets.
Service
Clearance
-- When planning the placement of
the unit, ensure adequate space for service access. Typical
service operations
can require
removing
the coils and
filters and accessing the motor and &tmper linkage. Refer to
AHUBuilder®
progrmn for recommended clearances.
3.
Repeat Steps 1 and 2 on the opposite side of the fan
section. Fan sled assembly
should float on isolator
springs when done.
ADJUSTING
ISOLATOR SPRINGS -- Units with factorysupplied motors and diives are preset to 13/16 -I- Us-in. clemance
between the base frame assembly and the bottom panels; field
adjustment of the isolator springs is not normally required.
-- To prevent build-up of conden-
sate in file drain pan and ensure proper operation of the &ain
system, position the unit so that condensate is properly trapped.
Refer to the Condensate Drain section on page 69 in the Installation section.
Unit Suspension
-- Unit suspension methods are shown
in Fig. 6. A field-supplied platfoml mount is recommended,
especially for larger unit sizes. An iniine twin-bemn mount is
also recommended.
Units can also be supported by attaching
suspension rods to all of the lifting brackets on ;dl of the unit
sections that have more than 15 in. of airway length, or by
When adjusting fan isolation components, DO NOT enter
or reach into the fan cabinet while fan is running. Serious
injury can result. Be sure to disconnect power and tag
controls before making adjustments.
LOCATE SUSPENSION
RODS
SO THEY DO NOT INTERFERE
WITH ANY ACCESS DOOR/PANEL
(FIELD SUPPLIED)
MOUNT UNIT TO FIELD SUPPLIED
PLATFORM
as described
For applications that do not require internal fan isolation,
leave the holddown bracket screwed or bolted in place. Otherwise, the combination
of internal and external unit isolation
could lead to unwanted oscillation magnification.
REMOVING
HOLDDOWN
BOLTS,
AIRFOIL,
PLENUM AND FORWARD-CURVED
FANS -- Remove
the
holddown bolts (Fig. 7) as follows:
Monthly -- Move the coverall, enter the fan section
through the access door or fan inlet, and slowly rotate the
fan and motor by hand. This operation prevents be;uing
corrosion by redisttibuting the bearing grease.
Drain Positioning
Vibration
internal vibration isolation must be prepared
this section before they tue inst_dled.
THROUGH
11/16-1N. DIAM HOLE PROVIDED
BASE RAIL. REMOVE LIFTING
BRACKETS AS REQUIRED.
IN
CEILING -- RECOMMENDED
PLATFORM MOUNT
CEILING --ALTERNATE
CROSSBEAM MOUNT
MOUNT UNIT TO FIELD SUPPLIED
BEAMS THROUGH
DIAM HOLE PROVIDED IN
BASE RAIL. REMOVE LIFTING
BRACKETS AS REQUIRED.
CEILING -- ALTERNATE
LIFTING BRACKET MOUNT
CEILING -- RECOMMENDED
IN-LINE BEAM MOUNT
Fig. 6 -- Unit Suspension
35
When field-supplied motors and &ives have been installed,
adjust the isolator spdngs as shown in Fig. 7 and described as
follows:
_,DJUSTING
1. Ix_osen the locknut on adjusting stem.
SLED
2. Turn the adjusting stem until the specified clearance of
13/l<,+ l&-in, is obtained. (Turn clockwise to decrease
clearance or counterclockwise to increase clearance.)
3. Tighten the locknut.
4. Repeat for each of the isolator springs and ensure that the
fan sled is floating on the springs.
External Vibration Isolation -- Install external vibration isolators per certified drawings, job specifications, and the
instructions of the isolator manufacturer.
For applications that do not require internal fan isolation,
leave the holddown bracket screwed or bolted in place. Otherwise, the combination of internal and external unit isolation
could lead to unwanted oscillation magnification.
The coil piping must also be isolated or have flexible connectors to avoid coil header damage due to motion or vibration.
Flexible connections should also be installed at the fan inlet (if
ducted) and at the dischm'ge.
HOLDDOWN
BOLT
SPRING
HOLDDOWN
BOLT
Fig. 7 -- Spring Isolator and Holddown Bracket
Roof Curb -- Roof curbs can be field supplied for 39MW
units and should be installed according to the manufacturer's
instructions.
Curbs am typically shipped knocked down and require field
assembly as follows:
1. Curbs greater than 12 ll in ailway length will be split and
joined together by a splice plate. Butt the two sections and
bolt together with the splice plate as shown in Fig. 8.
2. Arrange sides and ends together at right angles and bolt
together using the corner bracket as shown in Fig. 9.
3. Fasten cross supports, when required, per the diawings
with supplied screws as shown in Fig. 10.
Before installing roof curb, check overall unit length.
Figure 11 shows AHU (air-handling unit) curb pocket
dimensions.
CURB GASKET
(OPTIONAL)
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\,
CURB SPLICE
PLATE
\
I
IMPORTANT:
attempting
to rigVedly
the unitinstalled
and install
curb
it ondimensions
the curb. before ]
Fig. 8 -- Splice Plate Usage
- FLAT WASHER
HEX HEAD
BOLT
SEAL STRIP
\\
END
\
\
\
HEX NUT
J
LOCK
WASHER
\
\
\
\
UNIT CURB
CORNER BRACKET
Fig. 9 -- Corner Bracket
36
Due to the pressure capabilities of the 39 sedes air handlers,
duct connections must be gasketed and screwed to the unit to
prevent leakage. No provisions have been made to attach the
ductwork to the curb. Fabricate inlet and discharge according
to the unit configuration. Dimensions for inlet and disch_uge
locations ale shown in diawings produced in AHUBuilder®
program.
\
The return and supply ducts must be supported independently from the unit. Do not exert weight or downw_ud force on
the unit other than minimal force required to attach ductwoN.
UNIT CURB
Before the unit is installed, gasketing must be installed
between the curb and unit as shown in Fig. 12. This gasket
material is supplied by the curb manufacturel: If gasket is not
supplied with the curb, recommended
field-supplied
gasket
matedal is 1/2-in. thick by 2-in. wide closed cell neoprene.
\
\
\\\\\\\\\\
When curb is installed, place gasket on curb without stretching or overlapping the material, which can cause gaps or leaks.
Butt _dljoints evenly and avoid creating gaps where water can
leak into the curb. Make sum semns in gasket matedal overlap
seams in the curb rail. See Fig. 12 for installation details.
CURB
CHANNEL
Fig. 10-
Fasten Cross Supports
After gasket is in place, rig unit into position as described in
Rigging and Handling section. Ix_cate unit on curb so it is
conectly oriented with respect to curb inlet and disch_uge
locations.
On curb installations, lower unit directly into place, ensuring that the roof curb gasket does not shill or curl.
Pier or Beam Mount--As
an _dternative
to curb
mounting, units can also be mounted on I-bemns or piers. For
units mounted on I-beams, the beams must run the continuous
length of the unit. If seismic criteria apply, crosspieces must be
added between the beams according to seismic calculations.
For pier-mounted
units, one pier must be installed in each
corner of the unit at the junction of the baserail comers. A
minimum of 4 piers can be used for size 03-61 units up to 8 II
long.
o4
Fig. 11 -- Curb Pocket Dimensions
(Size 03-30 Typical)
BUTT JOINTS, DO
For each additional 8 II of length for size 03-61 units, inst_dl
one additional pier on each side of the unit underneath the
basemils. See Fig. 13 for a typical installation.
GASKET
SEAM
/
WRONG METHOD
RAIL SEAM
/GASKET
SEAM
RIGHT METHOD
/
RAIL SEAM
Fig. 12 -- Install Gasketing
37
BEAM
MOUNT
PIERMOUNT*
(
7
r
QUANTITY OF PIERS REQUIRED
*Minimum number of piers shown for pier-mounted unit. See
table on right for number of equally spaced piers required.
For each additional 8 ft of unit length, add 2 piers.
UNIT LENGTH "L", FT
0-8
I
9-16
17-24
4
I
6
8
Fig. 13 -- Pier or Beam Mounting
INSTALLATION
4.
This section describes how to install 39M units, components, and component p_uts. Units specified on a single order
are shipped with most components assembled in the specified
airflow direction. The assembled unit is attached to a single
shipping skid (30-ft maximum length). When an upper component exceeds the 108-in. maximum height limit, it is shipped
out of its operating position on the unit skid or on a separate
skid. Some component paris also require assembly or adjustment; see the section on each component type for specific
instructions.
Do not overtighten, damage to latch could occm: The latch
is not intended to pull units together over a distance. Latch
is designed for retention after units have been positioned
properly and only after base lails have been secured.
Indoor
Unit/Section Connection -- Indoor units _u'e
connected together using 2 different methods -- screws and
"T' latch cam latches. Refer to Fig. 14 and 15 for T-latch
assembly details. Connect units as follows:
NOTE: [f T-latch becomes &_maged o1"inoperable, fasten section frmnes using clearance and engagement
holes located
below latch.
1. Remove shipping plates from entering and leaving face
of sections. Replace 2 screws in baserail directly under
corner feet only. otherwise 2 inboard screws will not
allow a flush connection. See Fig. 16.
2.
Rig and align units so that sides and tops are flush and
holes are aligned.
3.
Fasten base rails together
supplied h_udware.
at the lifting brackets
Indoor units secured with "T" latches: Turn "T" latch
(indicated by red hex socket access) clockwise using a
5/16-in. hex wrench until latch fully engages. The latch
rotates 270 degrees. The first 90 degrees of rotation
positions the T-latch into a se;ding position on the fralne.
The second 180-degree rotation pulls the T-latch tight,
compressing the gasket which creates the frmne se_d.
5.
Units secured with screws: Remove side and top panels
flom unit by turning panel latches (indicated by black hex
socket access with arrow indicator). Fasten and secure
base rails.
NOTE: Upstream sections have a l-in. cle_uance hole on the
inner surface of the frame member to provide access to the
5/l(,-in. fastening screw hole.
using
38
6. Insertscrew
through
these
holestoengage
mating
hole.
Followperimeter
ofunitandsecure.
7. Re-inst_fll
panelsandsecure
panellatches.
Thepanel
latchincorporates
camactionon eachedge(topand
bottom)
tosecure
thepanel.
SeeFig.17.Thepanellatch
assembly
hasa 90degree
rotation
witha clickdetent
feature
thatdetents
at0and90degrees.
Thearrowindicator displays the latch position.
COMPONENT
SECTION A
COMPONENT
SECTION B
I
DETAIL A
Fig. 14 -- T-Latch
Fig. 17-
Panel Latch Assembly
Assembly
NOTE: Panel latches have an indicator anow highlighted in
the face of the latch and that arrow must point tow_ud the panel
to assure that panel is fully secured. Ensure the latch arrow is
in its proper position prior to unit start-up.
Outdoor Unit
-- Outdoor units are either shipped in one
piece or with minimal shipping splits. Refer to the shipping
split label attached to the unit.
_
'ENGAGEMENT
HOLE
Fig.
15 -- T-Latch
Receptacle
(End
View)
DETAIL B
SEE FIG. 17
DETAIL B
SIDE PANEL
FRAME MEMBER DETAIL
DETAI L C
jSHIPPING
PLATE
Fig. 16 -- Section Frame Assembly
39
Duct Connections
•
MIXING
BOX/INLET
PLENUM/DISCHARGE
PLENUM --Attach
the ductwork to the box fi'alne rails with
sheet metal screws as shown in Fig. 18. Ductwork should be
flanged out as close to the dmnper frmned opening as possible.
Screws with weatherproof
washers and a bead of silicone
around the duct flange must be used for outdoor applications.
Do not remove the screws retaining the c_kLmper fi:Lme; the
dmnper will fall out.
MIXING BOX/INLET PLENUM (Bottom) -- Bottom damper equipped air-handling units have tin insulated dmnper duct
connection sleeve fllat extends to the bottom of the basenill on
39MN indoor units and to the cm_o pocket on 39MW outdoor
units.
Sizes 36-61 include intermediate
frame members. When
cutting the discharge opening for the plenum fan, do not
cut through any intermediate
frame membec
Typical duct locations
are shown in Fig. 21.
Once the discharge
locations are selected and cut, the
duct connections can be fabricated. Install field-supplied duct
flanges and frmning channels to smooth the airflow leaving the
discharge opening. Two of the channels should extend the
width or height of file cabinet to provide additional cabinet
support.
For indoor units, apply I/2 in. thick by 1 I/2 in. wide closed
cell neoprene gasketing or run a bead of silicone to the damper
duct flange. Flange the ductwork out no more than 11/4 in. and
screw file flanged ductwork to the &tmper duct flange under
the unit.
For curb mounted outdoor units, refer to the curb submitttd
drawings. Return ductwork may be flanged outward and
attached to the roof curb. Field-supplied
stiffeners may be
required to properly support the long edges of the duct. Apply
1/2in. flfick by 11/2in. wide closed cell neoprene gasketing or
run a bead of silicone to the damper duct flange.
FAN
DISCHARGE
CONNECTIONS
(Except
Plenum
Fans)--Dischm'ge
tfir ducts must be attached directly to the
discharge side of the unit. This applies to both indoor and
outdoor units! Use care when making turns and transitions in
ductwork to avoid excessive air fiiction. Duct elbows should
contain turning vanes. See Fig. 19.
Fig. 18-
T______URNIN G
Dnctwork connected to the fan discharge should run in a
straight line for at least 2.5 times the outlet diameter dimensions and should not be reduced in cross-section. See Fig. 20.
Duct turns should be in file salne direction as fan rotation to
minimize any negative system effects.
Apply 1/2 in. thick by 11/2 in. wide closed cell neoprene
gasketing or run a bead of silicone mound the fan discharge.
Fltmge the ductwork out no more than 11/4 in. and screw the
flanged ductwork to the fan discharge.
BOTTOM RETURN FAN CONNECTIONS
-- Return tfir
ducts must be attached directly to the return side of the unit.
This applies to both indoor and outdoor units! Use care
when making turns and transitions in ductwork to avoid excessive tfir friction. Duct elbows should contain turning vanes. See
Fig. 19.
PLENUM FAN DUCT CONNECTIONS
-- Plenum fans tue
designed for draw-thru or blow-thru operation. Draw-thru fan
sections have closed panels on _dl sides except for the fan inlet
side. On blow-thru fan sections, the panel on file end opposite
the inlet is omitted so that components such as coil or filter
sections can be added downstremn fiom the plenum fan.
DRAW-THRU
PLENUM
FAN DISCHARGE
FABRICATION -- Duct openings for draw-thru plenum fans must be
field fabricated. They should be located in the plenum fan section according to the following guidelines:
•
•
•
Mixing Box Ductwork Attachment
I
NOTLESS
THAN
2-1/2
FAN DIA.
l
_--i
,,.%1
J
/
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
_
VANES
AIRFLOW
NOTE: Make turns in the same direction as fan rotation.
Fig. 19- Recommended Discharge Duct
Arrangement When Turns are Required
NOT LESS THAN 2-1/2
FAN DIA.
SUPPLY DUCT
Locate discharge openings in side or top panels; the end
panel opposite the inlet will have a higher pressure drop
per the explanation in the 39M Product Data manual.
Locate discharge
openings
on the side or top panels
between the fan wheel and end panel opposite the inlet.
Do not locate discharges
in the direct path of airflow
flom the wheel.
Avoid locating the discharge opening on the motor side
of the fan section. If a discharge on the motor side is
necessary, locate the opening near the top of the cabinet.
DUCT TRANSITION
30°
MAXIMUM
Fig. 20 -- Duct Connections
40
FIELD _SUPPLIED DUCTWOR t
J
/
A
_.A
FIELD FABRICATED ANGLES
FOR DUCTWORK
FIELD FABRICATED SUPPORT CHANNELS
AS REQUIRED PER OPENING SIZE OR
LOCATION
CONNECTION
UNIT OUTER CASING
INSULATION
/'
AIRFLOW
INTERNAL
DOUBLE WALL PANEL
SECTION A-A
Fig. 21 -- Discharge
Fabrication,
41
Draw-Thru
Plenum
Fans
Panel Cutting
-- The 39M unit's double-wall foam-filled
panels require speci_d attention when cutting and or penetrating.
1. Take ctu'e in planning before penetrating any panel with
electrical conduit, hydionic piping, sensor pickups or
wiring. Once these are routed through a panel, for _dl
practiced purposes, it becomes a fixed panel that is not
easily removed for service access.
2. In some cases it will be possible for smaller conduits
(l/2-in. or 3/4-in.) to enter the cabinet where individual
sections are joined togethel: Inspect the selected area
ctuefully to be certain that you do not encounter panel
kitches, "T-kitches," or section joining screws. Once the
conduit is in place, it must be securely sealed, watertight
and airtight, to prevent ANY infiltration.
Penetrations tu'e typic_dly located in one of the existing
"fixed" panels, such as the fan discharge panel, or the coil
connection panel to maximize the number of removable/
service panels. When it is necessary to penetrate the panel
for wiring or piping entry, make certain that the entry
point will not interfere with future component servicing,
block access doors, or obstruct airflow.
3.
4.
Rig the zone damper section and lift it into position on
(vertical discharge) or next to (horizontal discharge) the
gasketed cooling and heating coil sections.
4.
Fasten the &_mper section to the coil sections
supplied I14-14 x 314-in. sheet meted screws.
5.
Install control shaft and bearing for each individual
zone after cutting linkage (for the job specific zone
application).
using the
be split for equal airflow
through
Dampers -- All face and bypass
damper sections are shipped fully asselnbledi Hat channels are
necessary for damper support. DO NOT remove (see Fig. 23).
Unit sizes 03-12 are built with a single damper assembly,
sizes 14-61 have two dmnper assemblies linked via a jackshaft.
Damper cmnkarms have 90 degrees of travel from fully open
to fully closed positions and are adjustable to suit conditions.
Refer to Fig. 24 and 25 for details.
Actuators must be mounted directly to the &_mper shaft.
Removed of crankarms is necessary for direct connection actuator use. Refer to Table 18 for operating torque requirements.
Facto U duct colku's and damper assemblies are for attaching ductwork only and must NOT be used to support the
duct's weight. Weight beguing deflection can increase
torque necessgu-y to operated dmnpers, or bind them pro_
venting aW movement.
NOTE: Small quantities of locally available commerci;d
canned foam may be used, if necess;uy, to complete minor
repairs. Significant patching may justify ordering replacement
panels instead.
Refer to Fig. 22 and install
the section as follows:
1. Remove the screws holding the zone damper section to
the heating coil section and remove the lag screws holding the damper to the shipping skid.
ZONE DAMPER ASSEMBLY,
......
VERTICAL
_._ .....
POSITION
COIL
DISCHARGE
--_--,-_..r,-----_
_
7.---",
'1
'
HOT/COLD
PARTITION
DECK
PANEL
CUT BAR TO
SEPARATE
ZONES
ZONE DAMPER ASSEMBLY
HORIZONTAL D SCHARGE
POSITION
SECTION _
FAN SECTION __
DUCT
WORK
DUCT
CLIP
ZONE
DIVIDER
ATTACH FOR
EACH ZONE
(RUSKIN PART NO. 10-020569-00B)
"W"
TO ATFACH
ZONESTRIP
DUCTWORK-SEE
[
DETAIL
"W"STRIP
DETAIL
Fig. 22 -- Zone
Damper
Assembly
each
Face and Bypass
Camlully remove the foam. The hole should be lined or
sleeved to confine the foam, and the penetration should
be sealed, both inside and out, to eliminate all possibility
of infiltration or leakage.
--
3.
6. Zones should
dampel:
Drill a small pilot hole completely through the panel.
Use of a sharp hole saw or, if appropriate, a Unishea( r_'_
cutting tool or sheet metal nibbler to cut the hole or opening from each side.
Zone Damper Section
Place the supplied I/4-in. thick x 1l/:-in, gley fomn gasket
around the perimeter of the cooling and heating coil section
discharges. Use two gasket strips on partition panels to obtain double width.
Control shaft extensions gue bagged and wrapped to the
inside of the zone dmnper blades. Additional
fieldsupplied shaft extensions may be ordered from local
Ruskin suppliek Dut no. 10-020569-00B.
Do not use a cutting torah or open flmne on or near the fan.
Dmnage to the panel may occm:
5.
2.
Details
42
(Horizontal
Discharge
Shown)
HAT
CHANNEL
Fig. 23 -- Face and Bypass Section Detail
ZONE
39M UNIT SIZE
A
DIMENSIONS(In.)
B
DAMPER
DETAILS
OTY OF ZONES
C
06
28.50
41.50
12
08
28.50
49.50
10
28.50
62.50
12
34.50
14
OTY OF EXTENSION
S
4
12
7
4
12
10
6
62.50
15
10
6
34.50
67.50
15
10
6
17
34.50
74.50
15
12
7
21
40.50
74.50
18
12
7
25
40.50
81.50
18
13
8
30
40.50
99.50
18
16
10
36
52.50
104.50
24
17
10
40
52.50
104.50
24
17
10
50
56.50
112.50
26
18
12
61
68.50
112.50
32
18
12
SHAFT
AIR
FLOW
FACE VIEW
END VIEW
7
q t pIZ BLANK
OFF
TOP VIEW
PLATE
SECTION A-A
NOTE: All dimensions
in inches unless otherwise
noted,
Fig. 24 -- Zone Damper Section
43
Details
KITS
MIXING
BOX,EXHAUST
BOX,ANDEXTERNAL
BYPASS
DAMPER
DETAILS
UNIT SIZE DETAIL (SECTIONS)
JACKSHAFT
03
1
25.75
06
1
38.75
08
1
46.75
10
1
12
DIAMETER
SIDE DAMPER DETAILS
UNIT SIZE DETAIL (SECTIONS)
(In.)
JACKSHAFT
DIAMETER
1/2
03
1
14
18
V2
14
1/2
06
1
20
26
V2
14
1/2
08
1
20
29
V2
59.75
14
1
10
1
26
29
1
1
59.75
14
1
12
1
26
36
1
14
2
64.75
16.75
1
14
1
32
36
1
17
2
71.75
16.75
1
17
2
32
39
1
21
2
71.75
20
1
21
2
32
49
1
25
2
78.75
20
1
25
2
38
49
1
30
2
96.75
20
1
30
2
44
49
1
36
3
101.75
29
1
36
2
50
60
1
40
3
101.75
32
1
40
2
50
66
1
50
3
109.75
35
1
50
2
56
76
1
61
3
109.75
44
1
61
3
56
91
1
10.75
A
A
Aq
•
°
•
°
•
*
I
A
_'
/
(j
2,
AJ-J
A i
-u
j!
DETAIL 1
FACE VIEW
DETAIL 2
FACE VIEW
A _
[]
" ....
!O.
i_ .I
--_d
_1..i
[] ,o
.....
[]'
.I,_I..44"I
u
.I,H,
..
7_i
o
° °
_llP_°_'°
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
°
DETAIL 3
FACE VIEW
B
1 1/2
--T
AIRFOIL
AIRFOIL
-BLADES
/TO OPEN
°_
¢
TO OPEN
C_
BLADES
BRA
AIR
SECTION
A-A
1/2-in, JACKSHAFT
PREMIUM
DAMPER
I--5"'--1_
SECTION A-A
1-in, JACKSHAFT
PREMIUM
DAMPER
FLOW
L
STANDARD
f
%
If
BLADES
RIGHT SIDE VIEW
/
°_]
/TO
OPEN
NOTE: All dimensions in inches
unless otherwise noted.
TO OPEN
B
SECTION
A-A
1/2-in, JACKSHAFT
STANDARD
DAMPER
SECTION A-A
1-in, JACKSHAFT
STANDARD
DAMPER
Fig. 25 -- Mixing Box, Filter Mixing Box, Exhaust Box and External Bypass Damper Details
44
(In.)
Mixing
Box/Filter
Mixing
Box Damper
Linkage
linkages, determine the rotation required to open the outdoortdr dampel: Ensure the actuator spring return fully closes the
outdoor-air dampel:
If more than 2 actuators are used, they must be installed in
equal numbers on each jackshaft. To properly set these dampers, determine the rotation required for each damper and mount
the actuatol_ so that the spring feature will open the return air
damper and close the outdoor-air dampel: Ix)ck each damper
actuator to the jackshaft. Remove any factory-supplied
connecting linkage between the outdoor air and return-tdr dampers. Failure to do so will damage the actuatol_. No additional
linkages are required for these applications.
Exhaust damper boxes me shipped with dampers in the
closed position.
All dmnper cmnkarms have 90 degrees travel from open to
closed. They may be adjusted to suit actuator location.
DO NOT mount damper actuators on the unit panels, actuators me shaft mount only. See Table 18 for operating torque
requirements.
It is important to properly link the outdoor air and return air
dampel_. Failure to do so may cause mixing problems,
stratification, or coil freezing under some conditions, especially in combination type filter mixing boxes.
Refer to Fig. 26 for typical damper
necting rod position.
_m'angement
and con-
CONTROL DAMPERS
-- Control dampers may be operated with pneumatic or electric actuators. These items should be
set up in accordance with the control manufactmers installation
instructions.
DAMPER LINKAGE
ADJUSTMENT-After
the airhandling unit has been powered,
the dampers should be
checked to ensure they move freely and close tightly, adjustment of the linkage may be required.
LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT
ZONE DAMPER LINKAGE (Fig. 22 and 24) -- Note that
damper control levers and a common operating bin are factoly
installed on upper end of damper shafts on top of zoning damper assembly. To facilitate the installation of field-supplied
damper operators, the operating bar may be cut and the control
levers repositioned as follows:
1. With the damper actuator unpowered and the damper
linkage disconnected,
rotate the outdoor air dmnper so
that it is fully closed. Make sure the spring return actuator
has completed its stroke (with power disconnected
this
will be achieved). The return air damper should be lidly
open at this point.
2. Tighten the actuator on the damper jackshaft, ensure all
linkage is connected, secure and moves freely.
3. With power applied to the actuatol: check for a complete
stroke and free movement in the dampers and damper
linkage.
Damper
operation
may
supported by the unit.
one damper
impaired
must be lidly
Top and rear dampers me shipped with both dampers in
closed position. Ix)osen the swivel on the interconnecting
linkage bar and fully open rear dmnper, leaving top dmnper closed.
Retighten the swivel.
Mixing Box Damper Actuators--
Table 18 -- Damper Operating Torque (Ib)
39M UNIT SIZE
03
Zone Damper
Mixing orExhaustBox
Side MixingorExhaustBox
Airflow
Measuring
Damper
06
08
10
12
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
7
7
8
10
13 26
32
41
41
53
58
70
77
94
143
158
187
235
12 25
--
ductwork
is
The 39M mixing boxes can be supplied with direct mounted dmnper actuators. Refer to Fig. 27 for typical actuator mounting. Actuators
me also available for field installation. See Field Supplied and
Inst_flled Actuators section for more information.
Refer to
Table 18 for damper operating torque.
To ensure torque is transmitted equally to both damper sections, actuator must be connected to the jackshaft that diives
the interconnecting linkage bin: Connection to any other shaft
is not lecommendedi
Certain dmnper combinations require that dual actuators or
bellcrank linkages be field-provided
when jack shafts are
90 degree opposed. This may occur when there is a combination of end dampers with either top or bottom dampers.
FIELD SUPPLIED
AND INSTALLED
ACTUATORS
-If one or two actuators are used, they must be mounted to the
outdoor-air damper jackshaft. To properly set the connecting
COMPONENT
if
1. Check job prints to determine number and size of zones
required and damper operator locations.
2. Cut and remove portion of operating bar between zones
as required.
3. Inst_fll actuators
on field-fabricated
support brackets.
Connect actuator linkage to the center axle of interconnecting zones.
4. Adjust actuator for correct damper operation. Be sure
actuatol:
linkage, and dampel_
operate
fieely. See
Table 18 for operating torque requirements.
Dampers and linkage must be checked prior to applying
powel: Make certain that there are no obstructions that
could interfere with the operation of the dampers.
NOTE: While adjusting linkage,
open and the other fully closed.
be
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
28
37
46
56
61
76
91
105
146
160
207
248
5
9
9
9
16
16
16
29
29
29
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Internal
Face and Bypass
21
32
45
57
78
85
103
129
142
174
195
232
251
304
External
Face and Bypass
29
44
59
76
96
104
126
161
176
217
282
312
390
470
NOTES:
1. Damper shaft moves 90 degrees from open to close.
2. Operating torques is shown for one damper. Multiply the value shown by the number of dampers for
total with one actuator.
45
DIRECT COUPLED
ACTUATOR
(SIDE MIXING BOX)
ACTUATOR AND
JACKSHAFT ARE
REPRESENTATIVE
ONLY (TYPICAL)
ONE ACTUATOR
ONLY WHEN USED
WITH LINKAGE
-_
AIR
ROTATIO
TO OPEN
AIR
FLOW
LINKAGE
ASY
'_
LINKAGE
ASY
ROTATI(
[ .TO OPE
.__.. LINKAGE
ASY
LOCATION
TYPICAL
TOP & REAR OR
SIDE & REAR
TOP & BOTTOM OR
SIDE & SIDE
REAR & BOTTOM
. >ROTAT'O
ROTATION
TO OPEN
TO OPEN
AIR
AIR
AIR
ROTATION
TO OPEN
REAR ONLY
BOTTOM ONLY
TOP ONLY
Fig. 26 -- Mixing Box/Filter Mixing Box, Typical Damper Arrangements
[
i-=-_r_
zr
_
I
DIA
JACKSHAFT
BNLY
!
Fig. 27 -- Typical Mixing Box Actuator Mounting
46
(Size 14 Shown)
Vertical
Draw-Thru
Units
4. Rig the fan section using the lilting brackets and place it
on top of the coil section.
NOTE: For units with basemil, the 4 brackets that were
repositioned emlier should be aligned with the appropriate
slots in the base rail of the fan section. Before setting the fan
section on the coil section, remove right and left side panels
from coil section.
NOTE: Size 21-61 vertical units that exceed the 108-in. maximum height or units with a vertical fan shipping split are
shipped with the fan out of its operating position, separate from
the vertical coil section. See Fig. 28A and 28B.
The unit is secured to a wooden skid with lag screws.
Remove screws before lifting the unit.
NOTE: Do not remove the fan holddown bolts until the section
is instaUed on the coil section.
5. For units without baserail, locate 1-in. tool clearance hole
in underside of top rail of coil section on each side.
6. Insert a pin or punch to assist alignment of corresponding
holes of fan section while lowering fan section, if needed.
7. Secure the fan and coil sections together using the supplied I14x 314-in.long sheet metal screws. The securing
points will be on the bottom of each side and front top rail
of the coil section for units without baserail (Fig. 28B).
For units with baserail, securing points me located in the
side of the baserail (Fig. 28A).
NOTE: Do not remove the front panel of the coil section until
the side panels _uereinstalled. Secure brackets from top of coil
section to fan section base rail using 2 screws each.
1. For units with baserail, remove the 4 brackets securing
the top panel of file cooling section and reposition them to
the existing holes with the long flange in a vertical position flush with the outer panel.
2.
Attach the I/8-in. thick by 3/4-in. wide gray gasket
supplied with the unit to the top perimeter opening of the
vertical coil section.
3.
For units with baseraU, attach joining
wifll unit) to top dischmge opening
included with unit.
collar (supplied
using hardware
VERTICAL FAN SECTION
"_BRACK[T
I)ETAIL Y
SCALE: {:4
ASSEMBLEDPOSITION
OF BRACKET
WHEN UNIT IS SN{PPgO
Ok ASSEMBLED STACK{D
_BASE
SEE DEFA}L
RA{
ASS[MB Y
ys
_JOINING
COLLAR FOR
VERIICAL SUPPLY _AN
.......
VERTICA{ COl/
SECT{ON
BE]AIL X
SCALE 1:4
ASSEMBLED_OSII}ON
OF BRACKEF
WHEN VERIICAL FAN SECTION
IS SNIPPE_ SEPARATE
\
_
Fig. 28A -- Vertical Fan Installation
47
with Baserail
BASE
RAI{
ASSEmBlY
REMOVE LIFTING BRACKETS AFTER
ASSEMBLING THE UPPER SECTION
TO THE LOWER SECTION
USE PLUG BUTTONS (BAG ASSEMBLY
39MA42000901 ) TO FILL SCREW
HOLES IN FRAME.
PLACE GASKET ON LOWER SECTION
BEFORE SETTING UPPER SECTION
UNTO LOWER SECTION
_"
/
USE 1/4-14 X 3/4 LG
SHEET METAL SCREWS
TO FASTEN UPPER
Fig. 28B -- Vertical Fan Installation without Baserail
Fan Sled Disassembly
-- In some
necessary to remove the fan sled fiom the
down into smaller components. See Tables
for maximum complete fan sled dimensions
dimensions.
To remove
1.
the fan sled:
Remove
all of the panels
the fan discharge
panel.
from
the fan section
except
for
2.
Disconnect
unscrewing
fan housing.
3.
On larger units, the fan sled may be extremely
heavy.
Remove
file top and vertical
frame members
of the fan
section
by removing
the 4 screws
from each frame to
corner piece connection.
4.
5.
cases, it may be
unit and break it
19-21 and Fig. 29
and housing only
the vibration
absorbent
discharge
seal by
the seal channels
fl'om the discharge
of the
Remove
the fan discharge
panel.
If complete
fan sled removal
is required,
unscrew
holding the isolator base to the bottom of the unit.
Disassemble fan and fan housing in place and/or affix
appropriate rigging to remove tile required components
noting diagrammatically
where each component
is
attached. Components should be removed in the following order:
a. Belts and sheaves
b.
Motor
c.
Fan shall
d.
Fan wheel
(forward
curved
fan wheels
are
removed through the fan discharge opening, airfoil
wheels are removed through the side of the housing after removal of the drive side inlet volute)
e.
Fan housing
NOTE: Install the preceding components
bolts
48
in the reverse ordel:
Fan Sled Dimensions
--
Table 21 -- Plenum Fan Dimensions (in.)
See Tables 19-21 and Fig. 29
for Fan Sled dimensions.
UNIT
SIZE
39M
Table 19 -- Airfoil Fan Dimensions (in.)
UNIT
SIZE
39M
ARRANGEMENT
FAN SLED ASSEMBLY
(See Fig. 29)
Len_lth Width
18.6
21.0
03
All
Length
41 .O
Width
26.4
Height
23.7
06
All
42.5
36.0
26.2
Hei_lht
21.9
08
All
24.8
46.5
29.1
10
All
26.3
53.3
31.3
03
All
06
All
36.5
33.5
28.7
22.4
24.0
26.8
12
All
30.1
58.3
36.7
08
10
All
All
29.8
29.8
45.5
58.5
31.8
31.8
24.6
24.6
26.3
26.3
29.3
29.3
14
All
30.1
58.3
36.7
17
All
32.6
62.5
40.1
12
All
35.8
58.5
38.8
29.6
30.3
36.0
21
All
38.3
66.3
41.4
14
All
41.8
63.5
38.8
29.6
30.3
36.0
25
All
42.3
70.3
45.4
17
All
41.8
70.5
41.8
32.5
33.8
39.6
30
All
41.0
75.8
48.9
21
All
41.7
72.0
51.8
35.9
36.5
43.6
36
All
48.9
91.4
54.4
25
All
53.8
77.5
51.8
39.5
39.8
48.1
91.4
54.4
All
53.8
95.5
51.8
39.5
39.8
48.1
40
48.9
30
Supply Std
Ret/Exh Std
48.9
91.4
58.3
36
Supply Std
Ret/Exh Std
56.3
56.3
100.5
100.5
62.8
62.8
43.8
47.8
43.3
48.5
52.8
58.1
5O
Supply Std
Ret/Exh Std
57.4
99.4
58.4
57.4
99.4
64.0
Supply Std
Ret/Exh Std
62.3
62.3
100.5
100.5
68.8
68.8
47.8
52.9
48.5
53.0
58.1
64.9
61
Supply Std
Ret/Exh Std
57.4
99.4
64.0
57.4
99.4
70.0
Supply Std
Ret/Exh Std
68.3
68.3
108.5
108.5
78.8
78.8
52.9
57.9
53.0
57.5
64.9
71.0
Supply Std
Ret/Exh Std
74.3
74.3
108.5
108.5
93.8
93.8
57.9
65.9
57.5
62.8
71.0
78.8
5O
Hei_lht
28.8
FAN SLED ASSEMBLY
(See Fig. 29)
Length
35.5
40
Width
23.5
FRAMED BLOWER
WITHOUT SLED
ARRANGEMENT
NOTE: Different fan discharge positions have different dimensions.
The values shown are for the largest overall dimensions.
Table 20 -- Forward Curve Fan Dimensions (in.)
UNIT
SIZE
39M
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
5O
61
ARRANGEMENT
FAN SLED ASSEMBLY
(See Fig. 29)
All - Horizontal
Length
17.5
Width
26.0
FRAMED BLOWER
WITHOUT SLED
Height
20.2
Length
16.7
Width
15.1
Height
16.7
All - Vertical
34.0
25.0
20.2
16.7
15.1
16.7
All - Horizontal
23.5
39.0
22.6
18.6
18.8
18.6
All-Vertical
34.0
25.0
22.1
18.6
18.8
18.6
Sup/Ret Std
28.5
47.0
25.1
21.6
23.9
21.6
Supply Small
28.5
47.0
20.6
18.6
18.8
18.6
Sup/Ret Std
28.5
60.0
29.0
25.5
27.9
25.5
Supply Small
28.5
60.0
23.6
21.6
23.9
21.6
Sup/Ret Std
34.5
60.0
30.2
25.5
27.9
25.5
Supply Small
34.5
60.0
25.8
21.6
22.9
21.6
Sup/Ret Std
40.5
65.0
35.1
30.4
32.5
30.4
Supply Small
40.5
65.0
30.2
25.5
27.9
25.5
Sup/Ret Std
40.5
72.0
35.1
30.4
32.5
30.4
Supply Small
40.5
72.0
30.2
25.5
27.9
25.5
Sup/Ret Std
40.5
72.0
42.7
38.0
33.3
38.0
Supply Small
40.5
72.0
30.2
25.5
27.9
25.5
Sup/Ret Std
52.5
79.0
43.2
38.0
33.3
38.0
Supply Small
52.5
79.0
43.2
38.0
30.3
38.0
Sup/Ret Std
52.5
97.0
43.2
38.0
37.3
38.0
Supply Small
52.5
97.0
43.2
38.0
35.3
38.0
Sup/Ret Std
53.8
100.5
62.8
46.8
43.5
46.8
Supply Small
53.8
100.5
62.8
41.5
39.8
41.5
Sup/Ret Std
53.8
100.5
68.8
46.8
43.5
46.8
Supply Small
53.8
100.5
68.8
46.8
38.5
46.8
Sup/Ret Std
58.3
108.5
78.8
51.5
52.3
51.5
Supply Small
58.3
108.5
78.8
51.5
46.8
51.5
Sup/Ret Std
56.8
108.5
93.8
55.5
54.3
55.5
Supply Small
56.8
108.5
93.8
51.5
52.3
51.5
Fig. 29 -- Fan Sled
49
Fan Motors and Drives --
When installing motors in
the field, locate the electrical junction box tow;ud file center of
the unit. This ammgement is required for correct belt tension.
Use the smallest mounting holes in the mounting base that will
accommodate the motor and provide minimum oveflmng.
SHAFT BEARING
/
DRIVEN SHEAVE
Tighten the motor holddown bolts. Refer to Tables 2A-2D
for fan scroll inlet cone dimensions.
FAN
SHAFT
,d
-'11 OVERHAHG
JUNCTION
BOX
CONDENSATE
PREVENTION
-When air handlers ale installed outdoors in a high humidity
environment or indoors whele the apparatus room is used as a
fi'esh air plenum, precautions must be taken to prevent condensation from forming inside the junction box of the internally
mounted motor.
SHEAVE
Stan&ud installation practice is to mount the motor starter
or fused disconnect box adjacent to the air handler and enclose
the power wiring to the motor in flexible conduit.
D_VE
-_
EXCESSIVE
OVERHANG
The sheet metal housing of the disconnect switch or motor
strutter is not airtight (even when a box meeting NEMA
[National Electrical Manufacturel_ Association] IV stan&uds
is used). Thus, warm moist air can migrate through the flexible
conduit to the junction box on the motol: With the motor
located inside the unit, the motor temperature is that of the cool
supply air; thus, condensate can form inside the junction box
and, possibly, on the live terminal lugs.
!
-
MINIMUM
OVERHANG
Use a nonconductive,
non-hmdening
sealant. Permagum
0nanufactuled
by Schnee Morehead) or sealing compound,
thumb grade 0nanufactured by Calgon), tue acceptable materials.
FLEXIBLE
/
POOR INSTALLATION
To prevent the moist air from migrating through the conduit
to the motor, seal the power wires inside the flexible conduit at
the motor starter or fused disconnect (Fig. 30).
SEAL AIRTIGHT
MOTOR
/
CONDUIT
r--]
MOTOR
MINIMUM
OVERHANG
1
_- ,=
DUIT
FUSED
DISCONNECT
TYPICAL
MOTORS
BETTER INSTALLATION
Fig. 30 -- Sealing Power Wires in Flexible Conduit
Motor Power Wiring--The
Fig. 31 --
Determining
Sheave-Shaft
Overhang
After 24 hours of unit operation, the &'ive belts may stretch.
Check the belt tension after 24 hours of operation and adjust if
necessary. Periodically check belt tension throughout the run-in
period, which is normally the initial 72 hours of operation.
ALIGNMENT
-- Make sure that fan shafts and motor shafts
are pmallel and level. The most common causes of misalignment are nonparallel shafts and improperly located sheaves.
Where shafts me not pmallel, belts on one side are drawn
tighter and pull more than their share of the load. As a result,
these belts wear out faster, requiring the entire set to be replaced before it has given maximum service. If misalignment is
in the sheave, belts enter and leave the grooves at an angle,
causing excessive belt and sheave weal:
fan section is provided
with a decal indicating the recommended
location to drill or
punch hole(s) to accommodate
an electrical conduit for the
fan-motor wiring. The decal is located on file motor side,
approximately 4-in. in fiom the side and 4-in. down fi_)m the
top of the corner above where the motor will be installed.
Where possible, the conduit should be installed in a panel
which will not be removed, such as the discharge panel.
MOTOR OVERLOAD
PROTECTION
-- Fan-motor
starters and overload protectors me field-supplied and installed. A
label on the fan motor indicates the correct size of the overload
protectors required to be installed in file motor startel:
SheavesFactory-supplied
drives are pre-aligned
and
tensioned, however. Carrier recommends
checking the belt
tension and alignment before staffing the unit. Always check
the drive alignment after adjusting belt tension.
To install sheaves on the fan or motor shaft, remove any
rust-prevenfive
coating on the shaft. Make sure the shaft is
clean and fi'ee of burrs. Add grease or lubricant to bore of
sheave before installing. Mount sheave on the shaft; to prevent
bearing damage, do not use excessive force (i.e., a hmnmer).
Place sheaves for minimum overhang (see Fig. 31 ).
Each factory-assembled
fan, shaft, and chive sheave assembly is precision aligned and balanced. If excessive unit vibration occm_ after field replacement of sheaves, the unit should
be rebalanced. To change the drive ratio, reselect and replace
the motor sheave, not the fan sheave.
1. Shaft alignment
can be checked by measuring
the
distance between the shafts at 3 or mole locations. If the
distances are equal, then the shafts ale parallel.
2. Sheave Alignment:
Fixed sheaves -- To check the location of the fixed
sheaves on the shafts, a straightedge or a piece of string
can be used. If the sheaves are properly aligned, the string
will touch them at the points indicated by the mTOWS in
Fig. 32.
Adjustable sheaves -- To check the location of adjustable
sheave on shaft, make sure that the centerlines of both
sheaves are in line and palallel with the beming suppofl
channel. See Fig. 32. Adjustable pitch drives me installed
on the motor shaft.
5O
3.
Tighten belts by turning motor-adjusting
jackscrews.
Turn each jackscrew an equal number of turns.
4. Equalize belt slack so that it is on the same side of belt for
_dl belts. Failure to do so may result in uneven belt
stretching.
5. Tension new drives at the maximum deflection force recommended (Fig. 33).
6. On current production, the correct tension information is
listed on the fan diive label. For older equipment or for
units with field-modified
diives, use the deflection formula given in the example below and the tension data
from Fig. 33.
EXAMPLE:
Do not exceed maxilnum fan speed rpm with adjustable
sheave.
3.
Rotate each sheave one-half
whether the sheave is wobbly
Correct any misalignment.
revolution
to determine
or the diive shaft is bent.
4. With sheaves aligned, tighten cap screws evenly and
progressively.
NOTE: There should be a I/s-in. to l/4-in, gap between the
mating part hub and the bushing flange. If gap is closed, the
bushing is probably the wrong size.
Given:
5. With tapeMock bushed hubs, be sure the bushing bolts
are tightened
evenly to prevent
side-to-side
pulley
wobble. Check by rotating
sheaves and rechecking
sheave
alignlnent.
When
substituting
field-supplied
sheaves for factory-supplied
sheaves, consider that fan
shaft sheave has been facto q balanced with fan and shaft
as an assembly. For this reason, substitution of motor
sheave is preferable for final speed adjustment.
Belt Span
16 in.
Belt Cross-Section
Small Sheave PD
Deflection
Solution:
a.
5 in.
= Belt Span/64
From Fig. 33 find that deflection force for type A,
super belt with 5-in. small sheave PD is 4 to 51/2 lb.
Deflection
=
16/64
b.
CENTER LINES
MUST COINCIDE
A, Super Belt
= l/4-in.
LINES
MUST BE
PARALLEL
STRI NG
c.
Increase or decrease belt tension until force required
for l/4-in, deflection is 5 lb.
Check belt tension at least twice during first operating day. Readjust as required to maintain belt
tension within the recommended
range.
With correct belt tension, belts may slip and squeal momentarily on strut-up. This slippage is notated and disappe_u's after
unit roaches operating speed. Excessive belt tension shortens
belt life and may cause bearing and shaft damage.
After run-in, set belt tension at lowest tension at which belts
will not slip during operation.
BEARING
SUPPORT
CHANNEL
LINES
MUST BE
PARALLEL
FIXED SHEAVE
BELT
CROSS
SECTION
ADJUSTABLE
SHEAVE
Fig. 32 -- Sheave
Alignment
A
B
V-Belts -- When inst_dling or replacing belts, always use a
complete set of new belts. Mixing old and new belts will result
in the premature wetu or breakage of the newer belts.
Refer to label on inside of fan access door for information
on factory-supplied diive.
1. Always adjust the motor position so that V-belts can be
installed without stretching over grooves. Forcing belts
can result in uneven stretching and a mismatched set of
belts.
2. Do not allow belt to bottom out in sheave.
C
5V
8V
SMALL
SHEAVE
PD RANGE
(in.)
3.0- 3.6
3.8- 4.8
5.0- 7.0
3.4- 4.2
4.4- 8.6
5.8- 8.6
7.0- 9.4
9.6-16.0
4.4- 6.7
7.1-10.9
11.8-16.0
12.5-17.0
18.0-22.4
DEFLECTION
FORCE
(Ib)
Super Belts
Notch Belts
Steel
Cable
Belts
Min
Max
Min
Min
3
4%
37/8
51/2
31/4
4
31/2
5
41/2
61/4
33/4
43/4
4
5V2
5
67/8
4V4
51/4
4
81/2
83/4
8
41/2
81/2
51/8
71/8
61/2
91/8
83/4
71/4
63/8
83/4
73/8
1 01/8
7
83/4
Max
111/4
141/8
143/8
181/2
133/4
151/4
177/8
201/4
-1 01/2
-183/4
10
127/8
15
1 8a/4
13
191/2
15
27
401/2
....
30
45
....
111/4
141/4
14
173/4
---
---
--
--
22
LEGEND
PD -- Pitch Diameter, inches
Fig. 33 -- Fan Belt Tension Data
51
Max
Outdoor Hoods and Louvers -- There are three options available: fixed rein intake hoods, intake louvers, and
collapsible exhaust box hoods. All hoods and louvers have an
intake screen to prevent unwanted ent U of birds and debris.
The intake hoods have easily serviceable demisters via small
hinged doors. Intake louvers are a wind driven rain design that
will _dlow no more than .01 oz. per sq. fi of fiee area water
penetration
at 1250 fpm. This is the maximum
velocity
required by AMCA (Air Movement and Control Association)
511. Higher velocities tue possible without significant water
intrusion.
_GUTTER
HOOD ....
ANGLE j
J
Fixed rear hoods (Fig. 34) and int_,e louvel_ (Fig. 35) ship
installed and should lequile no further assembly.
PANEL
Collapsible exhaust box hoods ship covering the exhaust
outlet of the unit and require some basic assembly. Fasteners,
washers and gasket material for installation of the hood come
taped inside the exhaust section. Fig. 36 shows an exploded
view of the assembly in its shipping position. Fig. 37 shows
how the various parts assemble to form the hood and a view of
the completed assembly.
IMPORTANT: Hoods for power exhaust fans must be field
supplied based on local code requirements.
BRACKET MOUNT BELOW
HOOD BRACKET CAN BE
THROWN AWAY AFTER HOOD
IS INSTALLED ON THE UNIT.
_
"/"
SCREW
_PANEL
Fig. 36 -- Collapsible Exhaust Box Hood
(Shipping Position)
]
I
SCREW
_
HOOD_
UNIT
'_//_
GUTTER
"q/'__ _ O/#
SCREW
TYPICAL
ENTIRE PERIPHERY
--
INTAKE HOOD
_PANEL
OPEN DOORTO
REMOVE DEMISTERS
WASHER
I
_'_SCREW
t
SCREEN TO BE
INSTALLED
BETWEEN THE
AND THE HOOD
PANEL
FLANGE.FLANGE
Fig. 34 -- Rear Intake Hood (Size 30 Shown)
Fig. 37 -- Collapsible Exhaust Box Hood
(Assembly)
GASKET
.125 THICK x 1.25 WIDE,
Coil
Housing
(Outdoor
Unit
-- Coil connection housings are used to house piping
fi'om inside the building to its connections to the coil on the
unit. Piping must be insulated to building code standards or job
specifications (whichever is greater) for the area that the unit is
inst_flled to prevent excessive condensation within the housing
otherwise, water &tmage to floors below could result.
Install as follows:
\\\\\\\\\\\\
LOUVER ASY
Connection
Only)
\\
\..
SCREW
1/4-14 x 3/4 SNS
X
1. Coil connection housing (CCH) will be shipped to the job
site on its own skid, separate from the air-handling unit as
shown in Fig. 38.
NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.
Fig. 35 --
Louver
Intake
52
2.
Before removing the coil connection housing from its
skid, remove panels and reposition shipping brackets/
lifting lugs as shown in Fig. 39.
3.
Apply seal strip to roof as shown on the coil connection
housing roof gasketing detail in Fig. 40.
COIL CONNECTION
HOUSING
4.
Assemble seal strip to back side of the coil connection
housing frame as shown in Fig. 41 and 42.
Remove panel retainers from unit as shown in Fig. 43. If
file coil connection housing spans more than one section
DO NOT remove panel retainers that do not interfere
with the coil connection housing mounting.
\
5.
6.
Apply l/2-in, thick by 2-in. thick closed cell neoprene gasket to the top of the CCH curb. Tile CCH will sit directly
on top of the curb.
Ensure that thele is a tight seal between the CCH and
AHU.
SKID
7.
Fig. 38 -- Coil Connection Housing
CCH END PANEL
Secure the coil connection housing roof to air-handling
unit roof using the panel letainers and retainer screws as
shown in Fig. 44. Note that the view is fiom underneath
the roof. The retainers me rotated 180 degrees and hold
the coil connection housing roof to the side of the airhandling unit. These _ue the same style retainers used to
hold the air-handling unit panel in place during shipment.
SEAL STRIP
1.50" WIDE X 0.375" THICK
APPLY TO TOP OF CCH FRAME
BEHIND CCH ROOF TO
ROOF
OF AHU ROOF.
REPOSITION SHIPPING
BRACKETS / LIFTING LUGS
TO FRAME AS SHOWN
CCH ROOF_
CCH FRAME_
CCH FACE PANEL
SINGLE WALLVERSION
SHOWN
CCH END PANEL
SINGLE WALL
VERSION SHOWN
0.75" WIDE X 0.125" THICK
APPLY TO OUTSIDE EDGE
OF CCH FRAME REAR
PERIMETER TO SEAL
AGAINST SIDE OF AHU.
USE SCREWS FROM PANEL
RETAINERS TO MOUNT CCH
FRAME TO AHU FRAME.
CCH -- CoilConnection Housing
LEGEND
Fig. 39 -- Reposition to Upright and
Remove Panels
AHU
CCH
---
Air-Handling Unit
Coil Connection Housing
Fig. 41 -- Detailed View of Seal Strip
SEAL STRIP
1.50" WIDE X 0.375" THICK
CCH ROOF
DO NOT DIS-ASSEMBLE
ROOF
FROM CCH FRAME. ROOF SHOWN
THIS WAY FOR CLARITY
BEHIND
CCH ROOF TO SEAL
AGAINST
BOTTOM
OF AHU ROOF
SEAL STRIP
0.75" WIDE X 0.125" THICK
USED TO SEAL BETWEEN
CCH ROOF AND AHU ROOF
SEAL STRIP
USED TO SEAL BETWEEN
CCH AND AHU
SEAL STRIP
1.50" WIDE X 0.125" THICK
USED TO SEAL BETWEEN
LEGEND
CCH ROOF AND ROOF
CCH --Coil
Connection
AHU
CCH
Housing
Fig. 40 -- Apply Seal Strip
---
Air-Handling Unit
CoiIConnection Housing
Fig. 42 -- Assembled Seal Strip
53
_AHU
ROOF
CCHROOF_
AHUPANEL_
\
\
1/4 - 20 X 7/8 in.
LEGEND
AHU
CCH
--
Air-Handling
Air-Handling Unit
Coil Connection Housing
Fig. 45 -- Secure
LEGEND
AHU
---
Using Self-Drilling
Screws
Unit
Fig. 43 -- Remove Panel Retainers
CCH ROOF
ROOF RETAINER
_AHU
ROOF
SEALING SCREW /
1/4-14 X 3/4 in.
CCH CURB
LEGEND
AHU
CCH
---
CCHn _._::_AI.
Air-Handling Unit
Coil Connection Housing
CCH CURB W-_W
Fig. 44 -- Secure the Coil Connection Roof
to the Air Handler Roof
8.
9.
10.
SEAL GAPS BETWEEN CCH
CURB, AHU, & AHU CURB
Also secure the coil connection
housing roof to airhandling unit with self-&illing
screws as shown in
Fig. 45. Remove screws from the air-handling unit roof if
they interfere with flush mounting of the coil connection
housing to air-handling unit roof. When file coil connection housing is located on the low side roof. cut the seal
strip at the slit and bend the tab in to create a better seal.
Remove shipping brackets and lifting lugs.
Reassemble panels. See Fig. 46 for view of assembled
coil connection housing.
AHU
OD NAILER
HU CURB
LEGEND
AHU
CCH
---
Air-Handling Unit
Coil Connection Housing
Fig. 46 -- Reassembled
Coil Connection
with Panels
Humidifier
Housing
Installation
ASSEMBLE
CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY
(Fig. 47Fig. 50) -- V;flve kits m'e sold as separate items through your
loc_fl Creel representative (shipped unassembled).
the
11. Seal any gaps between the main unit base rail and the cut
out in the CCH curb with tield-supplied flashing and
sealec
54
CAREL
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
COMPONENTS
599-02000CKIT
1/2-in. valve size Cv= 0.4
599-02002CKIT
1/2-in. valve size Cv= 0.63
599-02004CKIT
1/2-in. valve sizes Cv= 1
599-02006CKIT
1/2-in. valve sizes Cv= 1.6
599-02008CKIT
1/2-in. valve sizes Cv= 2.5
(2) 1/2-in. MPT x
3-in. nipples
(2) 1/2-in. FPT x
1-in. MPT hex
bushings
1-in. union
599-02010CKIT
1/2-in. valve sizes Cv= 4
599-02012CKIT
3/4-in. valve size Cv= 6.3
Cv -- Flow Coefficient
1/2 in. or 3/4 in. valve body
1/2 in. or3/4 in. x 3 in. nipples (2)
1 in. union
1/2 in. or 3/4 in. FPT x 1 in. MPT hex bushing (2)
Fig. 47 -- 1/2-in. and 3/4-in. Valve Assemblies
55
CAREL PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
599-02014CKIT
1 in. valve size Cv=10
(2) 1 in. MPT x 3 in.COMPONENTS
nipples
1 in. union
Cv -- Flow Coefficient
1 in. union
1 in. x 3 in. nipple
Fig. 48 -- 1 in. Valve Assembly
CAREL PART NUMBER
590-03024KIT
590-03025KIT
I
DESCRIPTION
11/4-in. valve size Cv= 16
11/2-in. valve size Cv= 25
COMPONENTS
(2) 11/4-in. MPT x 3 in. nipples
(2) 11/4-in. FPT x 2 in. MPT hex bushings
2 in. union
Cv -- Flow Coefficient
1-1/4 in. or 1-1/2 in. valve body
1-1/4 in. or 1-1/2 in. x 3 in. nipples
2 in. union
1-1/4 in. FPT x 2 in. MPT hex bushings (2)
Fig. 49 -- 11/4-in. and 11/2-in. Valve Assemblies
CAREL PART NUMBER
590-03026KIT
I
DESCRIPTION
2 in. valve size Cv=40
COMPONENTS
(2) 2 in. MPT x 3 in. nipples
2 in. union
Cv -- Flow Coefficient
- v
Fig. 50 -- 2 in. Valve Assemblies
56
2 in.unlon
ASSEMBLE
STRAINER
AND TRAP ASSEMBLY
AND
VALVE ASSEMBLY
(Fig. 51 and 52) -- Strainer and trap
assemblies are sold as separate items through your local Carel
representative (shipped unassembled).
2 in. Strainer and Trap Assembly
CAREL
PART NUMBER
1 in. Strainer and Trap Assembly
CAREL
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
1 in. Steam trap
and strainer with
plumbing kit
US'I-r&SKIT1
DESCRIPTION
COMPONENTS
2 in, Steam trap
and strainer with
plumbing kit
2 in. Y-strainer
2 in. x 6 nipple
2 in. x 90 degree FPT elbow
2 in. x 3 in, nipple
2 in. FPT tee
2 in. x s/4-in,hex bushing
(2) 3/4-in. x 6 in. nipples
3/4-in, FPT union
3/4-in, 90 degree street elbow
3/4-in. float and thermostatic
trap
COMPONENTS
USTT&SKIT2
1 in, Y-strainer
1 in, x 6 nipple
1 in, x 90 degree FPT elbow
1 in, x 3 in. nipple
1 in, FPT tee
3/4-in. x 1 in, hex bushing
2) 3/4-in, x 6 in, nipples
4-in. FPT union
a/4-in. 90 degree street elbow
a/4-in, float and thermostatic
trap
2 X 90 FPT ELBOW
2 x 6 NIPPLE
2 Y-STAIN ER
2 x 3 NIPPLE
1 X 6 NIPPLE
1 Y-STAINER
X 90 '_FPT
X 3
ELBOW
2 X 3/4 HEX
BUSHING
NIPPLE
3/4 FPT UNION
HEX BUSHING
_
3/4 X 6 NIPPLES
(2),
3/4 STREET
ELBOW
UNION
FLOATAND
THERMOSTATIC
STEAM
TRAP
NOTE: All dimensions
Fig. 53 -- 2 in. Steam Trap and Strainer with
Plumbing Kit
THERMOSTATIC
STEAM TRAP
NOTE: All dimensions
in inches.
in inches.
Fig. 51 -- 1 in. Steam Trap and Strainer with
Plumbing Kit
57
CONNECT CONTROL VALVE AND TRAP TO STEAM
SUPPLY AND MANIFOLD (Fig. 53 and 54)
STEAM IN
24 in. DROF
in. NPT
WATER
DRAIN
OUT
1/2 in. NPT
Fig. 53 -- Control Valve and Trap Connected to Supply and Manifold of Humidifier Sizes 03-14
(Size 14 Shown)
2 in. NPT
LIVE I1_
STEAM IN
WATER
DRAIN
OUT
Fig. 54 -- Control Valve and Trap Connected to Supply and Manifold of Humidifier Sizes 17-61
(Size 17 Shown)
Assembly
of Vertical Manifolds -- Tile vertical distribution manifolds are inserted into the bottom feed header by
hand (slip fit) and then into file top header if any. See Fig. 55.
•
•
•
•
•
INSERT
Vertical slotted discharge
manifolds
must be installed
with the internal fishbone wick ends sloping up as in a
,,y,,
Do not force the vertical manifolds
into the headers
beyond the insulation.
Do not use any lubricants.
Manually reform the ends
slightly if necessary.
Ensure discharge slots are perpendicular
to the air flow.
On top fed 17-61 sizes, run a bead of RTV silicone caulk
around the junction
of the vertical manifolds
and top
headec
INSUL
Fig. 55 -- Vertical Manifold
58
Coil Installation
1. Ix)ck open and tag all power supplies to unit fan motor
and electric heaters if present.
2. a. Identify the unit service panel latches and disengage them (1/4 turn) with a 5/l(-,-in. or 8-mm hex
wrench.
NOTE: If installing a replacement coil, refer to Coil Removal
section, page 93 for instructions on removing existing coil.
INSTALLATION
OF SINGLE HEIGHT
COILS (sizes 03- 36)
1. Lock open and tag all power supplies to unit fan motor
and electric heatel_ if present.
2.
a.
b.
3.
b.
Identify the unit service panel latches and disengage them (1/4 turn) with a 5h(-,-in. or 8-mm hex
wrench.
3.
Remove service panel/coil
connection
panel and
the upstream service panel and set aside in a safe
place.
a. Remove the flat corner plug from each end piece of
the top rail.
b. Extract the Torx T25 screw visible within the
exposed cavity. (Do not mix these screws with
others; they are specific
for this location.
Set
screws aside for reinstallation
of the top rail.)
c. Remove the top rail by pulling out fit a 45 degree
angle. Set top rail aside.
5.
7.
Install the first coil in the section. Access the upstream
face of the coil and install the screws holding the coil to
the mounting baffles around the entire perimetel: This
may require reaching through an opened damper assembly or through the filter track after filters _ue removed.
8.
Replace the top rail by reinstfdling
and flat corner plugs.
9.
Replace
latches.
the Torx T25 screws
all service panels and engage
INSTALLATION
IMPORTANT:
intermediate
with Carrier
turer's coils
ponents
be
_'itkout coils
OF STACKED
COILS
Remove the top rail by pulling
angle. Set top rail aside.
out fit a 45-degree
4.
Slip the foam sealing sleeves on the connection
before installing the coil.
5.
Before placing file coils inside the unit, apply the adhesive backed gasket to the lower baffle, spanning the entire
unit, on the surface that will contact the coil (see Fig. 56).
6.
a. Place the lower coil on the coil supports, sliding the
coil against the upstream baffle and aligning the
mounting holes so that the connection
nipple will
extend approximately
3 in. outside the unit casing.
The coil may now be hoisted in through the top opening,
or it may be slid in through either side, taking care to
avoid tipping or &opping the coil. Some lower stacked
unit sections may require slightly tipping the coil from the
vertical position in order to clear the upper frame rail and
seffl, which is not readily removed.
Loosely secure the coil at the top using the 3/s-in. dia]neter hoisting holes located in the side channel/tube
sheet
juncture fit each end.
the flat corner plug from each end piece of
rail.
the Torx T25 screw visible within the
cavity. (Do not mix these screws with
they are specific
for this location.
Set
aside for reinstallation
of the top rail.)
Do not handle the coil by the headers or connection
nipples, as irreparable damage might occur that is NOT
covered by warianty. Protect the finned surface from
&image during all handling and shipping.
nipples
6.
a. Remove
the top
b. Extract
exposed
others;
screws
c.
Do not handle the coil by the headers or connection
nipples, as irreparable damage might occur that is NOT
covered by WtuTanty. Protect the finned surface from
damage during all handling and shipping.
4. Slip the foam sealing sleeves on the connection
before installing the coil.
Remove service panel/coil connection
panel and
the upstream service panel and set aside in a safe
place.
nipples
b.
Place the heavy vertical angle (which is full height
of the finished coil bank) along the upstream right
and left side of the mounting baffles (see Fig. 56).
Install screws through this angle first and then into
the baffles, engaging the coil tube sheet mounting
holes and securing the coil within the unit.
c.
Secure the lower side
lower horizontal baffle,
between.
casing of the coil to the
sandwiching
the gasket in
7.
For coil sections that do not have a &'ain pan within the
section, go to Step 10.
8.
Secure the spacer (hat channel)
lower coil casing (see Fig. 57).
to the top center of the
all I/4-turn panel
(40, 50 and 61 )
Do not penetrate through the coil casing into the fin pack.
Tube damage may occur.
The lengths of the coil supports and
pans and channels are designed to work
coils. Substitution
of other manufacmay require that custom mounting comfield fabricated.
Coil sections
ordered
_'ill come _4'ith tke refi, l_,nced parts in kit
Secure two spacers (hat channels) to each end of the
bottom of the upper coil casing before placing the coil in
position (refer to Fig. 56).
10.
NOTE: The length that the intermediate
&'ain pan extends
downstremn from the coil face has been designed for use with
Cturier manufactured
coils, and may prove insufficient for
other maker's coils.
59
Place the intermediate condensate &ain pan on the lower
coil, centering the drain pan between the sides of the unit,
with the condensate outlet holes along the downstream
edge. (It may be helpful to temporarily secure the drain
pan by a strip of double-stick
tape on the center hat
channel.)
BAFFLE,
BAFFLE,
TOP
HEADER_
CHANNEL,
_
BAFFLE,
HAIRPIN
ATTACHED
TO COILS
BOTH SIDES
CENTERED
IMPORTANT:
ADHESIVE
APPLIED
TO THE FULL
PAN, CONDENSATE_,
WITHIN
SECTION
GASKET
LENGTH
THE COIL SIDE CASING
AND
SEE ILLUSTRATION
BELOW.
APPLY
GASKET,
....BAFFLE,
FLUSH
TO THIS
ADHESIV
BOTTOM
MUST BE
OF THE BOTTOM
THE
BAFFLE.
EDGE_
E--__
_/
_
BOTTOM
BAFFLE
Fig. 56 -- Apply Gasket
11. Lift the upper coil (with spacer hat channels on the
bottom of each end) into place, aligning the upper coil
with the lower coil. When the upper coil is lowered into
place, it will deflect the intermediate
condensate pan
downwmd on each end, providing for positive drainage.
12. Install factory-supplied
screws around the ends and top of
the coil.
13.
14.
15.
On the upstremn side of the stacked coils, attach
center baffle (see Fig. 56), spanning the two coils with
crease in the baffle away from the coils, centering
between file side baffles, and aligning the baffle with
holes in the coil casings.
Install the drain fittings into the pan. Route and secure
hoses as shown in Fig. 58.
For sections
sections):
a.
CHANNEL,
that do not have a drain pan (heating
b.
16.
Place the upper coil into position directly above the
lower coil, resting on these hat channels.
Secure the uppermost coil frDm the upstream side, so that
the fastening screws provided pass through the vertical
angle and the baffles and engage the coil casing. See
Fig 56.
the
the
it
the
the
--GASKET
-_- DRAIN
only
\\
CONDENSATE
After the lower coil has been secured in position,
fasten the three hat channel spacer supports to the top
of the coil.
HAT
,\
ATTACH
...... TO
COIL
WITH 4 SCREWS
CASING
\
\
\
_HOSE
\
J
"ATTACHED TO COIL
TUBE SHEET
Fig. 58 -- Install Drain Fittings
Fig. 57 -- Secure Spacer
6O
PAN
Water and Steam Coil Piping Recommendations
Figure 60 illustrates the normal piping components and the
suggested locations for high, medium, or low-pressure steam
coils. The low-pressure
application
(zero to 15 psig) can
dispense with the 1/4-in. petcock for continuous venting located
above the vacuum breaker (check valve).
GENERAL -- Use straps around the coil casing or the lifting
holes (see Fig. 59) to lift and place file coil.
Note the horizontal location of the 15-degree check valve,
and the orientation of the gate/pivot. This valve is intended to
relieve any vacuum forming in the condensate outlet of a
condensing
steam coil, and to seal this port when steam
pressure is again supplied to the coil. It must not be installed in
tiny other position, and should not be used in the supply line.
For coils used in tempering service, or to preheat outside aik
install an immeLsion thermostat in the condensate line ahead of
the trap. This will shut down the supply fan and close the outdoor &tmper whenever the condensate falls to a predetermined
point, perhaps 120 E
NOTE: Do NOT use tin immersion thermostat to override a
duct thermostat and open the steam supply valve.
To prevent damage to the coil or coil headers: Do not use
the headers to lift file coil. Support the piping trod coil connections independently. Do not use the coil connections to
support piping. When tightening coil connections, use a
backup wrench on the nozzles.
Piping practices ale outlined in the Carrier System
Manual, Pall 3, Piping Design.
Design
WATER COILSTypically, coils me piped by connecting
the supply at the bottom and the return at file top. See Fig. 59.
This is not always the case, especially if the coil hand has been
changed in the field. Coils must be piped for counterflow;
otherwise, a capacity reduction of 5% for each coil row will
result. To ensure counterllow, chilled water coils me piped so
that the coldest water meets file coldest air Hot water coils are
piped so that the warmest water meets the warmest all:
For vacuum return systems, the vacuum breaking check
valve would be piped into the condensate line between the trap
and the gate valve instead of open to the atmosphere.
Figure 61 illustrates the typical piping fit the end of every
steam supply main. Omitting this causes many field problems
and failed coils.
STEAM COILS -- Position the steam supply connection fit
the top of the coil, and the return (condensate) connection at the
bottom. The coil tubes must incline downwfuds
toward
the return header connection for condensate
di'ainage. See
Fig. 60-65.
Figure 62 shows the typical field piping of multiple coils.
Use this only if the coils are the same size and have the same
pressure drop. If this is not the case, tin individual trap must be
provided for each coil.
Figure 63 shows a multiple coil arrangement applied to a
gravity return, including the open air relief to the atmosphere,
which DOES NOT replace the vacuum breakers.
LIFTING HOLES
Figure 64 illustrates the basic condensate lift piping.
Following the piping diagrams in Fig. 60-64, make all connections while observing the following precautions:
•
(VENT_
•
•
•
•
•
•
(DRAIN)
HEADER END VIEW
Fig. 59 -- Coil
Connections
and Lifting
•
Points
•
61
Install a drip line and trap on the pressure side of the
inlet control valve. Connect the drip line to the return
line downstream
of the return line trap.
To prevent scale or foreign matter from entering the control valve and coil, install a 3132-in. mesh strainer in the
steam supply line upstream from the control valve.
Provide air vents for the coils to eliminate noncondensable gases.
Select a control valve according to the steam load, not
the coils supply connection size. Do not use an oversized
control valve.
Do not use bushings that reduce the size of the header
return connection.
The return connection
should be the
same size as the return line and reduced only fit the
downstream trap.
To lift condensate
above the coil return line into overhead steam mains, or pressurized mains, install a pump
and receiver
between
the condensate
trap and the
pressurized
main. Do not try to lift condensate
with
modulating or on-and-off steam control valves. Use only
15-degree check valves, as they open with a lower water
head. Do not use 45-degree or vertical-lift check valves.
Use float and thermostatic traps. Select the trap size
according to the pressure difference between the steam
supply main and the return main.
Load variations can be caused by uneven inlet air distribution or temperature stratification.
Drain condensate
out of coils completely
fit the end of
the heating season to prevent the formation of acid.
NOTE
_-CONTROL
NOTE
VALVE
_
I-_
CONTROL
.-
_- STRAINER
I -__
_"
\_'_
/GATE
VALVE
28_3)
5)
(NOTE
STRAINER
VALVE
7/
¼ iN. PET
COCK
"_
GATE
VALVE
_,,_
STEAM
SUPPLY
UNIT
UNIT
FOR
CONTINUOUS
_STA_
STEAM
111
LWHEN
".
END
MAIN,SEE
SUPPLY
_r'\REFER
OF SUPPLY
FIG. 61
FIG,
TO
WHEN
SUPPLY
RMOSTATIC
_-15 ° CHECK VALVE
FOR BREAKING
VACUUM
GI
DRIPPING
TO RETURN.
TRAP
(½IN.)
UNIT
IN, LINE
_'NOTEI
MIN,
GIRT
LEG
VALVE
(61N.) "
15° CHECK
VALVE
OPEN
AIR
RELIEF
/T0
ATMOSPHERE
-
FLOAT
BUCKET
(NOTE
OR
TRAP
2) -j
DIRT
LEG
( 6 IN.)-
/
15 _ CHECK
CONDENSATE
RETURN
MAIN
NOTES:
1. Flange or union is located to facilitate coil removal.
2. Flash trap may be used if pressure differential between steam
and condensate return exceeds 5 psi.
3. When a bypass with control is required.
4. Dirt leg may be replaced with a strainer. If so, tee on drop can
be replaced by a reducing ell.
5. The petcock is not necessary with a bucket trap or any trap
which has provision for passing air. The great majority of high
or medium pressure returns end in hot wells or deaerators
which vent the air.
VALVE
FLOAT
OR
TRAP
(NOTE
_/
BUCKET
-:
4)
L_.
NOTE
!'_',
I
GATE
VALVE
/._
4co
_
NDENSATE
NOTES:
RETURN
1. Flange or union is located to facilitate coil removal.
2. When a bypass with control is required.
3. Flash trap can be used if pressure differential between supply and
condensate return exceeds 5 psi.
4. Coils with different pressure drops require individual traps. This is
often caused by varying air velocities across the coil bank.
5. Dirt leg may be replaced with a strainer. If so, tee on drop can be
replaced by a reducing ell.
6. The petcock is not necessary with a bucket trap or any trap which
has provision for passing air. The great majority of high pressure
return mains terminate in hot wells or deaerators which vent the air.
Fig. 60 -- Low, Medium or
High Pressure Coil Piping
Fig. 62 -- Multiple Coil High Pressure Piping
.... CONTROL
_j
(NOTES
VALVE
2 6
3)
'STRAINER
/
STEAM
SUPPLY
TO UN
/
FGATE
VALVE
15_CHECK
VALVE
STEAM
SUPPLY
UNIT
WHEN
DRIPPING
SUPPLY
STEAM
SUPPLY
TO
STATIC
RETURN.
TRAP
(½IN.)
MAIN
/
DIRT
LEG
j--FLOAT
TRAP
_--GATE
GLOBE
VALVE
(PLUG
TYPE)
/_
_
/ "_
_i
_"
!
B THERMOSTATIC
UNIT
VALVE
./-OPEN
AIR RELIEF
TO
ATMOSPHERE
CLOSE
TO UNIT. REQUIRED
ON
DRIP
/OPEN
TO
LOW PRESSURE GRAVITY
RETURN SYSTEMS,
LINE=-_
CONDENSATE
RETURN
FROM
UNIT
AIR
RELIEF
ATMOSPHERE
DIRT LEG ( 6 IN.)_
I 5° C
GATE
VA VEI
J
._--
J
FLOAT
OR
BUCKET
TRAP
(NOTE
CONDENSATE
RETURN
_/
4)
GATEI
NOTE
MAIN
'_
VALVE
'_CO
NDENSATE
RETURN
NOTES:
1. A bypass is necessary around trap and valves when continuous operation is necessary.
2. Bypass to be the same size as trap orifice but never less than
1/2inch.
NOTES:
1. Flange or union is located to facilitate coil removal.
2. When control valve is omitted on multiple coils in parallel air flow.
3. When a bypass with control is required.
4. Coils with different pressure drops require individual traps. This is
often caused by varying air velocities across the coil bank.
Fig. 61 -- Dripping Steam Supply to
Condensate Return
Fig. 63 -- Multiple Coil Low Pressure
Piping Gravity Return
62
STEAM
condensate header The slanting of the assembly ensures that
condensate will flow towmd the drains. This condensate must
be removed fllrough the mtum piping to prevent premature
fiulure of the coil. The fin/tube bundle is slanted vertically for
horizontal airflow coils, and hofizonttdly
for vertical airflow coils.
SUPPLY
Y
GATE VALVE_
_¢_OVERHEAD
_'_
IDT Steam Coil Piping -- The following piping guidelines
will contribute to eft]cient coil operation and long coil life:
CONDENSATE
RETURN
MAIN
1. Use full size coil outlets and return piping to the steam
trap. Do not bush return outlet to the coil. Run full size to
file trap, reduce tit the trap.
UNiT
2.
Use float and thermostatic (F & T) traps only for condensate removal. Trap size selection should be based on the
difference in pressure between the steam supply main and
file condensate return main. It is good practice to select a
trap with 3 times the condensate rating of the coil to
which it is connected.
3.
Use themlostatic
4.
Use only 1/2-in., 15-degree swing check valves installed
horizontally, piped open to atmosphere, and located tit
least 12 in. above die condensate outlet. Do not use
45-degree, vertictfl lift and ring check valves.
5.
The supply valve must be sized for the maximum
pated stemn load.
6.
Do not drip stealn mains into coil sections. Drip them on
file pressure side of the control valve and trap them into
the return main beyond the trap for the coil.
Do not use a single trap for two or more coils installed in
series. Where two or more coils are installed in a single
bank, in parallel, the use of a single trap is permissible,
but only if the load on each coil is equal. Where loads in
file same coil bank vmy, best practice is to use a separate
trap for each coil.
VALVE
12IN.
MIN.
( LOCATED
DRAIN
BELOW
COIL
OUTLET)
VALVE
(GATE,NOTE2
NOTES:
1. Flange or union is located to facilitate coil removal.
2. To prevent water hammer, drain coil before admitting steam.
3. Do not exceed one foot of lift between trap discharge and
return main for each pound of pressure differential.
4. Do not use this arrangement for units handling outside air.
Fig. 64 -- Condensate Lift to Overhead Return
Coil Freeze-Up
7.
Protection
WATER CO[LS -- If a chilled water coil is applied with outside air. provisions must be made to prevent coil fieeze-up.
Install a coil fieeze-up thermostat to shut down the system if
any air temperature below 36 F is encounteled
entering the
water coil. Follow thermostat manufacturer's
instructions.
8.
For outdoor-air application where intermittent chilled water
coil operation is possible, one of the following steps should be
taken:
Install an auxiliary blower heater in cabinet to maintain
above-freezing
temperature
around coil while unit is
shut down.
•
Drain coils and fill with an ethylene glycol solution suitable for the expected cold weather operation. Shut down
the system and drain coils. See Service section, Winter
Shutdown, page 92.
antici-
Variation in load on different coils in the same bank may
be caused by sever_fl factors. Two of the most common
me uneven airflow distribution across file coil and stratification of inlet air across the coil.
When a water coil is applied downstremn
of a directexpansion (DX) coil, a freeze-up thermostat must be installed
between the DX and water coil and electrically interlocked to
turn off the cooling to prevent fieeze-up of the water coil.
•
traps for venting only.
9.
Do not try to lift condensate above the coil return into an
ovefllead main, or drain into a main under pressure with a
modulating
or on/off steam control valves. A pump
and receiver should be installed between the coil condensate traps and ovefllead mains and return mains under
pressure.
Use a strainer (3/32-in. mesh) on the steam supply side,
as shown in the piping diagrams, to avoid collection of
scale or other foreign matter in file inner tube distributing
orifices.
NOTE: IDT coils must be installed with the tubes draining
toward the header end of the coil. Carrier's IDT steam coils
are pitched toward the header end as installed in the unit.
10. Ensure the AHU is installed level to maintain the inherent
slope. Also ensure the unit is installed high enough to
tfllow the piping to be installed conectly, especially the
traps which require long drip legs.
11. Do not fail to provide all coils wifll the proper air vents to
eliminate noncondensable
gasses.
STEAM COILS -- When used for preheating outdoor air in
pressure or vacuum systems, an immersion thermostat to control outdoor-air damper and fan motor is recommended.
This
control is actuated when steam supply fails or condensate temperature drops below an established level, such as 120 to 150 IF.
A vacuum breaker should also be used to equalize coil pressure
with the atmosphere when stemn supply throttles close. Steam
should not be modulated when outdoor air is below 40 E
On low-pressure and vacuum steam-heating
systems, the
thermostat may be replaced by a condensate drain with a thermal element. This element opens and drains the coil when condensate temperature drops below 165 E Note that condensate
dndns are limited to 5 psig pressure.
INNER DISTRIBUTING
TUBE STEAM COILS -The
inner distributing tube (IDT) steam coil used in the Carrier
39M _fir-handling units has an inner tube pierced to facilitate
the distribution of the steam along the tube's length. The outer
tubes me expanded into plate fins. The completed assembly
includes the supply and condensate header and side casings
which are built to slant the fin/tube bundle back toward the
12.
Do not support steam piping fiom the coil units. Both
mains and coil sections should be supported sepmately.
IDT Steam Coil [nstallafion -- Refer to drawings to position
the coils properly with regard to the location of the supply and
return connections. Ensure that the IDT coil is pitched with the
tubes draining towmd the headel: Carrier's AHUs provide
proper coil pitch when the AHU is insttflled level.
Refer to schematic piping diagrams and piping connection
notes for the recommended piping methods.
63
Refrigerant
Piping,
Direct-Expansion
Coils-
Direct-expansion (DX) coils me divided into 2 or4 splits depending upon file unit size and coil circuiting. Each split lequires its
own distributor nozzle, expansion valve, and suction piping. Suction connections ;ue on the air entering side when the coil is properly installed. Matching distributor connections for each coil split
m'e on file air leaving side. See unit label or certified drawing to
assme connection to matching suction and liquid connections.
NOTE: Distlibutor nozzles are factory selected trod installed
for adequate performance in many unit applications. For best
performance, use Carrier's AHUBuilderQ
program to select
nozzle sizes for each unit and replace the factory-installed
nozzles as required. See file Thermostatic
Expansion Valve
Piping section below for further details.
2.
Clean off any remaining
3.
Remove nozzle retaining ring with screwdriver
nosed pliers.
solder
4.
Remove nozzle from distributor by inserting 2 no. 6-32
threaded rods (at least 4-in. long) into the thleaded holes
provided in the nozzle. See Fig. 69.
5.
Insert correct nozzle into distributor
6.
Re-insert nozzle retainer ring into distributol:
COIL
CASING
To prevent &_mage to file coil or coil headers: Do not use
the headers to lift the coil. Support the piping and coil connections independently. Do not use the coil connections to
support piping. When tightening coil connections, use a
backup wlench on the stub outs.
UPPER
TXV
SPLIT
SENSING
or needle-
body.
UNIT
CASING
BULB
AIRFLOW
Direct-expansion
coils am shipped pressurized with diy ail:
Release pressure from each coil split through v_flves in protective caps before removing caps.
Do not leave piping open to the atmosphere unnecessarily.
Water and water vapor me detrimental to the refrigertmt
system. Until tile piping is complete, lecap the system and
charge with nitrogen at the end of each workday. Clean all
piping connections before soldering joints.
The lower split of face split coils should befirst-on, last-o_i
Row split coils utilize special intertwined circuits; either
split of these row split coils can befirst-on, last-q_i
LOWER
SPLIT
SUCTION PIPINGConnect suction piping as shown in
Fig. 65 for face split coil or Fig. 66 for row split coil.
Suction line from coil connection to end of the 15-diameterlong riser should be salne tube size as coil connection to ensure
proper refrigerant velocity.
Refer to Carrier System Design Manual, Part 3, and size
remaining suction line to compressor for a pressme diop equivalent to 2.0 E This will provide a total suction line header
pressure diop equivalent to approximately
2.7 E Refer to
Fig. 67 for piping risels to the complessor.
To minimize the possibility of flooded starts and compressor damage during prolonged light load operation, an accumulator can be used in the suction line offirst-on, last-o_circuit.
Thefirst-on, last-o_ circuits shown in Fig. 65 and 66 assume
a single condensing unit. Note that in both figures the last-on,
Iil_t-off circuit is looped above the common return line to prevent oil entrapment in the non-operating coil at partkfl load.
THERMOSTATIC
EXPANSION VALVE PIPING -- Distributor nozzles me factory supplied. Thermostatic
expansion
valves (TXVs) are field supplied. Be sure that correct nozzle is
installed in each distributor before installing expansion valve.
See Table 4 for factory-installed
distributor nozzle sizes. Use
AHUBuilder
program to select nozzles for best performance;
replacement nozzles must be field inst_dled.
Perform
follows:
nozzle
change-out
procedure
(if necessmy)
EVAPORATOR
COIL
FIRST-ON,
LAST-OFF
LEGEND
TXV -- Thermostatic Expansion Valve
Fig. 65 -- Face-Split Coil Suction-Line
Piping
UNIT
COIL
CASING
TXV SENSING
BULBS
AIRFLOW
15
DIAMS
MIN
31GHT
15
DIAMS
MIN
3LASS
FILTER
10 DIAMS
DRIER
as
(TYP)
1. Unsweat distributor cap and Schmder valve (see Fig. 68).
Cap is sweat on from facto U with 95.5 tin-antimony soft
solder
EVAPORATOR
COIL
FIRST-ON, LAST-OFF
LEGEND
TXV -- Thermostatic Expansion Valve
Fig. 66 -- Row-Split
Coil Suction-Line
Do not overheat distributoc Overheating cap and distributor will hmden solder and make cap impossible to remove.
64
Piping
I
PYL_ :Oo
5.
Inst¢dl filter drier ahead of expansion
satisfactory valve operation.
6.
If hot gas bypass
Bypass section.
is required,
valve to ensure
see the following
Hot Gas
requires
between
Install auxilituy hot gas bypass side connector
(fieldsupplied) in coil split that isfirst-on, last-qffi
NOTE: See Table 22 for auxiliary side connector sizes. Do
not attempt to use a valve that is smaller or larger than distributor size. Inserting a bushing at the outlet will defeat the
purpose of the internal nozzle tube extension.
Inst_dl the side connector as follows:
COMPRESSORABOVE
DOUBLERISER
Fig. 67 -- Suction-Line
Insulate expansion valve body, diaphragm assembly, and
control bulb ;uea to prevent charge migration and excessive condensation.
HOT GAS BYPASS--When
low-load operation
use of hot gas bypass, hot gas must be introduced
expansion v_dve and distributor
COMPRESSOR
ELBOWS
COMPRESSOR
ABOVE
SINGLERISER
4.
Riser Piping
1. Remove distributor nozzle and letainer ring (area A) from
distributor and reinst;dl in inlet (area B) of side connectoc
See Fig. 70.
2. Solder field-supplied extension nipple to coupling on distributor, then to side connector outlet, using a silver solder
or equivalent with a melting point of 1300 to 1500E
Extension nipple should be as short as possible.
DISTRIBUTOR
/
3.
Solder expansion
95-5 tin-antimony
4.
If lequired,
install field-supplied
adapter bushing or
coupling to connector inlet before soldering to expansion
valve outlet.
DISCARD CAP
WITH TESTPORT
Fig. 68 -- Distributor and Cap
SPECIAL
BODY
TUBING
PIPING
valve outlet to side connector
soft solder, for easy removal.
WITH
4 SPLITS
using
PER COIL
Manifolding
for 2-Face Splits -- Refer to Fig. 71 and externally manifold as follows:
NOZZLE
1. Connect the 4 expansion valves to the 4 distributors on
each coil and connect
the 4 suction lines to the
15-diameter-long
risers as outlined in previous piping
instructions.
RETAINER
_\
RING
2.
Inst:dl common liquid line for upper face split to first
(upper) and second expansion valves. Also, install a common suction line flom suction lines attached to first
(upper) and second suction header connections.
3.
Repeat step 2 for lower face split using third and fourth
distributor and suction connections.
\ \
\
\
1
SIMPLIFIED NOZZLE
REMOVAL
I
I
Manifolding
for2-RowSplits
externally manifold as outlined
following exceptions:
-- Refer to Fig. 72 and
for the 2-face splits with the
1. Manifold in pairs, the first and third coil connections
one split.
2.
for
Manifold the second and fourth pairs of coil connections
for the other split.
NOTE: Split section using first and third pairs of coil connections should be fil_t-on, last-qffi
NO. 6-32 THREADED
PULLER HOLES
Hot Gas Bypass Connection with 4 Splits per Coil -For
either face or row splits connect a hot gas bypass auxiliary side
connector to each distributor of coil split that is first-on,
last-qff_ Refer to installation instructions for Hot Gas Bypass.
SPECIAL
PIPING
FOR DOUBLE-CIRCUIT
COILS -All 8-row coils that are double circuited requile special piping
to manifold suction and liquid lines. See Tables 3 and 4 for
detailed coil data.
THREADED
PULLER RODS
Fig. 69 -- Nozzle Change-Out
Install expansion
valve as follows:
1. Wrap wet cloths around valve body to plevent excesswe
heat from reaching diaphragm and internal palts. Do not
allow water to enter system. Disassemble
expansion
valve before soldering, if accessible, for easy reassembly.
_Z_e9_5-5 tin-antimony soft soldel:
2.
Solder expansion
3.
Solder expansion v_dve equalizer line to suction line and
locate control bulb on suction line as in Fig. 65 or66.
Manifolding
for 2-Face Splits -- Refer to Fig. 71 for coils
with less than 34 tubes in face. Externally manifold as follows:
1. Coils with less than 34 tubes: Connect the 4 expansion
valves to the 4 distributors on each coil and connect the
4 suction lines to the 15-diameter-long
riseLs as outlined
in previous piping instructions. Refer to Fig. 71.
valve to distributoc
65
2. [nstallcommon
liquidlineforupperfacesplitto first
(upper)andsecond
expansion
wdves.
Also,installa
common
suction
linefromsuction
linesattached
tofirst
(upper)
andsecond
suction
header
connections.
3. Repeat
Step2forlowerfacesplitusingthirdandfourth
distributor
andsuction
connections.
4. Forunitswithtwocoilsrepeat
procedmes
of steps1,2
and3forsecond
coil.
2.
Manifold file second and fourth pairs of coil connections
for the other split.
NOTE: Split section using first and third pairs of coil connections should be first-on, last-oj/i
Hot Gas Bypass Connection
for Double-Circuited
Coils -For either face or row splits connect a hot gas bypass auxilimy
side connector to each distributor of coil split that is first on,
last off. Refer to installation instructions for Hot Gas Bypass.
Manifolding for 2-Row Splits -- Refer to Fig. 71 for coils
with less than 34 tubes in face. Externally manifold as outlined
for the 2-face splits with the following exceptions:
1. Manifold in pails, the filst and third coil connections
one split.
REINSTALL
DISTRIBUTOR
NOZZLE
for
HERE
!
1
I
OUST
\
RETAINER
INLET
DISCARD
RETAINER
RING
SIDE
CONNECTOR
AREAA
_
WITH
CAP
TESTPORT
SIDE
CONNECTOR
AREAB
Fig. 70 -- Distributor and Hot Gas Bypass Auxiliary Side Connector
SIGHT
GLASS
(TYP)
f
1
.__
TXV SENSING
SOLENOID
BULBS
VALVE
(TYP)
DRIER
/FILTER
AIRFLOW
LIQUID
_@_J
"
/,
/
SUCTION LINE /
FOR COIL CONNECTIONS
1 AND 2
TXV
LINE
FOR 1 AND 2
INSIDE
_DISTRIBUTOR
CASING
(TYP)
(TYP)
TXV SENSING
FILTER
RIER
_ LIQUID LINE
FOR 3 AN D 4
/
/
SUCTION
LINE
FOR COIL CONNECTIONS
3AND4
LEGEND
TXV -- Thermostatic
Expansion Valve
Fig. 71 -- Face-Split Coil Manifolding (Typical)
66
Table 22 -- Auxiliary Side Connector
SPORLAN
TYPE
CARRIER
PART NO.
CONNECTION
Inlet --
ODM
Solder
Outlet
-- ODF
(Hot Gas Bypass) Data
SIZES (in.)
Solder
Auxiliary
--
USED WITH SPORLAN
DISTRIBUTOR
TYPE
ODF Solder
NOZZLE
SIZE
J
EA19BA504
%
7/8
1620,1622
ASC-7-4
7/8
_/2
1112,1113
G
ASC-9-5
EA19BA705
11/s
11/8
5/s
1115,1116
E
ASC-11-7
EA19BA905
1 s/s
1 s/8
7/s
1117,1126
C
15/s
15/8
11/s
ASC-5-4
ASC-13-9
DIMENSIONS
SPORLAN
TYPE
ASC-5-4
ASC-7-4
(in.)
A
B
C
D
E
F
5/80DM
5/80DF
1.88
0.95
1,25
1/2ODF
2.25
1.06
1,38
ASC-9-5
11/80DM
11/8ODF
2.81
1.47
1,62
5/8ODF
ASC-11-7
lS/8 ODM
lS/80DF
3.53
1.89
2,19
7/80DF
ASC-13-9
7/8 ODM
15/80DM
7/80DF
15/8ODF
3.72
1.83
2,75
OUTLET
1/20DF
---
Outside
Outside
Diameter,
Diameter,
t
T
TO
.....
--
E×£°2'°NVA v
E
HOTGAS
BYPASS
INLET
11/8ODF
INLET
B
DISTRIBUTORJL
LEGEND
ODF
ODM
A
1125,1127,1143
CONNECTION
Female
Male
_
SIGHT
GLASS
- SOLENOID
TXV SENSING
BULBS
(TYP)
VALVE
(TYP)
AIRFLOW
\
FILTER
DRIER
LIQUID LINE
J_ FOR 1 AND 3
SUCTION
LINE
FOR COIL
CONNECTIONS
1 AND 3
FOR 2 AND 4
"
TXV
INSIDE
DISTRIBUTOR
/
SUCTION
LINE
FOR COIL
CONNECTIONS
2AND4
LEGEND
TXV -- ThermostaticExpansionValve
Fig. 72 -- Row-Split Coil Manifolding (Typical)
6?
CASING
(TYP)
(TYP)
Hot Gas Piping and Wiring
INSTALL
PIPING
3. Sweat the pilot solenoid valve supplied in the hot gas accessary package directly to the hot gas bypass valve on
the 3/8-in.ODF external equalizer port.
4. Install field-supplied I/4-in.copper tube (flared with a nut
on each end) between the compressor suction valve and
the hot gas pilot solenoid valve.
5. Connect a field-supplied 5/8-in. OD copper tube between
the dischmge line process tube (hot gas stub) and a fieldsupplied manu_d shutoff service v_flve,avoiding any traps
in piping.
6. Connect another field-supplied 5Is-in.OD copper tube between the manual shutoff valve outlet and the hot gas bypass valve inlet.
7. Connect a field-supplied 5/s-in. OD copper tube between
the leaving side of the hot gas bypass valve and the Sporlan
auxiliaq side connector (distributo>side connector).
(See Fig. 73)
Shut offall power to tfie unit and remove refiigerant charge
using an approved refrigelant recovely device before proceeding with inst;dlation.
1. [n applications where the air handler refrigerant distributor is not equipped with a side outlet connection, it is
recommended
that a Spodan
in-line auxiliary
side
connector with standard distributor be used. Refer to the
installation instructions for the indoor fan coil to obtain
nozzle size and distributor connection size. Select the
auxilialy side connector based on this information. The
side connector must be installed on refrigerant circuit
no. 1 (fil3t stage of cooling) of the fan coil being used.
2.
8. Refer to Hot Gas Bypass installation instructions for
wiring information.
Install a field-supplied l/4-in. NPT to l/4-in, flare fitting on
the gage connection port of the compressor suction service valve.
CONDENSING
UNIT
EVAPORATOR
COIL
1SUCTION
_'1_
_
---I:L_
m -., .
HOT GAS PI LOT
\,
SOLENOID VALVE
\
BYPASS SHUT-OFF
SERVICE._
VALVE
EXTERNAL
EQUALIZER
PORT
HOT GAS
5/8"
P,
TUBE
DISCHARGE_
EQUALIZER
I SOLENOID
I VALVE
I
I
I
i
CIRCUITI
EVAPORATOR
TXV
/_
I BYPASS
I HOT GAS
i LINE
_
COMPRESSOR
I
EXTERNAL
I
I
\\
r_ TUBEI/4"
"l
I LINE
I
_NDENSER
__ j
LIQUID LINE
TO COMPRESSOR
SUCTION SERVICE VALVE
II
1/40D--_!
I1
SOLENOID
r--_r._.-_
[L_ ::_1_-'---
5--_
PILOT
VALVE
OUTLET
318' sw EAT CON N ECTION
BY PASS VALVE (5/8"
OD CONN I
DISTRIBUTOR
FROM
TXV
=_._
FIELD-SUPPLIED
SKETCH
BYPASS LINE
A
AUXILIARY
S IDE CONNECTOR
LEGEND
TXV -- Thermostatic Expansion Valve
*Pilot valve connects directly to bypass valve per sketch A.
Fig. 73 --
Hot Gas Bypass
68
Piping
AUXILIARY
{HOT GAS IN)
Condensate
Drain -- Install a condensate-trapping
di'ain
line at the units di'ain connection; use I q2-in, standard pipe. See
Fig. 74A and 74B for correct diain layout.
The lowest point of the di'ain pan is a minimum
higher than the bottom of the baserail.
of 73/8-in.
When calculating trap depth on draw-thin or blow-thru applications, remember that it is not the total static pressure but
the upstream or downstream static resistance that is trapped
against. For instance, when c;dculating the trap depth for a
cooling coil condensate pan on the draw-thin side, trap against
the coil pressure drop in that coil section and any other pressure
drops upstream of it.
1/2 P1
MINIMUM
Fig. 74ACondensate Drain,
Draw-Thru Trapping
Example:
• Return duct -- 0.5 in. static
• Mixing box-0.4 in. static
• Filters-0.2 in. static
• Heating coil -- 0.2 in. static
• Cooling coil -- 1.2 in. static
• Fan-2.3 in. external static
0.5"
MINIMUM
L
If calculating the trap depth for the cooling coil, the total
trap static would be 2.5 in. plus 1 in. (Pl = negative static
pressure + 1 in.), as shown in Fig. 74A.
Traps on draw-thin units must store enough condensate
prevent losing the drain seal at strut-up. The "minimum 1/2
dimension ensures that enough condensate is stored.
r
pl
to
Pl"
Fig. 74B -- Condensate Drain,
Blow-Thru Trapping
To determine the trap dimensions for blow-thru units, lind
the coils maximum positive pressure (PI in Fig. 74B) and add
I/2 inch. This figure is normally the fan total static pressure
(Pl = fan toted static pressure).
NOTE: Trapping to 5 in. static pressure on blow-thru and 3 in.
static pressure on draw-thin units is possible with the stan&_rd
6 in. baserail.
Fan Motor
For all units, provide condensate freeze-up protection as
required. On units with internal spring isolators, be sum the
unit is mounted to allow sufficient clearance for the required
drain trap depth.
TYPE
Forward-Curved (FC)
Side View
Airfoil (AF)
Side View
Wiring
Recommendations
--
Motors
;u'e rated for use with variable frequency drives. Full load amp
(FLA) efficiency and power factoL's are listed in Tables 23A
and 23B. Refer to Fig. 75 for fan type and application.
CHARACTERISTICS
APPLICATION
• Double-width, double-inlet (DWDI) construction.
• Best at low or medium pressure (approximately 0 to 5 in. wg).
• Horsepower increases continuously with increase in air quantity (overloads) as
For low to medium pressure
static pressure decreases.
air-handling applications.
• Less expensive than AF fans.
• Runs at relatively low speed, typically 400 to 1200 rpm.
• Blades curve toward direction of rotation.
•
•
•
•
•
Double-width, double-inlet (DWDI) construction.
Best in high capacity and high-pressure applications (4 to 8 in. wg).
Horsepower peaks at high capacities.
Most expensive of centrifugal fans.
For medium to high air capacity
Operates at high speeds, typically 1200 to 2800 rpm. About double the speed of and pressure applications.
FC fan for similar air quantity.
• Blades have aerodynamic shape similar to airplane wing and are curved away
from direction of rotation.
Plenum (PAF)
End View
• Single-width, single-inlet (SWSI) construction.
• Characteristics similar to DWDI airfoil fan.
• Blades have aerodynamic shape similar to airplane wing and are curved away
from direction of rotation. Fewer blades and wider blade spacing than AF fans.
Fig. 75 -- Fan Type and Application
69
Best in applications with limited
space or multiple ducts.
Motor
Electrical
Data -- See Tables 23A and 23B for
Motor Electric;d Data.
Table 23A -- ODP 60 Hz Motor Data
HIGH
MOTOR
PREMIUM EFFICIENCY
EFFICIENCY
FLA
HP
200v
230v
460v
MOTOR
HP
FLA
EFF.
P.F.
575v
(%)
(%)
N/A
N/A
1/2
I 460v
N/A
200v
I
230v
I 575v
EFF.
P.F.
(%)
N/A
(%)
N/A
1/2
2.2
1.8
1.1
0.9
3/4
2.6
2.5
1.3
1.0
N/A
N/A
3/4
N/A
N/A
N/A
1
3.2
3.0
1.5
1.1
82.5
84
1
N/A
N/A
N/A
11/2
4.5
3.9
1.9
1.6
84.0
85.7
N/A
N/A
N/A
2
6.0
5.2
2.6
2.1
84.0
85.7
1112
2
N/A
N/A
N/A
3
9.4
8.6
4.3
3.4
86.5
76.0
3
9.0
8.0
4.0
N/A
88.5
79.5
5
15.3
12.8
6.4
5.1
87.5
83.3
5
14.5
71/2
25.0
19.2
9.6
7.8
88.5
81.5
10
29.3
26.8
13.4
10.3
89.5
15
43.2
38.6
19.3
15.4
20
56.0
49.6
24.8
25
70.5
60.6
30
85.0
40
13.6
6.8
N/A
89.5
76.8
21.5
19.4
9.7
N/A
91.7
79.0
80.0
7112
10
28.0
25.2
12.6
N/A
91.7
81.0
91.0
83.1
15
42.5
37.8
18.9
N/A
93.0
80.0
19.8
91.0
84.0
20
56.0
49.0
24.5
N/A
93.6
81.5
30.3
24.3
91.7
81.0
25
69.5
61.0
30.5
N/A
93.6
82.3
75.0
37.5
30.0
92.4
79.0
30
82.5
72.4
36.2
N/A
93.6
82.8
110.0
95.0
47.5
41.0
93.0
84.0
40
105.0
96.0
48.0
N/A
94.5
83.5
50
138.0
120.0
60.0
48.0
93.0
90.0
50
137.0
120.0
60.0
N/A
94.5
83.0
60
154.0
134.0
67.0
53.5
93.6
90.0
60
154.0
134.0
67.0
N/A
95.4
87.7
75
189.0
164.0
82.0
65.5
94.1
91.0
75
191.0
166.0
83.0
N/A
95.4
87.0
LEGEND
EFF.
FLA
ODP
P.F.
-----
Efficiency
Full Load Amps
Open Dripproof
Power Factor
Table 23B -- TEFC 60 Hz Motor Data
HIGH EFFICIENCY
MOTOR
HP
PREMIUM EFFICIENCY
FLA
208v
230v
460v
575v
EFF.
(%)
P.F.
(%)
MOTOR
HP
1/2
1.8
1.6
0.9
0.7
N/A
N/A
1/2
3/4
1
2.4
4.0
2.4
3.2
1.2
1.6
0.8
1.3
N/A
82.5
N/A
72.0
3/4
1
11/2
2
5.5
7.0
4.4
5.8
2.2
2.9
1.6
2.1
84.0
84.0
72.0
76.0
1112
2
3
10.0
8.2
4.1
3.3
87.5
78.0
5
17.0
13.2
6.6
5.2
87.5
81.5
71/2
10
24.0
31.0
19.2
24.4
9.6
12.2
7.6
9.6
89.5
89.5
83.0
85.5
15
47.0
35.0
17.5
14.5
91.0
20
61.0
47.0
23.5
18.8
25
74.0
57.0
28.5
30
82.0
69.0
40
115.0
50
60
75
-----
I
230v
I 460v
N/A
1575v
N/A
EFF.
P.F.
(%)
(%)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
4.0
3.0
1.5
1.2
84.5
72.0
5.5
4.2
2.1
N/A
85.5
72.0
7.0
5.6
2.8
2.2
86.5
77.5
3
10.0
8.2
4.1
3.3
88.5
78.0
5
17.0
13.0
6.5
5.2
88.5
84.5
7112
10
24.0
19.2
9.6
7.6
90.2
81.5
31.0
24.0
12.0
9.6
90.2
85.0
85.0
15
47.0
35.0
17.5
14.0
91.7
86.0
91.0
87.0
2O
61.0
47.0
23.5
18.8
92.4
87.0
22.8
92.4
88.0
25
74.0
57.0
28.5
22.8
93.0
88.0
34.5
27.6
92.4
88.0
3O
95.0
47.5
37.6
93.0
85.0
4O
82.0
115.0
69.0
90.0
34.5
45.0
27.6
37.0
93.0
94.1
88.0
88.5
142,0
118.0
59.0
47.2
93.0
85.0
50
147.0
115.0
57.5
46.0
9.41
86.4
N/A
140.0
70.0
N/A
93.6
85.5
6O
N/A
140.0
70.0
56.0
94.1
89.0
N/A
170.0
85.0
N/A
94.1
86.5
75
N/A
172,0
86.0
69.0
95.4
86.0
LEGEND
EFF.
FLA
P.R
TEFC
FLA
208v
Efficiency
Full Load Amps
Power Factor
Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled
70
Fan Motor Starter -- When starter is factory-installed,
it
is wired to the motol: and fully tested before shipping. Before
proceeding, open the starter cover and fan section access door
to check for any &tmage.
WIRING
1. Select a suitable location
source; top is prefened.
for the field power
Set the HOA switch in the HAND position and verify that
the fan operates.
Place the switch back in the OFF position
open the fan access dooc
supply
2.
Before drilling any hole, be sure the hole and any fieldsupplied conduit fittings will not interfere with the door
or components inside the enclosme.
3.
Drill the appropriate
size hole and connect
supplied conduit to the enclosure.
4.
Refer to the wiring diagrmn supplied with the starter and
connect the line voltage power source to the line voltage
terminals (LI, L2, L3) as shown.
5.
Refer to the factory-supplied
voltage warning
verify that the power source is correct.
6.
Connect the grounding wire to the grounding
ed on the bottom of the starto:
equipment
in both HAND and AUTO
either
a fire/smokeThisor coil
condition
IMPORTANT:
starterfreeze
is designed
Apply power to the stmter
5.
For 3-phase motor:
6.
With the fan operating and the starter in the HAND position, verify that each safety or limit switch functions
properly.
7.
Repeat Step 6 with the switch in the AUTO position and
the remote contact energized.
the field-
Disconnect-
When disconnect is factory-inst_dled, it is
wired to the motol: and thlly tested befole shipped. Open the
disconnect cover and fan section access door to check for
&_mage before proceeding.
DISCONNECT
WIRING
label and
lug provid-
1. Connect the field line voltage power source to the top of
the disconnect (knockouts are provided).
positions
if
is detected.
to
stop the
7.
Select a location at the bottom
control terminal block.
8.
Before drilling any hole, be sure the hole and any fieldsupplied conduit fittings will not interfere with the door
or components inside the enclosme.
9.
Drill the appropriate
size hole and connect
supplied conduit to the enclosure.
and carefully
Verify that the fan wheel is rotating in the proper dilection.
If it is not, remove power and reverse any two of the line
voltage connections at the starter termimds (LI, L2, L3).
NOTE: For remote control operation (AUTO position), fire/
smoke shutdown, or shutdown on coil freeze protection, a second conduit should be used to connect these control functions.
I
4.
of the starter near the
2.
Remove the knockouts
field-supplied conduit.
3.
Refer to the wiring diagraln supplied with the unit and
connect the line voltage power source to the line voltage
terminals (LI, L2, L3) as shown.
4.
Refer to the factory-supplied
voltage w;uning
verify that the power source is correct.
5.
Connect the ground wire to the grounding
the disconnect.
START-UP
the field-
as required
to accommo&tte
the
label and
lug provided in
AND TEST
1. Set the disconnect
switch to the OFF position.
If a smoke detector or remote fire shut down is provided
(field-supplied),
remove
the factory-supplied
jumper
between terminals 1 and 2 in the starter Connect the
norm_dly closed, isolated &y contact from the smoke
detector or fire system to these terminals.
2.
Verify that the fan can fi'eely rotate and remove any loose
items inside the fan section.
3.
Close and secme the fan access door and the disconnect
door covel:
4.
Apply powec
11. If a coil fieeze detection thermostat is provided, remove
the factory-supplied jumper between termimds 1 and 2 in
the stmtec Connect the normally closed contact from the
low temperatme thermostat to these terminals.
5.
Set the disconnect switch to the ON position
that the fan operates.
10.
12.
For 3-phase
NOTE: For lused type disconnects, blown luses MUST
replaced with the stone type and size originally supplied.
When variable frequency diive (VFD) is factoryinstalled, it is wired to the motor and frilly tested before shipment. Drive programming is also done at the factory, including
electronic overload, which is programmed for the motor FLA.
Refer to Tables 24 and 25.
Open the VFD front cover and the fan section access door to
check for any &tmage before proceeding.
WIRING
1. Select a suitable location in the bottom
connect field-supplied power source.
1. Set the HOA switch on the front of the starter to the OFF
position.
3.
Close and secure the fan access door or panel and the
starter door coveg
be
VFD-
IMPORTANT:
Many starters
contain
a multi-tap
control transformer. The line voltage tap on the control
transformer must be set in the field. For starters operating at 200/230-50
Hz, 208/230-60
Hz, or 380/400/
415-50 Hz, the line voltage tap on the control transformer must be set to the appropriate line input voltage.
Verify that the fan can freely rotate and remove
items inside the fan section.
and carefully
Verify that the fan wheel is rotating in the proper direction.
If it is not, remove power and reverse any two of the line
voltage connections at the starter termimds (LI, L2, L3).
START-UP AND TEST -- Before applying
power to the
starter, verify that the motor overload inside the starter is set to
the lhll load mnperage (FLA or RLA) specified on the motor
nameplate.
2.
motor:
Place the switch back in the OFF position
open the fan access dool:
For remote st_ut/stop operation (when the HOA [hand/
auto/off] switch is placed in the AUTO position), connect
a field-supplied,
normally
open isolated dry contact
between terminals 3 and 4. This contact must be suitable
for at least 3 amps at 120 vac.
and verify
2.
Remove the appropriate size knockout using a suitable
knockout punch tool. Do NOT use a drill; metal shavings
will &tmage the chive.
3.
Connect the field-supplied
any loose
71
of the VFD to
conduit to the VFD enclosure.
4. Referto thewiringdiagram
supplied
withtheVFD
connect
thelinevoltage
powersource
tothelinevoltage
terlninal
s(U1,V1,W1)asshown.
5. Refertothefactory-supplied
voltage
warning
labeland
verifythat the power source is correct.
3.
6.
5.
Refer to the factory-supplied
voltage warning
verify that the power source is correct.
6.
Connect the ground wire to the grounding
on rite bottom of the Bypass box.
lug provided
7.
Refer to the VFD Steps 7 and 8 to connect
wiring.
VFD control
Connect the ground wire to the grounding
on the bottom of the VFD.
4.
Drill the appropriate
size hole and connect the fieldsupplied conduit to the enclosure.
Refer to the wiring diagram supplied with rite bypass and
connect the line voltage power source to the line voltage
terlninals iLl, L2, L3) as shown.
lug provided
7.
Select another suitable location on the bottom of the VFD
to connect file field-supplied control wiling.
8. Ix_cate and use one of the unused knockouts on file VFD
housing and connect the control wiring conduit. Refer to
Fig. 76-79 for field control wiring connections.
NOTE: Ifa 0 to 10 or 2 to 10 vdc signal is used to control the
drive speed, refer to page 16 of the ABB ACH-550 manu_d
shipped with the &ive to reset the dipswitch to the voltage or
V position. Verify that the AI switch is set to the voltage
position. DO NOT reprogram the &ive.
START-UP AND TEST
label and
START-UPAND
TEST-Before applying
power to the
VFD Bypass and VFD, verify that the motor overload inside
the bypass has been set to the full load amperage (FLA or
RLA) as specified on the motor nameplate.
IMPORTANT:
Some bypass assemblies
(208/230-60,
200/230-50, 380/400/415-50)
contain a multi-tap control
transformel: The line voltage tap on the control transformer must be adjusted to the appropriate line voltage.
1. Close and secure rite fan access door trod the VFD covel:
2.
Apply power and allow &ive to initialize.
3.
Press the HAND button and verify that rite drive operates
at 8Hz.
I.
Set rite switch
position.
4.
Press Up arrow to increase
decrease speed.
2.
Verify that the fan freely rotates and remove
items inside the fan section.
5.
Press the Offbutton
3.
6.
Press the Auto button to operate the drive from the
Energy Management System (EMS) interface. Verify that
all VFD interface functions are working (start/stop, speed
controls, fire/smoke, shutdown, etc.) between the VFD
and the EMS.
Close and secure the fan access door and the bypass and
VFD covers.
4.
Apply pewee
5.
Set the switch to rite LINE position and verify that the fan
operates.
For 3-phase motors:
speed and Down
turow to
and verify that the fan stops.
Refer to Tables 24 and 25 for additional
VFD information.
-- When the VFD and bypass m'e
factory-installed,
they ;u'e wired to the motor and fully tested
before shipped. The VFD is programmed
at the factory as
ordered, including electronic overload, which is progralnmed
for the motor FLA (full load amps) as supplied.
6.
7.
and loose
8.
2.
9.
Set the switch to the DRIVE position and verify that the
VFD operates.
Press the Hand button and verify that the fan operates.
1. Select a suitable location in the bottom panel of the
bypass box to connect field-supplied power source.
Before drilling any hole, be sure the hole and any fieldsupplied conduit fittings will not interfere with the door
or components inside the enclosure.
to rite OFF
Place the switch back in the OFF position and carefully
open the fan access dool:
Verify that the fan wheel is rotating in the proper direction.
If it is not, remover power and revel_e any two of the line
voltage connections in the bypass box (Ll, L2, L3). DO
NOT swap the motor leads; this will cause the fan to rotate in the reverse direction when operating from the VFD.
Make sure the bypass cover is closed then apply power
VFD With Bypass
Open the bypass box cover and rite fan section access door
to check for any damage before proceeding.
WIRING
on the front of rite bypass
Press the Auto button and verify that the drive operates
fi_m the EMS interface. Verify that all VFD interface l'unctions between the VFD and the EMS system are working.
Table 24 -- VFD Data
MOTOR HP
ABB PART
NO. ACH550-UH-
l&
3/4
1
1V2
2
3
5
7V2
10
15
20
25
30
40
04A6-2
04A6-2
04A6-2
06A6-2
07A5-2
012A-2
017A-2
024A-2
031A-2
046A-2
059A-2
075A-2
088A-2
114A-2
80MI
MAX. CONTINUOUS
OUTPUT AMPS
FUSE AMPS
208-230 Volt / 3 Phase / 60 Hz (Programmed
4.6
10
4.6
10
4.6
10
6.6
10
7.5
10
11,8
15
16,7
25
24.2
30
30.8
40
46,2
60
59,4
80
74,8
100
88,0
110
114,0
150
LEGEND
MCCB -- Molded-Case Circuit Breaker
NOTE: Two-pole motors operate at a nominal 3600 rpm for 60 Hz and 3000 rpm for 50 Hz;
4-pole motors operate at a nominal 1800 rpm for 60 Hz and 1500 rpm for 50 Hz,
72
MCCB
RATED AMPS
PROGRAMMED
Overload Trip Ampe
4 pole / 2 pole
to Operate at 208 volts)
15
1.8/ 1,7
15
2.6/ 2,5
15
3.5/ 3,2
15
5.2/ 4,2
15
6.7/
5,9
15
9.0/
8,5
25
14.5/ 13,6
30
21.4/ 20,7
40
27.4/ 27,4
60
40.5/ 40,5
80
53.0/ 52,2
100
67.0/ 66,0
110
82.0/ 78,0
150
92.0/107,0
SETTINGS
I
I
Max. Output Ampe
4 pole / 2 pole
3.0/
2,2
3.2/
3,0
3.8/
3,8
5.8/
5,8
7.2/
7,0
10.0/
9,5
16.7/ 16,0
24.0/ 23,0
30.8/ 3O,O
46.2/ 43,0
59.4/ 57,0
74.0/ 71,0
85.0/ 82,0
114.0/110,0
Table 24 -- VFD Data (cont)
39M
MOTOR HP
ABB PART
NO, ACH550-UH-
MAX. CONTINUOUS
OUTPUT AMPS
FUSE AMPS
I
I
Overload PROGRAMME
Trip Amps
4 pole / 2 pole
to Operate at 230 volts)
I
Max. Output Amps
i SETTINGS
4 pole / 2 pole
143A2143,200, 200,12 0/1300,14
208-230 Volt / 3 Phase / 60 Hz (Programmed
60
75
178A-2
221A-2
178
221
l
250
300
l
1/2
3/4
1
11/2
2
3
5
71/2
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
03A3-4
03A3-4
03A3-4
03A3-4
03A3-4
05A4-4
06A9-4
012A-4
015A-4
023A-4
031A-4
031A-4
038A-4
059A-4
072A-4
077A-4
096A-4
124A-4
460 Volt / 3 Phase / 60 Hz (Programmed
3.3
10
3.3
10
3.3
10
3.3
10
3.3
10
5.4
10
6.9
10
11.9
15
15.4
20
23
30
31
40
31
40
38
50
59
80
72
90
77
100
96
125
124
175
1
11/2
2
3
5
71/2
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
04A6-2
06A6-2
07A5-2
012A-2
017A-2
024A-2
031A-2
046A-2
059A-2
075A-2
088A-2
114A-2
143A-2
178A-2
221A-2
200-230 Volt / 3 Phase / 50 Hz (Programmed
4.6
10
6.6
10
7.5
10
11.8
15
16.7
25
24.2
30
30.8
40
46.2
60
59.4
80
74.8
100
88
110
114
150
143
200
178
250
221
300
1
03A3-4
03A3-4
04A1-4
05A4-4
08A8-4
012A-4
015A-4
023A-4
031A-4
038A-4
044A-4
059A-4
077A-4
096A-4
124A-4
157A-4
380 Volts / 3 Phase / 50 Hz (Programmed
3.3
10
3.3
10
4.1
10
5.4
10
8.8
15
11.9
15
15.4
20
23
30
31
40
38
50
44
60
59
80
77
100
96
125
124
175
157
200
11/2
2
3
5
71/2
10
15
20
25
30
40
5O
6O
75
100
LEGEND
MCCB --
MCCB
RATED AMPS
Molded-Case
Circuit Breaker
NOTE: Two-pole motors operate at a nominal 3600 rpm for 60 Hz and 3000 rpm for 50 Hz;
4-pole motors operate at a nominal 1800 rpm for 60 Hz and 1500 rpm for 50 Hz.
73
250
300
l
to Operate at 460 volts)
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
30
40
40
50
80
90
100
125
175
to Operate
15
15
15
15
25
30
40
60
80
100
110
150
200
250
300
to Operate
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
30
40
50
60
80
100
125
175
200
154.0/135.0
186.0/166,0
T
172.0/145.0
221.0/172,0
0.9/
1.0
1.3/ 1.2
1.6/ 1.5
2.2/ 2.0
2.7/ 2.7
4.0/ 3.8
6.2/
6,0
9.0/
8,8
12.0/ 11.6
17.6/ 16.5
23.0/ 23.0
29.0/ 28.0
34.5/ 34.0
46.0/ 44.0
58.0/ 55.0
73.0/ 68,0
90.0/ 85.0
118.0/110,0
1.5/
1.2
1.7/
1.5
1.9/
1.7
2.8/
2.3
3.0/
3.0
4.5/
4.2
6.9/ 6,5
10.0/
9,5
13,6/ 12.8
19.3/ 19.0
25,0/ 25.0
31.0/ 30.0
38.0/ 38.0
48.0/ 50.0
60.0/ 60.0
77.0/ 72,0
94.0/ 90.0
124.0/114,0
3.3/ 3.3
4.9/ 4.9
6.3/
6,3
8.7/
8,7
14.0/ 14.0
21.2/ 20.2
27.2/ 27.4
41.4/ 40.5
53.4/ 49.0
65.4/ 66.0
78.0/ 78.0
107.0/107,0
135.0/135,0
169.0/169.0
210.0/210.0
3.9/
3.9
5.8/ 5.8
7.1/
7.1
10.0/ 10,0
16,7/ 16.7
24.2/ 24.2
30.8/ 30.8
46,2/ 46.2
59.4/ 56.0
74.0/ 74.8
86.0/ 86.0
114.0/114,0
135.0/135,0
169.0/169.0
210.0/210.0
1.7/ 1,7
2.5/ 2.5
3.2/ 3,2
4.5/ 4,5
7.0/ 7.0
10.6/
8,9
13.6/ 11.6
20.7/ 17.0
26.7/ 24.5
32.7/ 29.5
39.0/ 39.0
53.5/ 45.5
67.5/ 67,5
84.5/ 84,5
105.0/105,0
134.0/134,0
2.3/
2,3
3.3/
3.3
3.8/
3,6
5.4/ 5,3
8.5/ 8.0
11.9/ 11,0
15,4/ 14.6
22.6/ 21.0
29,3/ 29.0
37,0/ 36.0
44.0/ 44.0
57.0/ 55.0
70.0/ 70,0
88.0/ 88,0
105.0/105,0
134.0/134,0
at 200 volts)
at 400 volts)
Table 25 -- Air Handler Factory-Set Parameters
GROUP NUMBER
99
10
11
12
13
14
16
20
21
22
26
30
31
34
40
PARAMETER
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
VALUE
9902
9904
Application Macro
Motor Control Mode
Supply Fan
Scalar
9905
9906
9907
9908
9909
1001
1002
1003
1104
1105
Motor Nominal Voltage
Motor Nominal Current
Motor Nominal Frequency
Motor Nominal Speed
Motor Nominal Power
EXT1 Commands
EXT2 Commands
Direction
REF1 Minimum
REF1 Maximum
t
60 Hz or 50 Hz
Nameplate rpm at Load
Nameplate Hp
DI-1 Start / Stop
(O) N/A
Forward
9.33 Hz at 60 Hz/7.78
Hz at 50 Hz
62.7 Hz at 60 Hz / 52.2 Hz at 50 Hz
1201
1202
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
Constant Speed Select
Constant Speed Value
Minimum AI-1
Maximum AI-1
Filter AI-1
Minimum AI-2
Maximum AI-2
Filter AI-2
DI-3
Field Program (8 Hz - Motor Nominal Freq.)
0%
100%
1 sec
0%
100%
1 sec
1401
1402
1403
1601
1608
1609
2003
Relay Output 1
Relay Output 2
Relay Output 3
Run Enable
Start Enable 1
Start Enable 2
Maximum Current
Started
Run
Fault (Inverted)
DI-2
DI-4
DI-5
**
2007
2008
2101
2102
2202
2203
Minimum Frequency
Maximum Frequency
Start Function
Stop Function
Accelerate Time
Decelerate Time
8 Hz
60 Hz / 50 Hz
FlyStart
Coast
60 Seconds
60 Seconds
2605
2606
2607
3006
3007
Volt/Freq Ratio
Switching Frequency
Switching Frequency Control
Motor Thermal Time
Motor Load Curve
Linear
8 KHz
ON
1050
105%
3008
3009
3010
Zero Speed Load
Break Point Frequency
Stall Function
70%
35 Hz
Fault
3011
3012
3017
3101
3102
Stall Frequency
Stall Time
Earth Fault
Number of Retries
Trial Time
20 Hz
20 sec
Fault
2
600 sec
3103
3104
Delay Time
AR Overcurrent
5 sec
Enable
3105
3106
3107
AR Overvoltage
AR Undervoltage
AR AI< Minimum
Enable
Enable
Disable
3108
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
4001
AR External Fault
Signal Parameter 3
Signal 3 Minimum
Signal 3 Maximum
Output 3 DSP Form
Output 3 DSP units
Output 3 Minimum
Output 3 Maximum
Gain
(O) Disable
SPEED
O
30000
O
rpm
O
30000
0.7
4002
4005
4006
Integration Time
Error Value Invert
Units
30 sec
NO
Volts
4007
401 O
4011
4012
4013
4016
4027
Display Format
Setpoint Select
Internal Setpoint
Setpoint Minimum
Setpoint Maximum
ACT 1 Input
PID 1 Parameter Set
x.xxx
Internal
Field Program (O.Ov - lO.O v)
O.O v
10.O v
AI-2
SET 1
*Factory Programmed as follows: For 208-230v / 60 Hz = 208,460v / 60 Hz = 460,200-230v
/ 50 Hz = 200, 380 / 50 Hz = 400.
tMotor Nameplate Amps. Factory programmed per Table 24. This value should always be compared to the actual motor nameplate
**Maximum Output Amps -- Factory programmed per Table 24.
74
value before start-up.
,
4-20 ma
,.o°
AI-1 Cable Shield Ground
,o°°**°°
Speed/
---
AI-t VFD SPEED Signal (+) 4-20 ma
//
IControl Signal _T
-
-
AI-I VFD SPEED Signal (-) ground
-
Field-Supplied
Input Connections
24 Vdc
Ground -° DC Common
Jumper E
Digital Input Common
N.O. Start / StopContact
_= = H.
= ° .ll.,.
° =_,_""_O=.H
=...
DI-1 Start/Stop
j, o.°..,,
_..._ c:V_._
./&_.D..%C?.,._._t
....
•:
DI-2 Run Enable
N,C. Low Limit Thermostat
DI-4 Start Enable 1
i.......N.cA!i.g._e.Swi!_.!:
......
DI-5 Start Enable 2
NOTES:
1. All conductors are no. 18 AWG (American Wire Gage) minimum.
2. Install jumpers if fire/smoke detector, low limit thermostat, or high pressure switch are not required.
Fig. 76 -- Field-Supplied
Control Wiring for VFD
Output
Adapter
:()
Shielded
Cable
(_'!'_=!'"
i
I
AI-I Cable Shield Ground
2
AI-I VFD SPEED Signal (+) 4-20 ma
3
AI-I VFD SPEED Signal (-) ground
corn
4
5
6
7
8
TB3
l
9
-°,
w°,_l_==*=mwH,*°,°,°mmmmm_**_°==_*m,,,°m*,_
I
r
2
3
,..,
4
...
5
I
I
Jumper E
Jw==,=|_=m=,**J===°°°°,=°°,=°°°°,°,,,,,,=====°=°=,
I..
N.C,;
F._ire_Det.
Contact
I0
24 Vdc
11
Ground - DC Common
--i7-
Digital Input Common
13
DI- l Start / Stop
I"'7
DI-2 Run Enable
15
6
DI-4 Start Enable 1
7
--5-
8
DI-5 Start Enable 2
18
9
10
ABB VFD Drive
Air Manager
Air Manager
Input
Drive
Connections
NOTES:
1. All conductors are no. 18 AWG (American Wire Gage) minimum.
2. Install jumper wire if fire/smoke detector, is not required.
Fig. 77 -- Field Wiring the VFD to the AirManager
75
TM
Control
AI-1 Cable
,....
Shielded Cable
?-;?;
I
I
I
_
TB3
I
I
-T-
|
I
2
I
|
I
:3
4
Ground
AI-I
VFD
SPEED
Signal
(+) 4-20
AI-I
VFD
SPEED
Signal
(-) ground
ma
24 Vdc
Ground
I
I
iJ._,*
Jumper E
,.=...l............m=
i _ --TI--
Shield
L
Digital
DI-I
J= J J,m•Jllo°°o..°,,J=*,w,*,=
N.C_ Fire/m..__m_Det.
- DC Common
Input
Common
Start/Stop
DI-2 Run Enable
Con.tact .
6
i-._--7-
DI-4 Start Enable 1
DI-5 Start Enable 2
8
9
10
ABBVFD
Drive
CC6400 Drive
CC6400
Control Box
Input Connections
NOTES:
1. All conductors are no. 18 AWG (American Wire Gage) minimum.
2. Install jumper wire if fire/smoke detector, is not required.
Fig. 78 -- Field Wiring the VFD to the CC6400 Comfort Control
1
2
3
4
5
d
Field-Supplied
Input Connections
7
8
9
_,,=,,,,.,=l==m====_**_=======***==°°,,°.**J
:
"_
Jumper E
N.O. Start / Stop Contact
...............
o.--/o
10
24 Vdc
11
Ground - DC Common
-57-
.................
_,..._,c:._!r_./&_bP.e.t,.C.'o".:_.%..
--7ZN.C. Low Limit Thermostat
...............
_
................
16
!......,N.-.c..._.t_ ._.Swi_.c..h.
...... --?7-
Digital Input Common
DI-I Start/Stop
DI-2 Run Enable
DI-3 Fixed Speed Enable
DI-4 Start Enable 1
DI-5 Start Enable 2
18
NOTES:
1. All conductors are no. 18 AWG (American Wire Gage) minimum.
2. Install jumpers if fire/smoke detector, low limit thermostat, or high pressure switch are not required.
3. Program desired speed setpoint in Hz using parameter 1202.
Fig. 79 -- Field Wiring for High Inertia/Low Horsepower Applications Using VFD as a Starter
76
VFD Configuration-
The VFD keypad is shown in
Fig. 80. Tile flmction of SOFT KEYS 1 and 2 change depending on what is displayed on the screen. The function of SOFT
KEY 1 matches the word in the lower left-hand box on the
display screen. The function of SOFT KEY 2 matches the
word in the lower right-hand box on the display screen. If the
box is empty, then the SOFT KEY does not have a function on
that specific screen. The UP and DOWN keys am used to
navigate through the menus. The OFF key is used to turn off
the VFD. The AUTO key is used to change control of the drive
to automatic control. The HAND key is used to change control
of the drive to local (hand held) control. The HELP button is
used to access the help screens.
NOTE: The current parameter value appem.s above the highlight parameter. To view the default pm'ameter value, press the
UP and DOWN keys simultaneously.
To restore the default
factory settings, select the application macro "HVAC Default."
VFD Modes
-- The VFD has several different modes for
configuring, operating, find diagnosing the VFD. The modes
ale:
•
•
•
•
START UP WITH ASSISTANT-The initial start-up has
been performed at the factory. To stm_ up the VFD with the
Stml-Up Assistant, perform the following procedure:
•
•
•
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight ASSISTANTS
on the display screen find press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight Commission
Drive and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
4. The Stml-Up Assistant will display the parameters that
need to be configured. Select file desired values and press
SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) after every change. Tile process
will continue until all the parameters am set.
START UP BY CHANGING
PARAMETSERS
INDIVIDUALLY -- Initial start-up is performed at the factory. To start
up the VFD with by changing individual parameters, perform
the following procedure:
standard display mode-shows drive status information
and operates the drive
parameters mode-edits parameter values individually
start-up assistant
mode -- guides the start up and
configuration
changed
parameters
mode
-shows
all changed
parameters
drive parameter
backup mode -- stores or uploads the
parameters
clock set mode -- sets the time and date for the drive
1/O settings mode -- checks and edits the I/O settings
Standard Display
read information
reach the stan&trd
play shows status
MODE
_
/
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PARAMETERS
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
3. Use the UP and DOWN keys to highlight the desired
parameter group and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired
parameter and press EDIT (SOFT KEY 2).
5. Use the UP or DOWN keys to change the value of the
Du'ameteb:
6. Press SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) to store the modified vfflue.
Press CANCEL
(SOFT KEY 1) to keep the previous
value. Any modifications
that am not saved will not be
changed.
7. Choose another parameter or press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1)
to return to the listing of parameter groups. Continue until
all the Duameters have been configured and then press
EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to the main menu.
Mode -- Use the standtud display mode to
on the diive status and operate the diive. To
display mode, press EXIT until the LCD disinformation as described below. See Fig. 81.
j4,._SET
I ""=AUTO'_
.
30.0
/
3.7A
|
838
Fig. 81 -- Standard
15.8Hz'"-
Hz
/
POINT
I
/
RPM
/
Display Example
The top line of the LCD display shows the basic status
information of the diive. The HAND icon indicates that the
diive control is local from file control panel. The AUTO icon
indicates that the drive control is in remote control mode
flnough the I/O.
The anow icon indicates the drive and motor rotation status.
A rotating arrow (clockwise or counterclockwise)
indicates
fllat the diive is running. A rotating blinking rerow indicates
flint the diive is running but not at set point. A stationary arrow
indicates that the diive is stopped. For Carrier air handler units,
the rotation is always forward.
Using parameter group 34, the middle of the LCD display
can be configured to display 3 pmameter values. The default
display shows parameters 0103 (OUTPUT FREQ) in Hz, 0104
(CURRENT) in amperes, and AII (Amflog Input 1) in revolutions per minute.
The upper right hand corner shows the frequency set point
that the drive will maintain.
The bottom comers of the LCD display show the functions
currently assigned to the two soft keys. Tile lower middle
displays the current time (if configured to show the time).
The fib.st time the drive is powered up, it is in the OFF
mode. To switch to local hand-held control find control the
diive using the control pane, press the HAND or AUTO
buttons. Pressing the HAND button switches the drive to hand
control while keeping the drive running. Pressing the AUTO
button switches the diive to remote input control. The OFF
button stops the drive. To beturn to auto control, press the
AUTO button. To start the diive press the HAND or AUTO
button, to stop the drive press the OFF button.
To adjust the speed set point while in HAND mode, press
file UP or DOWN buttons (the reference changes immediately). The reference can be modified in the local control (HAND)
mode, and can be pfuameterized
(using Group 11 reference
select) to also allow modification in the bemote control mode.
STAJUS
LED
{GREEN WHEN
NORMA , IF FI ASH NG
RED, SEE
DIAGNOSTICS.)
SOFT
SOFT
KEY 2
HELP
(ALWAYS AVAILABLE)
OFf
Fig. 80 -- VFD Keypad
77
Parameters Mode -- The Parameters mode is used to change
the pm'ameters on the &ive. To change parameters, perform the
following procedure:
1. Select MENU
displayed.
3.
4.
(SOFT KEY 2). The Mtdn menu will be
Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight UPLOAD TO
PANEL and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
The text "Copying Parmneters" will be displayed with a
progress indicator To stop the process, select ABORT
(SOFT KEY 1).
2.
Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PARAMETERS
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
5. When the upload is complete,
successlul" will be displayed.
3.
Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired
p_u'ameter group and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
6.
The display will then return to the PAR BACKUP menu.
Select EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to the main menu.
4.
Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight
p_u'ametel_ and press EDIT (SOFT KEY 2).
7.
The control
drive.
5.
Use the UP or DOWN
ptuameters.
6.
Press SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) to store the modified value.
Press CANCEL
(SOFT KEY 1) to keep the previous
v_due. Any modifications
that are not saved will not be
changed.
7.
keys to change
the desired
the value of the
1. Install the control panel with the conect
the leplacement VFD.
NOTE: The current parmneter value appears above the highlight pammetel: To view the default parmneter vMue, press the
UP and DOWN keys simultaneously.
To restore the default
factory settings if a drive fails, download the pm'ameters to the
VFD from the control panel. Parameters can also be changed
individually.
3.
Use file UP or DOWN keys to highlight
p_u'ameter group and press EDIT (SOFT
change the p_uameters if desired.
4.
Press EXIT (SOFT KEYI ) to exit the Changed
ters mode.
onto
Select MENU
displayed.
KEY 2). The Main menu will be
3.
Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PAR BACKUP
on the display scleen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
4.
Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight DOWNLOAD
TO DRIVE ALL and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
5.
The text "Restoring Parmneters" will be displayed with a
progress indicatol: To stop the plecess, select ABORT
(SOFT KEY 1).
is complete, the text "Pmameter
will be displayed.
7.
The display will then return to the PAR BACKUP menu.
Select EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to the main menu.
8.
The control
drive.
panel can now be disconnected
from the
To set the clock, perform the following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
the desired
KEY 2) to
Parmne-
2.
3.
Each diive is custom progralnmed at the factory. The first
option is to download all parameters. This copies both application and motor parameters to the drive from the control panel.
This is recommended
to create a backup of the pm'ameters
group for the diive.
The second option downloads only the application parameters to the di'ive. Parameters 9905, 9906, 9907, 9908, 9909,
1605, 1607, 5201, and group 51 ptuameters and internal motor
pm'ameters are not copied.
(SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PAR BACKUP
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
78
Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight CLOCK SET on
the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2). The
clock set pmameter list will be displayed.
Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight CLOCK VISIBILITY and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). This pm'ameter
is used to display or hide the clock on the screen. Use the
UP or DOWN keys to change the parameter setting. Pless
OK (SOFT KEY 2) to save the configuration and return
to the Clock Set menu.
4.
Use the UP or DOWN keys to
press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use
change the hours and minutes.
to save the configuration and
menu.
5.
Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight TIME FORMAT
and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP and DOWN
keys to change the parameter setting. Press OK (SOFT
KEY 2) to save the configuration and return to the Clock
Set menu.
6.
Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight SET DATE and
press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP or DOWN keys to
change the day, month, and yem: Pless OK (SOFT KEY
2) to save the configuration and return to the Clock Set
menu.
Upload All Parameters -- To upload and store _dl parametel_
to the control panel from the VFD, perform the following
procedure:
2.
(SOFT
parameters
Clock Set Mode -- The clock set mode is used for setting the
date and time for the internal clock of the VFD. In order to use
the timer functions of the VFD control, the internal clock must
be set. The date is used to determine week&tys and is visible in
the fault logs.
Drive Parameter Backup Mode -- The diive parameter back
up mode is used to store the drive parameters. The pammetel_
can be uploaded from a VFD to the removable control panel. If
a drive failure occurs, the control panel can then be transferred
to the new drive and the parameters downloaded into memory.
1. Select MENU
displayed.
from the
2.
6. When the download
download successful"
Changed Parameters Mode -The Changed
ParametelN
mode is used to views and edit recently changed parametel_ on
the drive. To view the changed parametelN, perform the following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight CHANGED
PAR on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT
KEY 2). A list of the recently changed parameters will be
displayed.
panel can now be disconnected
upload
Download All Parameters
-- To download all parameters
from the control panel to the VFD, perform the following
procedure:
Choose another parameter or press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1)
to return to the listing of pmameter groups. Continue until
all the parametelN have been configured and then press
EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to file main menu.
2.
the text "Parameter
highlight SET TIME and
the UP or DOWN keys to
Press OK (SOFT KEY 2)
return to the Clock Set
7. UsetheUPorDOWNkeysto highlight
DATEFORMATandpressSEL(SOFTKEY2).UsetheUPor
DOWNkeystochange
thep_uameter
setting.
Press
OK
(SOFT
KEY2)tosave
theconfiguration
andreturn
tothe
ClockSetmenu.
8. Press
EXIT(SOFTKEY1)twicetoreturntothemain
menu.
othel.s, as they me specific for
fllen be separated, lifting the
from the unit at approximately
not to damage the double bulb
8.
I/O Settings Mode -- The I/O Settings mode is used for viewing and editing the I/O settings.
To configure
the I/O settings, perform the following
procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2.
Use file UP or DOWN keys to highlight I/O SETHNGS
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
The I/O Settings parameter list will be displayed.
3.
Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight
setting and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
4.
Use the UP or DOWN keys to select file palameter
view. Press OK (SOFT KEY 2).
5.
Use the UP or DOWN keys to change the parameter setting. Press SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) to save the configuration. Press CANCEL
(SOFT KEY 1) to keep file previous value. Any modifications that are not saved will not
be changed.
Press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) twice to return to the main
menu.
6.
9.
Electric
Heaters -If circumstances require
it can only be installed
Heat section). Installation
an EHS section will void
10.
the desired I/O
to
Use copper power supply wires rated for 75 C minimum.
On 250 v or greater applications, use 600 v rated wiring. Size
wires to carry 125% of current load on each set of terminals.
Use file following formulas as required:
1. Identify ALL electrical power supplies serving the unit,
lock off and tag each before woNing on the unit.
2. Locate the electric heat section mounted on the unit and
remove the protective shipping cover
Identify file electric heater and verify the heater matches
the unit. Unit hand and heater hand must also agree.
4.
Properly sized power wiring and control wiring entry
holes are provided in the upstrealn sidewall of the heater
control box.
The heater has lifting hook openings on each end. When
file heater is within 3 in. of its final position, reinstall the
crossrail, with the box-seal facing down, and panel seal
towmd the top.
Secure the heater to the section posts and mils with the
lurnished screws, drawing it the last 3/s in. into final
sealed position against the framework, by alternately
cross tightening the screws. The opposite end of the
heater rests on lateral spacel.s provided on the floor panel,
and is retained by a screw through an angle clip on the
last one or by tin upright corner flange.
Replace the top panel, and proceed to complete the
wiring in accord with all applicable codes and ordinances.
The wiring diagram is fastened inside the control box,
with a spare, loose copy provided as a convenience
for
maintenance manual pmpmafion. Do not mix the wiring
diagrams, as they are specific for each unit.
11. Connect power and control wiring according to the
wiring diagram supplied (see Fig. 82 for typicfd wiring
details).
CONNECT
POWER AND CONTROL
WIRES -- Heater
wiring schematic is located on control box panel. Verify minimum airflow requirement (minimum coil face velocity, fpm)
will be met, especially on applications where vguiable air volume is supplied.
Electric heaters are facto]y installed.
field installation of an electric heater.
in a factory-supplied
EHS (Electric
of electric heat in a section other than
file UL listing of the product.
3.
this location.) The corners may
rail and corner segments away
a 45 degree angle, taking cam
seal.
Single-phase line cunent =
Three-phase line current =
(kW per set of termimds) (1000)
voltage
(kW per set of termimds)
(voltage)
(1000)
(1.73)
Note that if the heater is rated fit 50 kW (or morn) and is
controlled by a cycling device such as a multi-stage thermostat.
or a step controller, conductors may be sized fit 100% of load
mnperes (see Table 26) per NEC Section 424-22. Heater
construction and application information are based upon Space
Heating Standard UL No. 1096 and the requirements of
file NEC. Installer is responsible for observing locffl code
requirements.
Install a disconnect switch or main circuit breaker in
accordance with NEC and other applicable codes. Locate so
that it is easily accessible and within sight of heater control box
(per NEC Article 424-19 and 424-65).
Weatherproof junction boxes have no knockouts for wire
entrance. Provide knockouts for all wiring using field-supplied
grommets of correct size and type of conduit as required.
Where field-supplied thermostats are used, isolate circuits
to prevent possible interconnection of control circuit wiring.
Where field-supplied step controller is used, connect steps
to terminals as mmked on wiring schematic. When connecting
multi-stage heaters, wire stage no. 1 so that it is first stage on,
last stage off.
Provide suMcient clearance for convection cooling of heaters wifll solid-state controllel.s. Provide at least 5-in. of free air
space above and below cooling fins extending from heater
terminal box. Be sure to connect interlock terminals FI and F2
to auxiliary contacts on fan starter
A narrow, fixed upstream panel is provided for electricfd
power ent U from the outside. Power may also enter the
unit from below, penetrating the floor of the unit. Carefulfy seal all entries, weathertight where necessary. Control
wiring may enter the same way as electrical wiring.
Take future service requirements into account when
locating field power entU holes in the unit casing.
5. Sleeve these holes and seal around the conduit to preserve
the integrity of the casing. In some cases, it might be
preferable for the power to actufdfy enter the cabinet
through an adjacent section, or enter the control box from
another angle, which is acceptable.
6. If the original holes am not used, they must be appropriately plugged.
7. Insert the electric heater into the section (the heater
element rack will be located along the leaving air side of
the section).
NOTE: If the heater must be hoisted into position, once the top
panel has been removed to a safe place, the horizontal top rail
may be removed by carefully removing the fiat corner plug
from the end corner pieces and extracting the screw visible
within the exposed cavity. (Do not mix these screws with
79
Each heater has 2 different types of factory-installed
thermal cutouts for over temperature protection; an automatic reset
thermal cutout for primaly protection and a manual reset thermal cutout to protect against failure of the primary system.
Also provided is an airflow pressure differential switch to
plevent the heater from operating when file fan is not in opelation or airflow is restricted
or insufficient.
The primary
automatic reset cutout is a bi-metal disk-type cutout. It is wired
into the control circuit which operates the magnetic disconnecting contactors (the stone contactors which also switch on and
off the vtuious steps of file coil). The secondary manu_fl reset
cutout is a bi-met_fl disk-type cutout. This secondmy therm_fl
cutout is load cmrying and is inst_dled in each heater subcircuit.
The primmy and secondary overtempemture
protection systems me independent of each other The secon&try system is
designed to protect agtfinst possible fifilure of the primmy system to deenergize the heate_:
Table 26 -- Field Wiring for Incoming Conductors
Sized for 125% of Heater Load
Subcircuits in the heaters are designed in complkmce with
pm'agmph 424-22 of the NEC. The coil is subdivided into
circuits that di'aw no more than 48 amps each and is fused for at
least 125% of the circuit rating.
*Values are based on Table 310-16 of the NEC for 75 C insulated
copper wire. Not more than 3 conductors in a raceway.
NOTES:
1. Be sure to consider length of wiring run and possible voltage
drops when sizing wires.
2. Field power wiring -- Heaters are furnished with a terminal
block sized for incoming copper conductors with 75 C insulation
rated to carry at least 125% of the heater load. However, conductors can be sized to carry 100% of the heater load if the
heater is rated at 50 kW or more, and the heater is controlled by
a cycling device such as a multi-stage thermostat, step controller, or SCR (silicon control rectifier) power controller. Terminal
blocks and knockouts are sized to handle either 100% or 125%
conductors.
Pilot tube is to be positioned so that the airflow switch
actuated by a minimum negative pressure of 0.07 in. wg.
Refer to Table 27 for heater electric_fl data.
WIRE SIZE
(AWG or
kcmil)
14
12
10
8
6
4
3
2
1
LOAD
AMPS*
Copper
12
16
24
40
52
68
80
92
104
WIRE SIZE
(AWG or
kcmil)
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
250
300
350
400
500
LOAD AMPS*
Copper
120
140
160
184
204
228
248
268
304
LEGEND
AWG
kcmil
NEC
is
8O
----
American Wire Gage
Thousand Circular Mils
National Electrical Code
Table 27 -- Electric Heater Data
39M
UNIT
SIZE
HEATER
AREA
(sq ft)
NO. OF
CONTROL
STEPS*
HEATER
COIL
kW
5
03
3
06
5.2
3
3
3
06
7.4
6
oo
10
9.9
12
12,4
14
13.6
NOMINAL
COIL
FACE
VELOCITY
(fpm)
500
208/3/60
TEMP
RISE
(F)
Total
FLA
MCAt
VOLTS
No.
Sub
Ckt
240/3/60
VOLTS
No.
Sub
Ckt
Total
FLA
MCAt
MOCP
480/3/60
MOCP
Total
MCAt
FLA
VOLTS
No.
Sub
Ckt
600/3/60
MOCP
Total
MCAt
FLA
VOLTS
No.
Sub
Ckt
---
MOCP
MCAt
FLA
VOLTS
No.
Sub
Ckt
MOCP
11
14
17
1
20
12
15
1
20
6
8
1
20
5
6
1
20
8
10
1
20
10
500
21
28
35
1
35
24
30
1
35
12
15
1
20
10
12
1
20
15
19
1
20
15
500
32
42
52
1
60
36
45
1
50
18
23
1
25
14
18
1
20
23
29
1
30
20
25
500
500
43
56
69
2
70
48
60
2
70
24
30
1
35
19
24
1
25
30
38
1
40
53
69
87
2
90
60
75
2
80
30
38
1
40
24
30
1
35
38
48
1
50
30
500
64
83
104
2
110
72
90
2
100
36
45
1
50
29
36
1
40
46
57
1
60
35
500
75
97
122
3
125
84
105
2
110
42
53
1
60
34
42
1
45
53
67
2
70
10
500
12
28
35
1
35
24
30
1
35
12
15
1
20
10
12
1
20
15
19
1
20
15
500
18
42
52
1
60
36
45
1
50
18
23
1
25
14
18
1
20
23
29
1
30
20
500
25
56
69
2
70
48
60
2
70
24
30
1
35
19
24
1
25
30
38
1
40
30
500
37
83
104
2
110
72
90
2
100
36
45
1
50
29
36
1
40
46
57
1
60
40
500
49
111
139
3
150
96
120
3
125
48
60
2
70
39
48
1
50
61
76
2
80
50
500
61
139
174
3
175
120
151
3
175
60
75
2
80
48
60
2
70
76
95
2
100
60
500
74
167
208
4
225
145
181
4
200
72
90
2
100
58
72
2
80
91
114
2
125
20
500
17
56
69
2
70
48
60
2
70
24
30
1
35
19
24
1
25
30
38
1
40
30
500
26
83
104
2
110
72
90
2
100
36
45
1
50
29
36
1
40
46
57
1
60
40
500
35
111
139
3
150
96
120
3
125
48
60
2
70
39
48
1
50
61
76
2
80
50
500
43
139
174
3
175
120
151
3
175
60
75
2
80
48
60
2
70
76
95
2
100
60
500
52
167
208
4
225
145
181
4
200
72
90
2
100
58
72
2
80
91
114
2
125
70
500
60
195
243
5
250
169
211
4
225
84
105
2
110
67
84
2
90
106
133
3
150
80
500
69
222
278
5
300
193
241
5
250
96
120
3
125
77
96
2
100
122
152
3
175
20
500
13
56
69
2
70
48
60
2
70
24
30
1
35
19
24
1
25
30
38
1
40
30
500
19
83
104
2
110
72
90
2
100
36
45
1
50
29
36
1
40
46
57
1
60
40
500
26
111
139
3
150
96
120
3
125
48
60
2
70
39
48
1
50
61
76
2
80
50
500
32
139
174
3
175
120
151
3
175
60
75
2
80
48
60
2
70
76
95
2
100
60
500
39
167
208
4
225
145
181
4
200
72
90
2
100
58
72
2
80
91
114
2
125
75
500
48
208
261
5
300
181
226
4
250
90
113
2
125
72
90
2
100
114
143
3
150
90
500
58
250
313
6
350
217
271
5
300
108
135
3
150
87
108
2
110
137
171
3
175
100
500
65
278
347
6
350
241
301
6
350
120
151
3
175
96
120
3
125
152
190
4
200
20
500
10
56
69
2
70
48
60
2
70
24
30
1
35
19
24
1
25
30
38
1
40
30
500
15
83
104
2
110
72
90
2
100
36
45
1
50
29
36
1
40
46
57
1
60
40
500
21
111
139
3
150
96
120
3
125
48
60
2
70
39
48
1
50
61
76
2
80
50
500
26
139
174
3
175
120
151
3
175
60
75
2
80
48
60
2
70
76
95
2
100
60
500
31
167
208
4
225
145
181
4
200
72
90
2
100
58
72
2
80
91
114
2
125
80
500
41
222
278
5
300
193
241
5
250
96
120
3
125
77
96
2
100
122
152
3
175
100
500
52
278
347
6
350
241
301
6
350
120
151
3
175
96
120
3
125
152
190
4
200
115
500
.........
138
173
3
175
111
138
3
150
175
219
4
225
130
500
.........
157
196
4
200
125
157
3
175
198
247
5
250
30
500
14
83
104
2
110
72
90
2
100
36
45
1
50
29
36
1
40
46
57
1
60
45
500
21
125
156
3
175
108
135
3
150
54
68
2
70
43
54
1
60
68
86
2
90
60
500
28
167
208
4
225
145
181
4
200
72
90
2
100
58
72
2
80
91
114
2
125
80
500
38
222
278
5
300
193
241
5
250
96
120
3
125
77
96
2
100
122
152
3
175
100
500
47
278
347
6
350
241
301
6
350
120
151
3
175
96
120
3
125
152
190
4
200
115
500
54
........
138
173
3
175
111
138
3
150
175
219
4
225
130
500
61
........
157
196
4
200
125
157
3
175
198
247
5
250
150
500
70
........
181
226
4
250
145
181
4
200
228
--
5
300
LEGEND
ARI
AWG
380/3/50
Total
Air Conditioning
and Refrigeration
American
Wire Gage
Institute
FLA
kW
-- Full Load Amps
-- Kilowatts
MCA
MOCP
-- Minimum
-- Maximum
*Standard
control steps are listed under the Control Step heading. "Free" additional
steps of control are optionally
I-MCA = 1.25 x FLA; for proper wire sizing, refer to Table 310-16 of the NEC (National
Electrical Code).
NOTES:
1 Subcircuits
are internal heater circuits of 48 amps or less.
2. Electric heat performance
is not within the scope of ARI standard
430 certification.
3. To avoid damage due to overheating,
minimum
face velocity cannot fall below 350 fpm.
4. Heaters up to (and including)
60 kW have 3 control steps; beyond 60 kW, 6 steps are standard.
Circuit Amps
Overcurrent
available
Protection
when
the
number
of subcircuits
exceeds
the standard
number
of control
steps.
Table 27 -- Electric Heater Data (cont)
39M
UNIT
SIZE
HEATER
AREA
(sq ft)
NO. OF
CONTROL
STEPS*
HEATER
COIL
kW
NOMINAL
COIL
FACE
VELOCITY
TEMP
RISE
(F)
Total
FLA
208/3/60
VOLTS
MCAt
No.
Sub
Ckt
(fpm)
3
17
16.6
6
21
21
6
Go
=_
25
23.3
30
2g.3
MOCP
Total
FLA
240/3/60
VOLTS
MCAt
No.
Sub
Ckt
MOCP
480/3/60
VOLTS
Total
FLA
MCAt
No.
Sub
Ckt
600/3/60
MOCP
Total
FLA
MCAt
VOLTS
No.
Sub
Ckt
---
Total
FLA
MCAt
No.
Sub
Ckt
MOCP
500
12
83
104
2
110
72
90
2
100
36
45
1
50
29
36
1
40
46
57
1
45
500
17
125
156
3
175
108
135
3
150
54
68
2
70
43
54
1
60
68
86
2
g0
60
500
23
167
208
4
225
145
181
4
200
72
g0
2
100
58
72
2
80
gl
114
2
125
75
500
29
208
261
5
300
181
226
4
250
90
113
2
125
72
90
2
100
114
143
3
150
80
500
31
222
278
5
300
103
241
5
250
96
120
3
125
77
96
2
100
122
152
3
175
100
500
38
278
347
6
350
241
301
6
350
120
151
3
175
g6
120
3
125
152
190
4
200
125
500
48
........
151
188
4
200
120
151
3
175
100
238
4
250
150
500
58
........
181
226
4
250
145
181
4
200
228
285
5
300
175
500
67
........
211
263
5
300
16g
211
4
225
266
333
6
350
40
500
12
111
13g
3
150
g6
120
3
125
48
60
2
70
3g
48
1
50
61
76
2
80
50
500
15
139
174
3
175
120
151
3
175
60
75
2
80
48
60
2
70
76
95
2
100
60
500
18
167
208
4
225
145
181
4
200
72
g0
2
100
58
72
2
80
gl
114
2
125
80
500
24
222
278
5
300
193
241
5
250
96
120
3
125
77
96
2
100
122
152
3
175
100
500
30
278
347
6
350
241
301
6
350
120
151
3
175
g6
120
3
125
152
190
4
200
125
500
38
........
151
188
4
200
120
151
3
175
100
238
4
250
150
500
46
........
181
226
4
250
145
181
4
200
228
285
5
300
175
500
53
........
211
263
5
300
169
211
4
225
266
333
6
350
200
500
61
........
241
301
6
350
193
241
5
250
304
380
7
400
220
500
67
........
265
331
6
350
212
265
5
300
335
418
7
450
40
500
11
111
13g
3
150
g6
120
3
125
48
60
2
70
3g
48
1
50
61
76
2
80
50
500
14
13g
174
3
175
120
151
3
175
60
75
2
80
48
60
2
70
76
g5
2
100
60
500
16
167
208
4
225
145
181
4
200
72
g0
2
100
58
72
2
80
gl
114
2
125
80
500
22
222
278
5
300
193
241
5
250
96
120
3
125
77
96
2
100
122
152
3
175
100
500
27
278
347
6
350
241
301
6
350
120
151
3
175
g6
120
3
125
152
190
4
200
125
500
34
........
151
188
4
200
120
151
3
175
190
238
4
250
150
500
41
........
181
226
4
250
145
181
4
200
228
285
5
300
175
500
48
........
211
263
5
300
169
211
4
225
266
333
6
350
200
500
55
........
241
301
6
350
193
241
5
250
304
380
7
400
225
500
62
........
271
339
6
350
217
271
5
300
....
250
500
69
301
376
7
400
241
301
6
350
....
40
500
g
111
13g
3
150
g6
120
3
125
48
60
2
70
3g
48
1
50
61
76
2
80
50
500
11
139
174
3
175
120
151
3
175
60
75
2
80
48
60
2
70
76
95
2
100
60
500
13
167
208
4
225
145
181
4
200
72
g0
2
100
58
72
2
80
gl
114
2
125
80
500
17
222
278
5
300
193
241
5
250
g6
120
3
125
77
g6
2
100
122
152
3
175
100
500
22
278
347
6
350
241
301
6
350
120
151
3
175
96
120
3
125
152
190
4
200
125
500
27
347
434
8
450
301
376
7
400
151
188
4
200
120
151
3
175
100
238
4
250
150
500
33
........
181
226
4
250
145
181
4
200
228
285
5
300
175
500
38
........
211
263
5
300
169
211
4
225
266
333
6
350
200
500
44
........
241
301
6
350
193
241
5
250
304
380
7
400
225
500
4g
........
271
33g
6
350
217
271
5
300
....
250
500
54
........
301
376
7
400
241
301
6
350
....
275
500
60
........
331
414
7
450
265
331
6
350
....
........
Air Conditioning
and Refrigeration
American
Wire Gage
Institute
FLA
kW
---
Full Load Amps
Kilowatts
MCA
MOCP
---
Minimum
Maximum
*Standard
control steps are listed under the Control Step heading. "Free" additional
steps of control are optionally
1-MCA = 1.25 x FLA; for proper wire sizing, refer to Table 310-16 of the NEC (National
Electrical
Code).
NOTES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
MOCP
VOLTS
30
LEGEND
ARI
AWG
380/3/50
Subcircuits
are internal heater circuits of 48 amps or less.
Electric heat performance
is not within the scope of ARI standard
430 certification.
To avoid damage
due to overheating,
minimum
face velocity cannot fall below 350 fpm.
Heaters up to (and including)
60 kW have 3 control steps; beyond 60 kW, 6 steps are standard.
Circuit Amps
Overcurrent
available
Protection
when
the number
of subcircuits
exceeds
the standard
number
of control
steps.
60
Table 27 -- Electric Heater Data (cont)
39M
UNIT
SIZE
36
40
HEATER
AREA
(sq _)
38
41.g
NO. OF
CONTROL
STEPS*
6
6
oo
50
61
52.6
63.1
6
6
HEATER
COIL
kW
NOMINAL
COIL
FACE
VELOCITY
(fpm)
208/3/60
VOLTS
240/3/60
VOLTS
480/3/60
VOLTS
600/3/60
VOLTS
RISE
(F)
Total
FLA
MCAt
No.
Sub
MOCP
Total
FLA
MCAt
Ckt
No.
Sub
MOCP
Total
FLA
MCAt
Ckt
No.
Sub
MOCP
Total
FLA
MCAt
Ckt
No.
Sub
VOLTS
MCAt
No.
Sub
MOCP
Ckt
60
500
10
167
208
4
225
145
181
4
200
72
g0
2
100
58
72
2
80
gl
114
2
80
500
13
222
278
5
300
103
241
5
250
96
120
3
125
77
96
2
100
122
152
3
175
100
500
17
278
347
6
350
241
301
6
350
120
151
3
175
96
120
3
125
152
190
4
200
125
500
21
........
151
188
4
200
120
151
3
175
190
238
4
250
150
500
25
........
181
226
4
250
145
181
4
200
228
285
5
300
175
200
500
500
2g
34
........
........
211
241
263
301
5
6
300
350
16g
193
211
241
4
5
225
250
266
304
333
380
6
7
350
400
225
500
38
........
271
33g
6
350
217
271
5
300
342
428
8
450
250
500
42
........
301
376
7
400
241
301
6
350
380
475
8
500
300
500
50
........
361
452
8
500
289
361
7
400
....
350
500
59
421
527
9
600
337
421
8
450
....
60
500
9
167
208
4
225
145
181
4
200
72
90
2
100
58
72
2
80
91
114
2
125
80
500
12
222
278
5
300
193
241
5
250
96
120
3
125
77
96
2
100
122
152
3
175
100
500
15
278
347
6
350
241
301
6
350
120
151
3
175
g6
120
3
125
152
190
4
200
125
500
lg
........
151
188
4
200
120
151
3
175
190
238
4
250
150
500
23
........
181
226
4
250
145
181
4
200
228
285
5
300
175
500
27
........
211
263
5
300
16g
211
4
225
266
333
6
350
200
500
30
........
241
301
6
350
103
241
5
250
304
380
7
400
250
500
38
........
301
376
7
400
241
301
6
350
380
475
8
500
300
500
46
........
361
452
8
500
289
361
7
400
....
350
500
53
........
421
527
9
600
337
421
8
450
....
400
500
61
........
482
602
11
700
385
482
g
500
....
60
500
7
167
208
4
225
145
181
4
200
72
90
2
100
58
72
2
80
91
114
2
125
80
500
10
222
278
5
300
193
241
5
250
g6
120
3
125
77
g6
2
100
122
152
3
175
100
500
12
278
347
6
350
241
301
6
350
120
151
3
175
96
120
3
125
152
190
4
200
125
500
15
........
151
188
4
200
120
151
3
175
100
238
4
250
150
500
18
........
181
226
4
250
145
181
4
200
228
285
5
300
175
500
21
........
211
263
5
300
169
211
4
225
266
333
6
350
200
500
24
........
241
301
6
350
193
241
5
250
304
380
7
400
250
500
30
........
301
376
7
400
241
301
6
350
380
475
8
500
300
500
36
........
361
452
8
500
289
361
7
400
....
350
500
42
........
421
527
g
600
337
421
8
450
....
400
500
49
........
482
602
11
700
385
482
9
500
....
450
500
55
............
434
542
10
600
....
500
500
61
............
482
602
11
700
....
60
500
6
167
208
4
225
145
181
4
200
72
90
2
100
58
72
2
80
91
114
2
125
80
500
8
222
278
5
300
193
241
5
250
g6
120
3
125
77
g6
2
100
122
152
3
175
100
500
10
278
347
6
350
241
301
6
350
120
151
3
175
g6
120
3
125
152
190
4
200
125
150
500
500
13
15
........
........
151
181
188
226
4
4
200
250
120
145
151
181
3
4
175
200
100
228
238
285
4
5
250
300
175
500
18
........
211
263
5
300
169
211
4
225
266
333
6
350
200
500
20
........
241
301
6
350
103
241
5
250
304
380
7
400
250
500
25
........
301
376
7
400
241
301
6
350
380
475
8
500
300
500
30
........
361
452
8
500
289
361
7
400
....
350
500
35
........
421
527
g
600
337
421
8
450
....
400
500
40
........
482
602
11
700
385
482
g
500
....
450
500
500
500
46
51
............
............
434
482
542
602
10
11
600
700
....
....
........
-- Air Conditioning
and Refrigeration
-- American
Wire Gage
Institute
FLA
kW
---
Full Load Amps
Kilowatts
MCA
MOCP
---
Minimum
Maximum
*Standard
control steps are listed under the Control Step heading. "Free" additional
steps of control are optionally
1-MCA = 1.25 x FLA; for proper wire sizing_ refer to Table 310-16 of the NEC (National
Electrical
Code).
NOTES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
MOCP
Total
FLA
C_
LEGEND
ARI
AWG
380/3/50
TEMP
Subcircuits
are internal heater circuits of 48 amps or less.
Electric heat performance
is not within the scope of ARI standard
430 certification.
To avoid damage due to overheating_
minimum
face velocity cannot fall below 350 fpm.
Heaters up to (and including)
60 kW have 3 control steps; beyond 60 kW, 6 steps are standard.
Circuit Amps
Overcurrent
available
Protection
when
the number
of subcircuits
exceeds
the standard
number
of control
steps.
125
FAN
STARTER
_
CLASS
1 TRANSFORMER
TRANSFORMER
FUSING
_wooooooooo_
24 V
AUTOMATIC
CUTOUT
(S)
AIRFLOW
SWITCH
FIELD
WIRING
(BY
CUSTOMER)
FIELD-SUPPLIED
I
&INSTALLED
STEP
CONTROLLERS
STAGE
STAGES
2-5 (NOT SHOWN)
ARE THE SAME AS STAGES 1 & 6.
_.._
THREE-PHASE
..............................................
c_.o
i
FUSING
i
J
AS REQUIRED
1
STAG E 6
A
_
PER CIRCUIT
CONTROLLING
BY N E C
CONTACTOR
.
MANUAL
(S)
CUTOUT(S)
DELTA OR WYE
CONNECTED
NOTE: All wiring must be copper and must conform to the NEC (National Electrical Code),
Fig. 82 -- Electrical Heater Wiring Schematic
Energy
Recovery
Ventilation
(Typical)
(ERV) Sections
The upper sections MUST be rigged and lifted one at a
time or injury or unit damage may occm:
The assembled sections will result in a unit center of gravity (CG) higher than the horizontal centerline. Exercise
proper care when rigging, lifting and transpolling. Units
with a high CG will tip over more easily during installation
than those with a lower CG
Rigging and lifting upper sections:
1. Use the 4 lifting/holddown
brackets (Fig. 84) holding the
row of sections to the skid, and/or a second set of brackets
shipped loose with the unit. For 12-in. airway length
sections, use the bracket shown in Fig. 85.
RECEIVING
AND INSPECTION
-- Inspect the section for
freight damage upon receipt. Inspect the cassette that is mounted inside the section. The cassette consists of a flmne, wheel
assembly and segments. Verify that the wheel turns freely by
hand (clockwise when viewed from the pulley side). Report
any damage immediately to the freight company.
RIGGING AND STACKING-The ERV
section
sizes
03-17 me shipped lully assembled. These units can be stacked
and unstacked, as required, during installation by following the
same procedure as for lmger units described below.
2.
Separate each section one at a time (T-latches) and install
brackets at each corner using the screws provided. Be
carelul not to strip out the holes in the section frame. Lift
and set the section on top of the lower sections.
For sizes 21-30, upper sections should be stacked onto the
lower sections starting with the upper wheel section, and
then moving outward to each end of the unit.
3.
NOTE: If an ERV section (size 08-17) does not fit through a
doorway, it may be taken apart by removing the top of the
section frmne. This will expose the ERV wheel; take plecautions not to &_mage the wheel while moving the section. Once
the section is in place, put the top of the section flmne back on.
Once the upper wheel section is in place and fastened
down to the lower section, subsequent sections should be
placed close to the side of the upper wheel section.
Lifting brackets may make it difl]cult to butt sections
tight together at this point.
With rigging still in place, but strap/chain
tension
relieved, remove the 2 lifting brackets interfering with the
inst_dled section, then place tension back onto the rigging
to assist in sliding sections togethel: Fasten upper sections
together tightly first, then tighten screws downward into
the lower section frame.
The ERV section sizes 21-30 are shipped unstacked due to
shipping height limitations. The lower sections me all assembled on baserails and all fastened together on a single skid. The
upper sections me on a separate skid and fastened together (all
fasteners are T-kitches). Rigging and setting the lower sections
is the stone as for a standmd 39M indoor base unit. Refer to
Fig. 83.
Repeat this process for the remaining
84
ERV sections.
Table 28 -- Electrical Requirements for
Energy Wheel Motor
RIGGING INFORMATION
CAUTION:
Stacked
Rig and lift carefully
For
units
Units
sides
8 feet
units have
to prevent
or longer,
a high CG (center
of gravity).
unit from tipping
over.
handle
by crane
only.
under
8 feet long may be forked
frorn
and ends in fork pockets
(if provided)
in b .....
when
il .......
d .....
den
available
skids
_
_-
_
MOTR
VOLTS-PHASE-Hz
_
_.
_
_
._
_
|
_
115-1-50/60
3gM
UNIT SIZES
03, 06
MOTOR
HP
80 w
08, 10
1/6
1.03-1.04/0.52
200-230/460-3-60
12, 14, 17, 21
1/6
0.60-0.75/0.38
25, 30
1/4
2.3-2.5/1.2
06, 10
1/6
1.04/0.52
200/400-3-50
12, 14, 17, 21
1/6
0.80/0.40
25, 30
1/3
3.4/1.8
1/6
0.3
575-3-60
08, 10, 12,14
17, 21
25, 30
1/3
1.4
_"
_
p,aceb°forer+ngun.' '= ,, /
vertical
Lifting
from
See
lift at all lifting
angles
greater
points,
than 15
vertical
will damage
view at right.
o& _/.._
_b
unit.
than
the
minimum
Some units
channels
number
Of
_
_
+gun,wgh
,-....... herof,ft+g
cables
shown
in table.
may have more lifting
L
_.
_
_
VERTICALU_
_
_4_
_'S_"
START-UP
_/_
_,/
Checklist-
Remove all construction
debris from unit
interior Verify that all &ains are free of debris. Prime all condensate traps.
FILTERS -- Inst;dl unit filters in all filter sections.
MAXIMUM
length
cables for each side
UptoSfL
cables shown in the table at right. @
3
Unit
Minimum # of lifting
8to 12ft.
3
12+ ft.
4
AIRFOIL AND FORWARD-CURVED
FANS
1. Release the holddown that fastens the fan sled to the section base on isolated units.
Fig. 83 -- Rigging Information
2.
Fig. 84-
Lifting/Holddown
MOTOR
AMPS (a)
0.7
Check lubrication
of fan, motor bearings, and linkages.
a.
Note that bearings are shipped completely full of
grease for corrosion protection and may run warm
temponuily
on start-up until excess grease has
discharged.
b.
Hand operate all linkages,
such as damper and
guide vanes, to check for freedom of movement.
3.
Check tightness of bearing setscrews or locking coll_us
(Fig. 86). Also, check tightness of setscrews on fan
wheels and sheaves.
4.
Check tightness
Fig. 86.
5.
Recheck sheave _dignment and belt tension. (Refer to
Fig. 32 and 33.)
Hand turn fan to make certain fan wheel does not rub in
housing.
Brackets
6.
7.
of
fan-shaft
bearing
Check fan speed with a strobe-type
following formula:
mounting.
tachometer
See
or use the
Obtain the motor rpm from the fan motor nameplate and
read sheave pitch diameters marked on the fan and motor
pulleys, or approximate the pitch diameters by using the
pulley ODs.
Then:
Motor Rpm x Motor Sheave
Pitch Diameter (in.)
Fan RPM =
Fan Sheave Pitch Diameter
Example:
Fig. 85-
12-in. Airway Bracket
ERV WHEEL MOTOR WIRING -- All ERV wheel motors
have stripped back power leads. For units with 3-phase wheel
motors, install and route the proper wire type and size directly
to the motor junction box provided.
Approximate
Nameplate Motor
RPM
=
1760
1760
Motor Sheave Pitch
Diameter
=
8.9
9.0 (OD)
Fan Diameter
Sheave Pitch
=
12.4
12.5 (OD)
=
=
1760 x 8.9
12.4
1263 RPM
1760 x 9.0
12.5
= 1267 RPM
Fan RPM
For units with single-phase wheel motors connections must
be made in a separate, field-installed
junction box. This
junction box must be installed in the ERV section close to the
motor.
Actual
(in.)
Refer to Tables 2A-2D for maximum allowable fan
speeds for fan wheels. Excessive fan speed may result in
condensate carryover from cooling coil or fan motor
overload and wheel failure.
Refer to Table 28 for motor electrical &tta.
85
SETSCREWS
CAPSCREW
SQUEEZE-TYPE
ROLLER -- EXTENDED
TORQUE TABLE
RACE, ONE OR BOTH SIDES
CAPSCREW AND
SETSCREW
SIZE (No./in.)
10
1/4
DRIVE PULLEY
NOMINAL
SCREW SIZE
No. 6
No. 8
No. 10
1/4
5/16
3/6
LOCKING COLLAR
TORQUE
(in.-Ib)
9
16
30
70
140
216
HEX HEAD
ACROSS
FLATS (in.)
SQUARE HD
ACROSS
FLATS (in.)
TORQUE
25
60
10
17
25
40
90
125
3/32
1/8
5/16
5/32
3/6
3/16
7/16
7/32
1/2
%
3/4
1/4
5/16
1/2
3/8
BEARING
HOLDDOWN
BOLT SIZE (in.)
3/8 - 16
1/2 - 13
6/8-11
3/4-10
in.-Ib
in.-Ib
ft-lb
ft-lb
ft-lb
ft-lb
ft-lb
ftqb
BOLT TORQUE
TORQUE (ft-lb)
3O
63
100
165
Fig. 86 -- Fan, Shaft and Bearing Details
8.
Check direction of rotation (see Fig. 75). Anow on drive
side of fan housing indicates correct direction of rotation.
Drive ratios of l:l may cause excessive
possible.
9.
Check vibration.
the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
If excessive
vibration.
vibration occurs,
Installation, Operation, and Maintenance
instructions shipped
with the plenum fan section for ihrther details.
HUMIDIFIER
INSTALLATION
CHECKLIST
-- Ensure:
1. Humidifier is properly assembled with all discharge slots
facing the proper direction. (Multipipe systems have the
vertical slots in line with the manifolds, 90 degrees to the
air flow.)
2. Humidifier headers are secured and level.
Avoid if
check for
Variable sheave (if air balance of system has been
accomplished;
replace sheave with fixed sheave for
continuous application).
Drive mis_dignment.
Mismatched, worn, or loose belts.
Wheel or sheaves loose on shaft.
Loose bearings.
Loose mounting bolts.
Motor out of b_flance.
Sheaves eccentric orout ofb_flance.
Vibration isolatol_ improperly adjusted.
Out-of-bahmce
or corroded
wheel (rebalance
or
replace if necesstu-y).
Accumulation of materi_fl on wheel (remove excess
material).
3.
Humidifier
4.
Vtflve and trap assembly is properly assembled
nected to the humidifier header.
5.
P-trap is installed on discharge
6.
upright discharge
manifolds
tue plumb.
and con-
of each headel:
Stemn feed line is properly run, sloped and connected
the valve and trap assembly inlet.
7. Controls are properly wired.
HUMIDIFIER
START-UP
to
1. Slowly open the steam isolation valve from the steam
supply line. You should be able to hear steam running
through the valve. Wkdt a few minutes for the steam to
heat up the entire line to the humidifier and for all condensate to clear through the trap.
2.
PLENUM FANS -- Start-up procedures for plenum fans tue
similtu to those for airfoil or forward-curved
fans described in
the preceding section. Also refer to the fan manufacturer's
86
Verify that the stemn trap on the valve/trap assembly
of the humidifier is working properly -- condensate
discharge line should be hot.
3. Withairflowingin the
4.
4.
The valve on the humidifier should begin to open and
steam should enter the humidifier manifolds.
5.
6.
7.
Stmt up base unit fans. Check airflow and switches. Refer
to base unit instructions as required.
Set thermostats so that heater contactors will operate.
Shut off unit power
Reinstall fuses.
5.
[nitially most of the steam will condense as it heats the
manifolds. Ensure that the P-traps on the manifolds are
clem and running to diain without leaking steam.
8.
Turn on unit power and heater powel:
duct or air handler, create a humidification demand by increasing the humidity control
set point until it exceeds the actual humidity reading.
Energy
Recovery
Wheel
NOTE: On first stall-up, some steam may leak flom the
P-tlaps on the manifolds if they have not been primed
(filled with water).
Keep hands away from rotating wheel. Contact
ing wheel can cause physic_d injury.
6. Stemn should begin exiting the humidifier manifolds.
7. Return the humidity control set point to the desired level.
CO[LS
1. By hand, turn the wheel clockwise (as viewed from the
pulley side), to veril_ that the wheel turns freely through a
lhll 360-degree rotation.
Water Coil -- Typical coil vents, drains, and lifting points are
shown in Fig. 59. Open the vent plug, partially turn on the
water supply until air is exhausted, and replace the vent plug.
Fully turn on the water supply.
Direct Expansion Coil -- Charge with refrigerant.
Condensing Unit instructions. Refrigerant operating
shown in Table 11, page 26.
Steam Coil
Before applying power to the drive motol; confirm that
the wheel segments are fully engaged in the wheel frame
and that the segment rettdnel_ me completely fastened.
(,See Fig. 87).
3.
With hands and objects away from moving parts, activate
the unit and confirm wheel rotation. The wheel rotates
clockwise (as viewed from the pulley side).
4.
If the wheel has difl]culty starting, turn the power off and
inspect for excessive interference
between the wheel
surface and each of the four (4) diameter seals. To correct,
loosen the diameter
se:d adjusting screws and back
adjustable diameter seals away from the surface of the
wheel, apply power to conthm that file wheel is free to
rotate, then re-adjust and tighten the hub and diameter
seals according to the instructions in the Service section.
5.
Stmt and stop the wheel sevend times to confirm seal adjustment and to confirm that the belt is tracking properly
on the wheel rim (approximately
I/4-in. from outer edge
of rim).
ZEROING THE MAGNEHELIC
GAGE BEFORE STARTUP -- While power is off, set the indicating pointer exactly on
the zero mark using the external zero adjust sclew on the cover
at the bottom. Note that the zero check or adjustment can only
be made while the high and low plessure taps are both open to
atmosphere.
On start-up, the steam or hot water supply will be lully expanded prior to start of airflow. Allow time for 'all air to be
purged from the system and for the heating surface to lully
wm'm up in order to avoid heating lag.
ROTATE
AWAY
FROM WHEEL
RIM
SEGMENT
RETAINER.
Preheating
a cold system will avoid excessive
steam
condensate loading at the start of operation of a steam heating
system. It also protects steam and hot water units against
freezing up when subject to sub-freezing
air temperatures.
After preheating, fully open the dampers for full-face exposure
(bypass closed). Start airflow. Set thermostat for desired air
temperature.
ELECTRIC HEATERS
3.
2.
Refer to
charge is
1. Generate steam in the stemn main and open the supply
(gate) valve to the coil.
2. Thoroughly preheat file coil with steam before starling
fans, especi_dly when inlet air temperature
is below
fleezing. If water hammer occurs, turn off fans until condensate trapped in coils is reduced by heat and steam
pressure.
3. Ensure continuous-vent
petcock is open; also check operation of gate v_dves, control valve, and check valves.
4. After operating coil for 50 hom_, check strainer and
remove any foreign mattel: Check traps and drip lines for
conect condensate removal. Where necesstuy, increase
the pitch of lines to increase condensate di'ainage. (Recheck operation after 50 hom_ and repeat if necessary.)
INTEGRAL
FACE AND BYPASS COIL START-UP -- Ensure that the damper operator allows the &tmpers to fully
close the face and reverses to fully close the bypass. Set the
thermostat so that the face opens and bypass closes when heat
is required.
1. Check tightness of _dlelectrical
2. Remove heater circuit fuses.
with rotat-
CATCH
PUSH
TOWARD
CENTER
connections.
WHEEL
RIM
Fig. 87 -- Segment
Turn on power to activate transformel:
87
CENTER
WHEEL
Retainer
OF
SERVICE
CLEANINGPeriodic cleaning of the energy recovery
wheel will depend on operating schedule, climate and contaminants in the indoor air exhausted and the outdoor air supplied to
the building.
Electric shock haz_ud. Disconnect power before entering or
servicing.
More than one disconnect switch may be required to deenergize the equipment.
The wheel is "self-cleaning"
with respect to din particles
due to its laminar flow characteristics.
Smaller particles pass
through; larger particles land on the surface and are blown clear
as the flow direction is reversed. Any material that builds up on
the face of the wheel can be removed with a brash or vacuum.
All sizes can be vacuumed.
General
I.
Review Safety Considerations
at beginning
of these
instructions. Good safety habits are important tools when
performing service procedures.
2.
To make speed measurements,
use a strobe-style tachometer or calculate per Step 7 of Start-Up, Checklist for
Airfoil and Forward-Curved
Fans.
Cleaning the removable segments (size 08-30) or the entire
wheel (size 03-06) will remove oil-based aerosols that have
condensed on energy transfer surfaces.
To clean removable segments (size 08-30):
1. Access the wheel from the exhaust fan side. This may be
easiest fiom the adjoining section, depending on the type of
section installed. If it is necessary to access from the side of
the wheel section, remove side baffle as shown in Fig. 88.
This requires removing the screws (1) and (2) shown.
2. Unlock two segment retainers, one on each side of the
selected segment opening.
Electric
Heaters
-- At least once a year at start of operating season or whenever unit is serviced, check field and
factory-made electric_fl connections for tightness. Also periodically clean filteLs, fan, airways, ductwoN, grilles, and registers
as required. Differential
air pressure switch is factory set
to open at 0.07 in. wg, close at 0.05 in. wg and requires no
adjustment.
Refer to the Troubleshooting
section for more information.
Heater electrical data is shown in Table 27.
3.
Use the tip of a flat screw diiver to pop the segment out of
the wheel. Repeat for each segment.
4.
Brush foreign material from the face of the wheel. Wash
the segments (or sm_fll wheels) in a 5% solution of nonacid based coil cleaner (such as Acti-Klean) or an alkaline
detergent and warm watel:
Soak the segments in the solution until grease and tar
deposits are loosened. (NOTE: some staining of the
desiccant may remain and is not htumful to performance.)
For better cletming action, rapidly run a finger across the
segment's surface to separate polymer strips.
Rinse dirty solution from segments and remove excess
water before reinstalling the segments in the wheel.
Fan Motor Replacement
I.
Shut offlnotor
2.
Disconnect
powel:
5.
3.
Ix)osen motor brace-to-mounting-rail
attaching bolts.
Ix)osen belt tensioning bolts to adjust the motor position
so V-belts can be removed
without stretching
over
grooves.
6.
4.
5.
Mark belt as to position. Remove and set aside belts.
Remove motor to motor bracket holddown bolts.
7.
6.
7.
Remove motor pulley and set aside.
Remove motol:
and tag power wires at motor termimfls.
Installation
To clean wheels (size 03-06) use the procedure
Fig. 89:
NOTE: It may be necessary to remove the end panel to
remove larger motors for some unit sizes.
8. Install new motol: Reassemble by reversing Steps 3-7. Be
sure to reinstall multiple belts in their origimfl positions.
Use a complete new set if required. Do not stretch belts
over sheaves. Review the sections on motor and sheave
installation,
sheave alignment,
and belt tensioning on
pages 50 and 51.
9.
Replace the segments using the Segment
Replacement procedure on page 90.
and refer to
1. Remove the ERV section side access panel.
2.
Remove wheel center partition holddown
3.
4.
Lift and Remove wheel center ptutition (2).
Remove the upper (3) and lower (4) wheel retainer
angles, being carelhl wheel does not tip and ftfll out.
Slide wheel cassette out of frame (toward main AHU),
and out the side of the unit (5).
5.
Reconnect motor leads, remove tags, and restore powec
Check fan for proper rotation as described in Start-Up,
Checklist.
bracket (1).
6.
Follow steps 2 through 4 of the cleaning procedure
movable segments.
7.
Reinstall the wheel into the section by reversing Steps 1-5.
Energy Recovery Ventilation
-- Routine m_dntenance
of the Energy Recovery Cassettes includes inspection and cleaning. On occasion, a p_u't may need to be completely replaced.
IMPORTANT:
This unit contains an Energy Recovery
Wheel heat transfer device. Proper service and maintenance must be conducted as outlined below, or loss of
heat transfer and overall system performance
will
occur,
1. Remove and clean or replace filters in adjoining
section to the ERV wheel every 6 months or sooner,
as required.
2.
and
Remove and wash ERV wheel (or individual segments, if so equipped) every 6 months, or every
3 months max. for smoky or polluted environments.
See instructions for removal and cleaning details.
Fig. 88 -- Remove Side Baffles
88
for re-
2.
3.
Rotate the wheel clockwise until two opposing spokes am
hidden behind the beating support beam.
Using a folded piece of paper as a feeler g_mge, position
file paper between the wheel surface find the diameter
seals.
4.
Adjust the seals towards file wheel surface until a slight
fiiction on the feeler gauge (paper) is detected when the
gauge is moved along the length of the spoke.
5.
Retighten the adjusting
with the feeler gauge.
screws
and recheck
clem'ance
Fig. 89 -- Remove Wheel for Cleaning
(Sizes 03-06 Only)
CASSETTE
REPLACEMENT
[]
1. Inspect the replacement cassette for fieight damage upon
receipt. Inspect the cassette fi'ame, wheel assembly find
segments fGr damage and verify that the wheel turns
fieely by hand (clockwise when viewed from pulley
side). Report any &image immediately
to the freight
company.
2. Handle ERV cassettes with care. Lift by file beming
support beam. Holes are provided on both sides of the
befuing support beams to facilitate rigging (Fig. 90).
3.
Remove the ERV section side access panel.
4.
Refer to Fig. 89. Remove
down bracket (1).
5.
Lift and Remove wheel center pmtition (2).
6.
Remove the upper (3) and lower (4) wheel retfdner
angles, being carelhl wheel does not tip find fall out.
7.
Slide wheel cassette out of frame (toward
and out side of unit (5).
8.
The new ERV section may be mounted in any orientation.
HoweveL make certain that the ,frame remains ,flat and
the bearing beams am not rocked as showll in Fig. 91.
TG ensure that the bemns are not racked, check that the
distance between the wheel rim find bearing beam is the
same at each end of the bearing beam, to within 1/4 of an
inch (dimension A and B in Fig. 91 ). Beming beam racking of as little as .040 inches (Dim C in Fig. 91 ) will cause
the wheel to tilt 3/1_ in. fit the rim. Adjusting the diameter
seffls (Fig. 92) will compensate for up to 1/4 in. of racking.
9.
wheel center
/
HORIZONTAL
BEARING BEAM (2)
Fig. 90 -partition
--
Lifting
Hole
VERTICAL
BEARING BEAM (2)
Locations
hold_ FRAME
\
A _
BEARING
BEAM _. "_,
SHOWN RACKED
/
,
1
I
i
main AHU),
,f--WHEEL
!!i,
f
/
BEAMS
(2)
I I,
, ,
i
L
i
FLAT SURFACE
"'_
c
BI.-Fig. 91 -- Avoid Racking of Frame
NOTE: If racking is greater than 1/4 in., it must be corrected to ensure that the drive belt will not disengage from the
wheel.
10. Wheel sections installed fit angles greater than 30 degrees
from vertical will require seal adjustment
(Fig. 92).
Adjust the diameter seals to avoid excessive wheel diag.
A final check of seal adjustment is recommended
for all
designs.
ADJUSTING
AIR SEALS -- Four adjustable diameter seals
are provided on each cassette to minimize air transfer between
the counterflowing airstreams.
TG adjust diameter
ADJUSTING
SCREWS
FEELER
GAUGE
Fig. 92 -- Diameter Seal Adjustment
sefds:
1. Loosen the diameter sefd adjusting screws find back seals
away fi_m wheel surface (Fig. 92).
89
SEGMENT
INSTALLATION
AND REPLACEMENT
-Wheel segments are secured to the wheel franle by a segment
retainer, which pivots on the wheel rim and is held in pkice by
a segment retaining catch (Fig. 93).
To inst_dl wheel segments
to Fig. 93.
5.
Form a small loop of belt and pass it through the hole in
the bearing support beam. Grasp the belt at the wheel hub
and pull file entire belt down. Loop the trailing end of the
belt over the shaft (Fig. 95 shows the solid belt partially
through the opening).
6.
Reinstall the bearing onto the wheel shaft, being careful
to engage the two locating pins into file holes in the bearing support beam. Secure the bearing with the two self
locking nuts.
7.
Install the belts around the wheel and pulley according
the instructions provided with the belt.
8.
Reinst_dl the diameter seals and tighten the retaining
screws (see page 89 for seal adjustment).
Rotate the
wheel clockwise to determine that it rotates freely with
slight drag on the seals.
follow the steps below and refer
1. Unlock two segment retainels,
selected segment opening.
one on each side of the
2.
With the embedded stiffener facing the motor side, insert
the nose of the segment between the hub pkites.
3.
Holding segment by the two outer corners, press the
segment towards file center of the wheel and inwards
against the spoke flanges. If hand pressure does not fully
seat the segment, insert the flat tip of a screw &iver
between the wheel rim and the outer corners of the
segment and apply downwmd force while guiding the
segment into place.
4.
Close and latch each segment retainer under the segment
retaining catch.
5.
Slowly rotate the wheel 180 degrees. Install the second segment opposite the first for counterbalance. Rotate the two
inst_dled segments 90 degrees to balance file wheel while
the third segment is installed. Rotate the wheel 180 degrees
again to inst_fll the fourth segment opposite the third.
Repeat this sequence with the lemaining four segments.
WHEEL DRIVE MOTOR AND PULLEY REPLACEMENT
1. Disconnect
power to the wheel drive motoc
2.
Remove the belt from the pulley and position
r;u'ily around the wheel rim.
it tempo-
3.
Ix_osen the set screw in the wheel drive pulley using an
Allen wrench and remove file pulley from the motor drive
shaft.
4.
While supporting the drive motor's weight
loosen and remove the four mounting bolts.
5.
Install the replacement
supplied.
Fig. 93 -- Segment Installation
lNSULATION
6.
7.
8.
motor
using
in one hand,
the hmdwme
![
Install the pulley to the dimension shown in Fig. 94 and
secure the set screw to the drive shaft.
Stretch the belt over the pulley and engage
groove.
Follow the start-up procedure on page 85.
SOLID
BELT REPLACEMENT
3.
DIM A
25-52
1/4"
58-68
7/16"
it in the
A --I1_
(Fig. 95)
Fig. 94 -- Pulley Location
LOCKING
_- COLLAR
SEARING
Using a hex wrench, loosen file set screw in the bearing
locking collm: Using a light hammer and &ift (in drift pin
hole), tap the collar in the direction of wheel rotation to
unlock the collm. Remove the collm:
LOCKING
NUTS (2)
SEARING
BEAM
SUPPORT
TAPER-LOCK
Using a socket wrench with extension, remove the two
nuts that secure file bearing housing to the bearing
support beam. Slide the bearing from file shaft.
SET
DRITH
HOLE
NOTE: Slight hand pressure against wheel rim will lift
the wheel's weight from the inner race of the bearing to
assist bearing removal and installation. If not removable
by hand, use a bearing pullel:
4.
WHEEL
DRIVE
MOTOR
pULEyj_ ''v
1. Obtain access to the pulley side beming access plate.
Bearing access plates m'e not provided on 25 to 36-in.
cassettes. Remove the two bearing access pkite retaining
screws and the access pkite.
2.
WHEEL
MODEL
NO.
kit
PULL
Using a wrench, remove the diameter seM retaining
screws (25 to 68-in. cassettes). Remove diameter seals
(25 to 68-in. cassettes) from the beming bemn.
PULLEY
SIDE
Protect hands and belt fiom possible shtup edges of hole in
Bearing Support Beam.
MOTOR
SIDE
Fig. 95 -- Solid Belt Replacement
9O
to
9.
10.
Reinst;dl the bearing locking collm- Rotate the collm by
hand in the direction the wheel rotates (see label provided
on each cassette for wheel rotation). Dock the collar in
position by tapping the drift pin hole with a hammer and
drift. Secure in position by tightening the set screw.
Reinstall the bearing access covel:
11. Apply power to the wheel motor and ensure
wheel rotates freely without interference.
LINK BELT REPLACEMENT
that the
Before performing service or maintenance operations on
unit, turn off main power switch to unit. Electrical shock
could cause personal injury.
Fig. 96 -- Belt Attached to Wheel Rim
1. Confirm the model number on the replacement belt kit
matches the model number on the energy recovery
cassette label.
2.
Remove any remnant of old belt from cassette.
3.
At location near pulley, attach the hook end of belt to
wheel rim with tape, making sure that nmrow side of "V"
belt is positioned against rim and link is covered by the
tape (see Fig. 96).
4.
Rotate the wheel clockwise while feeding belt onto wheel
rim (be caleful not to twist belt) until taped end returns to
pulley location. Remove tape from wheel.
5.
Link belt ends together with belt wrapped
(Fig. 97).
6.
Rotate wheel clockwise to position connector
mately 180 degrees fi_m pulley location.
7.
At pulley location, insert the right angle belt retaining clip
ne_u spoke and between segment retainer latch and wheel
rim as shown in Fig. 98.
mound wheel
approxi-
Fig. 97-
latch,
do not insertTo retaining
clip on ofother
side of retainer
spoke.
IMPORTANT:
avoid release
segment
8.
9.
10.
SEGMENT RETAINER
LATCH
Rotate wheel counterclockwise
until belt retaining clip is
within a few inches of the wheel bearing beam (see
Fig. 99).
Lit) and remove the belt from the wheel rim between a
point opposite the pulley and belt retaining clip and
stretch over pulley (see Fig. 100).
Rotate wheel clockwise until the belt is fully stretched
onto pulley and wheel rim.
11. Remove belt retaining clip
rotations while observing
enters pulley. Also ensure
between outer edge of rim
channel where provided.
12.
Belts Linked Together
BELT RETAINING
CLIP
and rotate wheel by hand two
that belt is not twisted as it
that belt is tracking midway
and seal plate, or in belt guide
Apply power to cassette and observe
power.
OTHER MAINTENANCE
belt tracking under
Fig. 98 -- Detail of Belt Retailing Clip
and Segment Retained Latch
Cleaning Unit Interior/Exterior -- Unit interior/exterior
panels should be wiped down using a dmnp soft cloth or sponge
with a mixture of waml water and a mild detergent. Avoid using
an abrasive cleanel; as &tmage to the paint could occur resulting
in rest and con'osion. Chemicals such as paint thinners can dalnage the ptfinted panels and should be avoided.
Wheel Drive Motor Bearings gue pro-lubricated and no further
lubrication is necessary.
The Wheel Drive Pulley is secured to the &ive motor shaft by
a combination of either a key or D-slot grad set screw, The set
screw is secured with removable locktite to prevent loosening.
Annually confirm that the set screw is secure,
The Wheel Drive Belt is a umthane stretch belt designed to
provide constant tension through the life of the belt. No adjustment is required. Inspect the drive belt annu_flly for proper
tracking and tension. A properly tensioned belt will turn the
wheel immediately after power is applied with no visible
slippage during start-up.
Avoid washing unit electrical devices such as motors, starters, electric heater control boxes, damper/valve actuators,
sensors, switches, relays, etc. as serious pel_onal injury or
&tmage to the device could result.
91
Fig. 99 --
Detail of Belt Retaining
3.
Ensure there is sufficient access to the coil.
4.
Use a vacuum with a soft tip brush to remove
and loose debris from both sides of the coil.
5.
Clean the leaving airside of the coil first, then the entering
ail_ide, starting fi_)m the top of the coil and working
downwmd. Apply a mild non-fomning commercial coil
cleaner or detergent using a gmden type sprayel: Rinse coil
gently with clean wm'm water, avoiding high-pressure
sprays, which can cause dmnage to coil fins. Use a blockoff plate to prevent the water or chemical cleaner from
blowing through the coil and into a clean, @ section of
the unit. Confirm that the condensate diain line is fiee of
debris during and following the coil cleaning process.
Excess water from cleaning may result in flooding the unit
as well as causing &Lmage to the building if diain is
plugged. If coil section does not have a divin pan, it is
recommended that the coil be removed prior to cleaning.
Repeat steps 1 through 5 as necessary.
Allow the coil to dry thoroughly before placing the
system back into operation. A clean @ cloth may be
used to wipe down the interior panels before placing the
unit in operation.
6.
7.
Clip Location
8.
9.
10.
any dust
Straighten any coil fins that may have been bent or damaged during the cleaning process with a fin rake.
Replace all panels and parts that may have been removed
prior to cleaning and restore electrical power to the unit.
Use caution to assure that no contaminated materials contact other meas of the unit or building. Properly dispose of
any polluted materi_ds and cleaning fluids.
Winter Shutdown
-- It is recommended
that auxilim'y
drain piping be added to coil piping if yearly winterizing of
coils is anticipated. This auxiliary piping should be located at
the highest and lowest point on the respective header connection for each coil.
ANTIFREEZE
METHODS
OF COIL PROTECTION
1. Close coil water supply and return valves.
2. Drain coil as follows:
Fig. 100 -- Belt Removal
Method I -- 'Break' flange of coupling at each header
location. Sepm'ate flange or coupling connection to facilitate coil di'aining.
Method II-- Open both v;dves to auxiliary drain piping.
3. After coil is di'ained, Method I, connect line with a
service valve and union from upper nozzle to an
antifreeze reservoir
Connect a self-priming reversible
pump between
the low header connection
and the
reservoil: Method fl, make connection to auxilimy di'ain
Coil Cleaning
--Chilled
water, hot water, steam, and
direct expansion coils must be cleaned regularly to m;fintain
peak performance. Dirty coils can contribute to loss of cooling
or heating capacity and efficiency, increased operating costs,
and compressor problems on direct expansion systems. Dirt,
grease, and other oils can also reduce the wettability of the coil
surfaces, which can result in moisture blow-off from cooling
coils and resulting water leakage problems. If the grime on the
surface of the coils becomes wet, which commonly occurs with
cooling coils, microbial growth (mold) can result, causing foul
odors trod health related indoor air quality problems.
valves.
4.
Coils can become dirty over a period of time, especi;dly if
air filter maintenance is neglected. Coils should be inspected
regularly and cleaned when necessm-y. If coil fins become dirty.
pressure clean with hot water and detergent or a commercial
coil cleanel: Ensure to rinse coils thoroughly after cleaning
with chemical cleaners.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Follow all directions provided with the chemical cleaners to
avoid personal inju U, inju U to others, and/or coil damage.
Chemical coil cleaners may contain corrosive or harmfiJl
agents.
9.
Fill reservoir with any inhibited antifreeze acceptable to
code and undelwriter authority.
Open service valve and cimulate solution for 15 minutes;
then check its strength.
If solution is too weak, add more antifreeze until desired
strength is reached, then circulate solution through coil
for 15 minutes or until concentration is satisfactory.
Remove upper line from reservoir to reversible pump.
Drain coil to reservoir and then close service valve.
Break union and remove reservoir and its lines.
Leave coil flanges or coupling
valves open until spring.
open and auxiliary
AIR-DRYING
METHOD
OF COIL PROTECTION
and coil must be level for this method.)
1. Disconnect all electrical power to the ;fir-handling unit,
including any separate power supplies for unit mounted
controls (actuatol_, sensors, etc .... ).
2. Wear the appropriate
protective
clothing
(eyewear.
gloves, etc....).
diain
(Unit
1. Close coil water supply and return main valves.
2. Drain coil as described in procedures for Antifreeze
Methods of Coil Protection, preceding.
3. Connect air supply or air blower to inlet header connection and close its drain connection.
92
4. Circulate
airandcheckforair-dryness
byholding
mirror
in front of open vent in outlet header drain connection.
Min_or will fog if water is still present.
5. Allow coil to stand for a few minutes; repeat Step 4 until
coil is dry.
3.
Coil Removal
NOTE: To reinstall coils, refer to Coil Installation section on
page 59.
a.
Remove the top rail by pulling
angle. Set top rail aside.
out at a 45-degree
4. Remove the fastening screws of the uppermost coil from
the upstream side. Note that the fastening screws pass
through the vertical angle, baffles, and coil casing. See
Fig 101. Removal of the fastening screws may require
reaching through an opened &tmper assembly, reaching
through a filter track after filters are removed, or removing a coil immediately upstream.
2. Identify the unit service panel latches and disengage them
(1/4 turn) with a 5/l_-in. or 8-ram hex wrench. Remove
service panel/coil connection
panel and the upstremn
service panel and set aside in a safe place.
3. a. On horizontal
coil sections without another unit
section stacked on top, remove the flat corner plug
from each end piece of the top rail.
b. Extract the Torx T25 screw visible within the
exposed cavity. (Do not mix these screws with
others;
they are specific
for this location.
Set
screws aside for reinstallation
of top rail.)
Do not handle the coil by the headel.s or connection nipples, as ineparable damage might occur that is NOT covered by warranty. Protect the finned surface from damage
during all handling and shipping.
out at a 45-degree
IMPORTANT:
Properly support the coil to assure
stability before continuing with this procedure.
5. Slip the foam sealing sleeves off the connection nipples
before removing the coil and set the sleeves aside.
its
6. The upper coil may now be hoisted out through the top
opening, or cguefully slid out either side of the cabinet.
Sections where the top frame nfil cannot be removed may
require slightly tipping of the coil fiom the vertical position, to cle_u the upper frmne rail and se_d.
Remove the fastening screws fiom the upstremn perimeter face of the coil that attach the coil to the coil baffles.
This may require reaching through an opened &lmper
assembly, reaching through a filter track after filters are
removed, or removing a coil immediately upstream.
Do not
nipples,
covered
&image
Remove the top rail by pulling out at a 45-degree
angle. Set top rail aside.
On horizontal
coil sections without another unit
section stacked on top, remove the flat corner plug
from each end piece of the top rail.
Extract the Torx T25 screw visible within the
exposed cavity. (Do not mix these screws with
others;
they are specific
for this location.
Set
screws aside for reinstallation
of top rail.)
IMPORTANT:
ity before continuing
Properly
withsupport
this procedure.
the coil to assure its staND
1. Lock open and tag all power supplies to unit fan motor
and electric heaters if present.
4.
c.
c.
NOTE: Refer to Table 13 (DU Coil Weights) in the fi_ont of
this manual before attempting to remove a coil from the unit.
Remove the top rail by pulling
angle. Set top rail aside.
Remove service panel/coil
connection
panel and
the upstream service panel and set aside in a safe
place.
b.
REMOVAL
OF SINGLE
HEIGHT
COILS
(sizes 0336) -- The coils in horizontal coil sections may be removed
from the top of the unit or either end. Once the extern_fl panels
are removed from the unit, the horizontal upper coil section
frame members are easily removable from the frmnework, to
allow hoisting the coil up and out of the unit.
c.
b.
7. On the upstream side of the stacked coils, remove and
set aside the center baffle spanning the two coils (see
Fig. 101).
8. For sections that do not have a drain pan (heating only
sections), remove the three hat channel spacer supports
fastened to the top of the lower coil, and set aside.
handle the coil by the headers or connection
as irrepgu'able damage might occur that is NOT
by wammty. Protect the finned surface fi'om
during all handling and shipping.
9. For sections that do have a drain pan, remove the two hat
channel spacer supports from the bottom of the coil section and set aside.
10. Remove
5. Slip the foam sealing sleeves off the connection nipples
before removing the coil and set the sleeves aside.
6. The coil may now be hoisted out through the top opening
or carefully slid out either side of the cabinet. Sections
where the top frame rail cannot be removed may require
slightly tipping of the coil from the vertical position, to
cle_u the upper frame rail and seal.
REMOVAL OF STACKED COILS (sizes 40, 50 and
61 )- The coils in horizontal coil sections may be removed
from the top of the unit or either end. Once the external panels
are removed from the unit, the horizontal upper coil section
fiame members are easily removable fiom the fialnework, to
allow hoisting the coil up and out of the unit.
1. Lock open, and tag all power supplies to unit fan motor
and electric heaters if present.
2. a. Identify the unit service panel latches and disengage them (114turn) with a 5/ls-in. or 8-mm hex
wrench.
the intemlediate condensate
&ain pan.
11. Remove the spacer (hat channel) secured to the top center
of the lower coil casing (see Fig. 102) and set aside.
12. Remove the fastening screws of the lowermost coil from
the upstream side. Note that the fastening screws pass
through the vertical angle, baffles, and coil casing. See
Fig. 101. Removal of the fastening screws may require
reaching through an opened &tmper assembly, reaching
through a filter track after filters are removed, or removing a coil immediately upstream.
Do not handle the coil by the headers or connection nipples, as irreparable damage might occur that is NOT covered by warranty. Protect the finned surface from damage
during all handling and shipping.
13. Slip the foam sealing sleeves off the connection nipples
before removing the coil and set the sleeves aside.
93
BAFFLE
_-
BAFFLE, HEADER_
COIL FRAMES
BAFFLE, HARPIN
CHANNEL, HAT_
ANGLE
\
BOTH SIDES
PAN, CONDENSATE ......
CENTERED WITHIN SECTION
IMPORTANT: ADHESIVE GASKET MUST BE
APPLIED TO THE FULL LENGTH OF THE
BOTTOM BAFFLE MATING FLANGE TO
CREATE SEAL BETWEEN THE COIL SIDE
CASING AND THE BAFFLE. SEE
ILLUSTRATION BELOW,
BOTTOM
APPLY FLUSH TO THIS EDGE
........
GASKET, ADHESIVE .....
_OM
BAFFLE
Fig. 101 -- Apply Gasket
14.
Tile lower coil may now be hoisted out through the top
opening, or carefully slid out either side of the cabinet.
15.
Inspect the adhesive backed gasket applied to the lower
baftle, spanning the entire unit, on the surface that
contacts the coil (see Fig. 101). If &imaged, remove the
remainder of the old gasket and replace.
Changing
As a general rule, a change from counterflow circuiting to
parallel flow for sensible heating and cooling applications will
result in a 5% drop in net capacity per row of coil. In one and
two row heating coils, the actual drop may not be measurable,
thus of insignificant consequence.
It is important that the airflow direction of the NuFin coil be
adhered to when latent cooling is possible. Significant moisture
carryover fiom the face of the dehumidifying coil will result if
this rule is violated, even at very low face velocities. The stone
result is often experienced
if after-mmket
tin coatings are
applied.
Coil Hand
NOTE: Electric heat coil hand cannot be changed.
NOTE: The coil cover panel is not pm't of the coil. Remove
cover panel fiom end of unit. New holes must be cut in coil
cover panel. Original holes must be plugged and insulated.
New side panels may be necessaly when changing coil hand.
NUFIN COILS -- The NuFin coil is airflow direction sensitive, especially
when used in dehumidifying
applications.
Hy&onic versions are counterflow
circuited for full gravity
draining when installed level.
Correct installation will result in file typical bottom inlet on
leaving air face _md top outlet on entering air face of coil, a
self-venting design. This will ensure cold air contact with cold
water, and warm air with hot watec
Ira NuFin hydionic coil is installed with correct airflow, but
opposite piping hand, and counterflow
is maintained,
steps
must be taken to ensure that the coil is continuously vented,
and that the water velocity is maintained to prevent the coil
from air-binding.
Hot or cold areas of file coil face (or otherwise broad temperature differences and stratification) me usually indications
that one or more circuits are air-locked internally. This can
result in coil freeze-up (a condition NOT covered by warranty).
Refiigemnt coils may be rotated for opposite hand applications, maintaining the proper airflow direction.
Coil repositioning for opposite hand application will compromise one or more of these characteristics.
Howevek there
will be those situations where this may prove acceptable.
Do not reposition the distributor(s), they will perform equally well in upflow or downflow positions. When soldering
expansion valves to up-feed distributors, use the minimum
satisfactoly amount of solder to prevent dmnaging the valve or
plugging passages.
DIRECT EXPANSION
COILS -- Rotate the coil in vertical
plane and reinstall. Distributor must be on downstremn side of
coil. (Refer to Fig. 103).
CHILLED WATER AND HOT WATER COILS -- These coils
can be rotated. If coil is rotated in vertical plane and reinstalled
with countertlow maintained, supply will be at the top of file coil
and return will be at the bottom. Ensure coil is continuously
vented and water velocity is maintained to prevent air binding.
CHANNEL,
Fig. 102 -- Secure Spacer
94
Chilled and hot water coils must not be rotated horizont_dly. If coils are rotated horizontally, severe water blow-off
will result.
STEAM INNER DISTRIBUTING
TUBE COILS
in horizontal plane and reinstall. See Fig. 103.
--
To determine intervals for cleaning coils in contaminated air
operations, pressure taps should be inst_flled across the coils
and checked periodically. Abnormal air pressme diop will indicate a need for cleaning the coils.
Annual maintenance should include:
Blow down the dirt leg.
3.
Clean and check operation of steam traps.
4.
Check operation
5.
Check the operation
sate flowback.
6.
Check operation of thermostatic air vents, if used. A float
and thermostatic trap will contain a thermostatic air vent.
When the bellows is raptured, it will fail closed.
7.
Check operation
8.
Check operation of the thermal protection devices used
for freeze-up protection.
Stemn or condensate should not be allowed to remain in
the coil during the off season.This will prevent the formation and build up of acids.
returns from the coil. A floodback
4.
An immersion themlostat to control outdoor-air dampers
and the fan motor is lecommended.
This control is activated when the steam supply fails or the condensate
temperature drops below a predetermined
temperature,
usu_dly 120 E
5.
On low pressme and vacuum systems, the immersion
thermostat may be replaced by a condensate drain with a
thermal element. This element opens and drains the coil
when the condensate temperature &ops below 165 E
Note the thermal condensate drtdn is limited to 5 psig
pressure. At greater coil plessures they will not open.
In spite of the precautions listed above, a coil may still
fieeze up. An ovel.size capacity coil, at partial load, with a
modulating
stealn control valve will occasionally
freeze.
Freezing occurs in the 20 F to 35 F range of entering-air
temperatures. A better installation would be an undersize coil,
with an on/off control wtlve with thermostatic control in the
outside all: set at 35 F air temperature, installed downstream of
the fil.st coil; or setting the minimum stemn pressure at 5 psig.
1. Clean file line strainers.
2.
9.
Do not use overhead
can occuE
Rotate
PIPINGDirect expansion, chilled watel; and hot water
coils should always be piped for counterflow. (Fluid should
enter the coil at the leaving-air side.) Steam coils must have the
condensate connection at bottom of coil.
Filters
-- See Table 29 for filter data for flat filter section,
angle filter section, bag-cmtridge filter section, and filter mixing box section. Filters are field supplied.
Air filtel.s should be inspected regularly and changed when
dirty. Filter life can vmy greatly from one unit to anothel: depending upon the application and the mnount of contaminants
in the leturn and ventilation air entering the air handlel: Each
job should be evaluated and maintenance schedules established
accordingly. At a minimum, the filters should be changed at the
beginning of the cooling and heating seasons.
Although not a dilect part of the air handler, outdoor air inlet
screens and/or grilles that may be present should _dso be
checked regularly and cleaned as necessmy. They can easily
become plugged with debris, grease, or other contaminants,
depending upon their location.This reduces the availability of
ventilation air. which can contribute to indoor air quality
problems.
All filter sections use adjustable blank-off plates to close off
any airway area not filled with filter media. Check blank-off
plates to plevent unfiltered air from bypassing the filtel_.
Blank-off plates must be on door side of unit.
of control v_dves.
of check v_flves to prevent
3.
conden-
of vacuum bre',_ers.
There me additional precautions and control strategies, as
found in various catalogues and in the ASHRAE Fundamentals
Handbook and in the Carrier System Design Guide -- Piping
Section, when the entering-;dr temperature to the coil falls below 35 E These conditions occur when IDT coils me used for
pre-heat and/or face and bypass applications.
Freeze up protection:
1. Use a strainer in the supply line and the dirt leg ahead of
the trap.
2. Use a vacuum breaker in the return.
BAG-CARTRIDGE
FILTERS -- Side loading bag-cartridge
filter section can use either bag or rigid filters, 6-in. to 30-in.
deep, with 7/s-in. headel: They will not accept headerless rigid
filters.
Face loading bag-c_utridge filter sections can use either bag
or rigid filters and tue loaded fi_)m the front of the section.
These sections use Purolator holding frames located at the
downstream edge of the filter section for prefilters and bag/
cartridge filters. Cartridge filtel.s without headers can extend
upstream of the holding frame by 24 inches. Cartridge and bag
filters with 7/u-in. header extend downstream
of the filter
section with filter length limited only by the length of the
plenum following the filter section. Filter elements are retained
in fralnes by wire fastener clips. To replace filter elements,
remove clips, insert elements with bag or cartridge downstream
and reinstall clips. See Fig. 104.
See Fig. 105 for typical track for bag-cartridge filter section
used on di'aw-thru unit.
IN-TRACK BAFFLESFilter sections are shipped with
adjustable in-track baftles. When installed properly as shown
in Fig. 106, the baffles close off empty space in the track preventing air from bypassing the filtel.s. Remove the baffles to
install filter elements, and leplace the adjustable baffles aller
the filters tue in place. The adjustable baffles should be spread
ftu enough apart to ensure slight compression
in the foam
gasket when closing the section door.
Fig. 103 -- Coil Rotation
95
FLATANDANGLEFILTERS
-- Flatfilterandanglefilter
sections
accommo&tte
2-in.or4-in.thickfiilters.
Thesection
as
shipped
accepts
2-in.filters.
Remove
angle
spacer
ineach
track
toprovide
thespace
required
toaccommodate
4-in.filters.
HEPAFILTERS-ThePuro-Frame,
HEPAholdingflame
will accommodate
12-in.deepfiltel_.HEPAfiltersections
usedin blow-flnuapplications
areloadedfiom thefiont,
through the access door or removable panel. The HEPA filters
are retained in the fralne with retaining brackets. RTV sealant
should be used to seal between the filter frame and the filter
media's neoprene gasket to ensure a leaktight installation.
Refer to Fig. 107 for details. Downstream
edge of fralne to
fiame and fi:tme to baffle shall be sealed with RTV sealant.
Filter arrangements
are shown in Fig. 108-112.
3/4" x 3/4"
FOAM GASKET
m
FILTER
\
FILTER
RETAINING
CLIPS
GASKET'_,._
\
ADJUSTABLEIN-TRACK
BAFFLE
•
/
[
# 4;, -
4¢
N
Fig. 104 -- Puro-Frame Holding Frame and
Filter Retaining Clips
Fig. 106 -- In-Track Baffle for Flat, Angle and
Sideloading Bag/Cartridge Filter Sections
Fig. 105 -- Track for Draw-Thru Bag Cartridge
Filter Section
12.625"
HEPA
Height I Width I Height I Width
I
24"
124 / "124%"
] 12" ] 24_/8"]12_/_ "
FILTER
HEPA
FRAMER_
FILTER
FILTER RETAINING BRACKET
QTY. 4 SUPPLIED WITH EACH FRAME
INSTALL BY LATCHING OVER FRAME
TABS
[
\\\
...........
24" X 24"
\
FRAME TABS
RETAINING
24.625"
AIR FLOW
+
NOTES:
1. Filter sizes are 5/8-in. smaller than frame sizes.
2. 12-in. x 24-in. frame may be rotated for 24-in. x 12 in. arrangement.
3. Recommended RTV sealant: GE128.
i
I
;-,'
BRACKET
8,0"
-
Fig. 107-
Puro-Frame, HEPA Holding Frame
96
Table 29 -- Filter Data
FILTER SIZE
I
3gM UNIT SIZE
03
06
Fiat Filter Arrangement(2-in.
or 4-in.)
08
10
12
14
17
21
16x20
16x25
3
Face Area (sq ft)
.......
--
3
6
.......
61
14
....
--
--
--
6
8
--
10
--
....
12
13
15
--
3.5
6.9
8.3
10.4
13.3
15.0
16.7
20.8
26.7
33.3
41.7
45.1
52.1
70.0
03
06
08
Filter Arrangement(2-in.
or4-in.)
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
-2
4
--
-4
6
--
21
14
6
2
........
20x24
--
4
........
20x25
..........
5.6
03
8.9
11.1
06
Filter Mixing
08
10
13.3
12x24
16.7
--
4
--
6
16x25
20x20
2
--
4
....
18.9
25.0
Box Arrangement(2-in.
12
14
17
--
16x20
--
12
2
........
20x24
--
4
........
20x25
......
11.1
13.3
12
12
16
20
20
18
12
33.3
33.3
44.4
55.6
55.6
73.3
85.6
or4-in.)
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
18
24
12
12
16
--
24
12
16
16
--
--
--
33.3
33.3
44.4
55.5
66.7
73.3
97.8
61
.......
........
6
5.6
8.9
16.7
18.9
03
06
30
36
40
50
--
1
--
1
3
3
3
--
--
--
4
4
3
7
3
6
6
8
8
8
12
12
18
24
24
32
40
40
54
62
Filter Arrangement
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
--
4
4
3
7
Short Side Load Bag/Cartridge
08
10
12
14
24x24
1
1
2
2
2
2
Face Area (sq ft)
4
6
8
10
14
14
24.0
Filter Arrangement
17
21
25
03
Long Side Load Bag/Cartridge
06
08
10
12
14
--
1
--
1
3
3
3
3
6
6
8
8
8
12
12
18
24
24
32
40
40
54
62
Filter Arrangement
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
--
4
4
3
7
24x24
1
1
2
2
2
2
Face Area (sq ft)
4
6
8
10
14
14
12x24
50
3
20x20
12x24
40
--
9
12x24
36
2
--
Face Area (sq ft)
30
14
........
--
Face Area (sq ft)
25
1
Angle
16x20
16x25
3
..........
20x20
20x24
20x25
6
--
--
03
Face Load Bag/Cartridge/HEPA
06
08
10
12
14
--
1
--
1
2
3
3
3
6
6
8
8
8
12
12
18
24
24
32
40
40
54
62
24x24
1
1
2
2
2
2
Face Area (sq ft)
4
6
8
10
12
14
NOTES:
1. Do not exceed filter manufacturer's velocity limits when selecting filters.
2. There are two dedicated filter sections for 2 in. or 4 in. flat filters.
3. Angle filter or filter mixing box sections can be configured to
accept either 2 in. or 4 in. filters.
4. Draw-thru bag/cartridge filter sections accept 2 in. pre-filters.
Filters must be a combination of bag filters in the sizes shown
or 6 in. or 12 in. deep rigid media with 7/8 in. header.
--
--
5. The draw-thru bag/cartridge filter section is designed for side
loading of filter media with a header for a 1 in. slide in track.
6. The blow-thru bag/cartridge/HEPA
filter section is designed for
face loading of filters ONLY (no side loading).
7. The blow-thru filter section requires filter media with spring
clips, wire brackets, or retainers for use in a Puro-Frame holding frame.
97
1125
2O
20
20
16
20
20
Unit Size 03
Flat Filter Section
Unit Size 06
Flat Filter Section
Unit Size 08
Flat Filter Section
Unit Size 10
Flat Filter Section
(1) 25x20
(2) 25 x 20
(3) 25 x 16
(3) 25 x 2O
20
1
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
16
2O
2O
2O
Unit Size 12
Flat Filter Section
Unit Size 14
Flat Filter Section
Unit Size 17
Flat Filter Section
(6) 16 x 20
(3) 16 x 20, (3) 20 x 20
(6) 20 x 20
25
25
20
25
20
20
20
2O
24
2O
24
Unit Size 21
Flat Filter Section
Unit Size 25
Flat Filter Section
(6) 20 x 25
(8) 24 x 20
20
20
20
20
25
20
25
25
25
2O
24
2O
24
Unit
Size
Flat
Filter
(10)
24 x 20
2O
30
Section
Unit
Size
Flat Filter
(12)
Shaded
area represents
filter section
36
Section
20 x 25
blankoff.
Fig. 108 -- Flat Filter Arrangement -- 2-in. or 4-in.
98
25
25
25
25
2O
2O
25
2O
2O
20
20
20
Unit Size 40
Flat Filter Section
(8) 20 x 25, (5) 25 x 20
20
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
Unit Size 50
Flat Filter Section
(15) 25 x 20
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
2O
2O
25
25
Unit
Size
Flat Filter
(14)
61
Section
20 x 16,
(14)
25 x 16
Fig. 108 -- Flat Filter Arrangement -- 2-in. or 4-in. (cont)
99
25
20
20
25
16
I
25
20
16
16
16
16
16
Unit Size 06
Unit Size 08
Unit
Angle Filter Section
(2) 16 x 25
Angle Filter Section
(4) 16 x 20
Angle Filter Section
(4) 16 x 25
Angle
20
24
20
I
20
16
Unit Size 03
20
20
24
Size
10
Filter
Section
(6) 16 x 20
20
25
2O
2O
2O
2O
25
25
16
16
16
Unit Size 12
Unit Size 14
Angle Filter Section
(6) 20 x 2O
Angle Filter Section
(4) 20 x 24, (2) 20 x 20
Unit Size 17
Angle Filter Section
(9) 16 x 25
25
Unit
Angle
(12)
Size
25
Angle
(16)
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Unit
Section
Angle
16 x 25
(12)
Size
25
25
25
25
16
21
Filter
25
Unit
25
25
Size
25
Filter
Section
16 x 25
25
25
25
25
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
30
Filter
25
Section
16 x 25
Unit Size 36 and 40
Shaded
area represents
filter section
blankoff.
Angle Filter Section
(20) 16 x 25
Fig. 109 -- Angle Filter Arrangement -- 2-in. or 4-in.
1 O0
25
25
20
20
20
16
16
16
16
16
16
Unit
Size
50
Angle
Filter
Section
(12)
16 x 25,
(18)
25
16 x 20
25
20
20
20
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Unit
Size
61
Angle
Filter
Section
(14)
16 x 25,
(21)
16 x 20
Fig. 109 -- Angle Filter Arrangement -- 2-in. or 4-in. (cont)
101
25
20
I
25
20
25
20
11
20
16
16
16
16
Unit Size 03
Unit Size 06
Unit Size 08
Unit Size 10
Filter Mixing Box Section
(2) 16 x 25
Filter Mixing Box Section
(4) 16 x 20
Filter Mixing Box Section
(4) 16 x 25
Filter Mixing Box Section
(6) 16x20
20
20
20
24
24
20
20
20
I
20
2O
UnitSize12
Unit Size 14
Filter Mixing Box Section
(6) 20 x 2O
Filter Mixing Box Section
(4) 20 x 24, (2) 20 x 20
24
24
24
25
25
25
12
16
12
16
12
16
12
16
Unit Size 17
Filter Mixing Box Section
(12) 12 x 24
Unit Size 21
Filter Mixing Box Section
(12) 16 x 25
25
25
25
25
16
16
16
16
16
16
Unit Size 30
Filter Mixing Box Section
(16) 16 x25
filter section
25
16
Filter Mixing Box Section
(12) 16 x25
area represents
25
16
Unit Size 25
Shaded
25
blankoff.
Fig. 110 -- Filter Mixing Box Arrangement -- 2-in. or 4-in.
102
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
16
2O
16
2O
16
2O
16
2O
16
Unit Size 36
Filter Mixing Box Section
(16) 20 x 25
16
Unit Size 40
Filter Mixing Box Section
(24) 16 x 25
25
25
20
20
25
25
20
20
16
16
16
16
16
16
Unit Size 50
Filter Mixing Box Section
16
(12) 16 x 25, (18) 16 x 20
16
Unit Size 61
Filter Mixing Box Section
(16) 16 x 25, (24) 16 x 20
Fig. 110 -- Filter Mixing Box Arrangement-
103
2-in. or 4-in. (cont)
24
I
24
12
24
24
24
24
12
24
24
Unit Size 03
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-filter Section
(1)24 x 24
Unit Size 06
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-filter Section
(1) 24 x 24, (1) 24 x 12
I
Unit Size 08
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-filter Section
(2) 24 x 24
24
Unit Size 10
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-filter Section
(2) 24 x 24, (1) 24 x 12
24
24
1[
12
12
24
24
12
12
Unit Size 12
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-filter Section
(3) 12 x 24, (2) 24 x 24
24
Unit Size 14
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-filter Section
(3) 12 x 24, (2) 24 x 24
24
24
24
24
24
12
24
24
24
Unit Size 17
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-filter Section
(3) 12 x 24, (3) 24 x 24
24
Unit Size 21
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-filter Section
(6) 24 x 24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
Unit Size 25
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-filter Section
(6) 24 x 24
Unit Size 30
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-filter Section
(8) 24 x 24
Shaded area represents filter section blankoff.
Fig. 111 --Side
Load Bag/Cartridge
104
Filter Arrangement
24
24
24
24
12
24
24
Unit Size 36 and 40
Bag/Cartridge Pre-filter Section
(4) 12 x 24, (8) 24 x 24
24
24
24
24
12
24
24
24
Unit Size 50
Bag/Cartridge Pre-filter Section
(12) 24 x 24, (3) 24 x 12
SUPPORT
12
24
24
24
24
BAFFLE_
12
24
24
24
Unit Size 60
Bag/Cartridge Pre-filter Section
(12) 24 x 24, (7) 24 x 12
Fig. 111 -- Side Load Bag/Cartridge
105
Filter Arrangement (cont)
24
24
12
24
24
24
24
12
24
24
Unit Size 03
Bag/Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-filter Section
(1) 24 x 24
24
Unit Size 06
Bag/Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-filter Section
(1) 24 x 24, (1) 24 x 12
Unit Size 08
Bag/Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-filter Section
(2) 24 x 24
Support_
24
12
24
Unit Size 10
Bag/Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-filter Section
(2) 24 x 24, (1) 24 x 12
24
24
12
12
24
24
Unit Size 14
Bag/Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-filter Section
(3) 12 x 24, (2) 24 x 24
Unit Size 12
Bag/Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-fiiter Section
(2) 12 x 24, (2) 24 x 24
24
24
24
24
24
24
12
24
24
24
Unit Size 17
Bag/Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-fiiter Section
(3) 12 x 24, (3) 24 x 24
24
Unit Size 21
Bag/Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-filter Section
(6) 24 x 24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
Unit Size 25
Bag/Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-fiiter Section
(6) 24 x 24
24
Unit Size 30
Bag/Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-fiiter Section
(8) 24 x 24
Fig. 112-
Face Load Bag/Cartridge/HEPA
106
Filter Arrangement
24
24
24
24
12
24
24
Unit Size 36 and 40
Bag/Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-filter Section
(4) 12 x 24, (8) 24 x 24
24
24
24
24
12
24
24
24
Unit Size 50
Bag/Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-filter Section
(12) 24 x 24, (3) 24 x 12
SUPPORT
12
24
24
24
24
BAFFLE\
24
24
24
Unit Size 60
Bag/Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-filter Section
(12) 24 x 24, (7) 24 x 12
Fig. 1 12 -- Face Load Bag/Cartridge/HEPA
107
Filter Arrangement (cont)
Magnehelic
Gage Maintenance -- No lubrication or
periodic servicing is required. Keep case exterior and cover
clean. Occasionally disconnect pressure lines to vent both sides
of gage to atmosphere and le-zero.
7.
NOTE: To facilitate easy removal of setscrew fastened wheels,
sheaves, or bearings, remove the setscrew completely. Taking
care not to damage threads, insert a flat ended drift or punch,
tap lightly and carefully return the materi_fl displaced on the
shaft by the setscrew to its original place.
CALIBRATION
CHECK -- Select
a second
gage or
manometer of known accuracy and in an appropriate range.
Using short lengths of lubber or vinyl tubing, connect the high
pressme side of the Magnehelic gage and the test gage to two
legs of a tee. Very slowly apply pressure through the third leg.
Allow a few seconds for pressure to equalize, fluid to drain,
etc., and compare leadings. If accuracy unacceptable,
gage
may be returned to factory for recalibration. To calibrate in the
field, use the following procedure.
8.
Attempted field rep_ir may void your warranty. Recalibration or repair by the user is not recommended.
10.
For best results, return gage to the factory. Ship prepaid to:
Dwyer Instruments, Inc.
Attn: Repair Dept.
102 Indiana Highway 212
Michigan City, IN 46360
Calibration:
Remove scale sclews and scale assembly.
to damage pointel:
4.
The calibration is changed by moving the clamp. Ix_osen
the clamp screw(s) and move slightly towmd the helix if
gage is reading high; move away if gage is low. Tighten
clmnp sclew and install scale assembly.
Place cover and O-ring in position. Make sure the hex shaft
on inside of cover is properly engaged in zero adjust screw.
6.
Secure cover in place by screwing bezel tightly. Note that
the alva under the cover is pressurized in operation and
therefore gage will leak if not properly tightened.
7.
Zero gage and compare to test instrument.
adjustments as necesstuy.
Fan Shaft Bearing
Check fan shaft diameter at beming mount, ff worn by
more than 0.001-in. below nominal, shaft should be
replaced.
[nstall new bearing, tighten holddown bolts,
tighten bearing locking collm or setscrews.
and then
12.
Recoat fan shaft with a rust inhibitor or grease.
13.
Replace sheave and belts. Adjust and align as described
in Installation, Sheaves and V-Belts sections.
14.
Replace access panels.
15.
Restore electrical
power
Fan and Shaft Removal -- On
airfoil fans, the fan
wheel and shaft may be removed through inlet side of fan
housing. See Fig. 113. On plenum fans, remove side, top, or
end panel opposite inlet, wherever ductwork is not connected.
After removing panel, proceed as follows.
Be ctueful not
5.
of shaft end.
11. Make ceflain fan wheel does not rub sides of fan housing
after installing new be_uings.
1. With gage case, held firmly, loosen bezel, by turning
counterclockwise.
To avoid &_mage, canvas strap wrench
or similar tool should be used.
3.
Add a few drops ofoil after cleanup
It should not be necesstuy to drive a new bearing onto
shaft, ff light tapping is needed, do not tap against outer
race.
9.
Lift out plastic cover and "O" ring.
Remove
bearing
while
observing
the
following
precautions:
a. Make certain fan shaft surface is not rough or scored.
If so, clean up surface with fine emery cloth.
b.
If bezel binds when installing, lubricate threads sparingly
with light oil or molybdenum disulphide compound.
2.
Loosen bearing setsclews and locking collm, and remove
holddown bolts.
1. Remove drive belts as described
Remov;d section above.
Make further
in Fan Shaft Beming
2.
Block up fan wheel within housing
when bearing bolts ale removed.
to prevent diopping
3.
Loosen beming holddown
4.
Loosen bearing setscrews and locking collm, and remove
holddown bolts. On forwmd-curved
fans, remove cutoff
plate. Remove fan wheel through discharge opening.
bolts, block shaft up.
NOTE: To facilitate easy removal of setscrew fastened wheels,
sheaves or bearings, remove the setscrew completely. Taking
care not to &_mage threads, insert a flat ended drift or punch,
tap lightly and carefully return the materi;d displaced on the
shaft by the setscrew to its original place.
Removal
1. Isolate the unit from the system by closing &unpers to
plevent "pin wheeling." Tie off the fan wheel to prevent
rotation.
5.
Remove bearing support channels and inlet ring fiom one
side.
6.
Remove fan shaft and fan wheel fi'om unit.
7.
Remove fan shaft fi'om fan wheel.
2.
Ix_ck open and tag electrical disconnect.
3.
Enter through fan section access door or lemove panels as
required.
4.
Ix_osen motor base to frame bolts. Adjust motor to
release belt tension and remove belts. Do not stwtch bel_
over sheaves. Damage to belts c_m result.
8.
Replace shaft and wheel into fan in the reverse order of
their removal.
9.
Inspect bearings and if sel-¢iceable, replace on shall.
5.
Remove bolts on bushing of fan shaft sheave, insert bolts
in jacking hole provided on bushing and slowly jack
bushing fi_m sheave. Remove bushing and sheave.
10.
6.
Ix_osen bearing holddown
bolts, block shaft up.
108
For airfoil and forward-curved
fans, align fan wheel and
shaft assembly in fan scroll. Check cutoff location if
wheel failure damaged cutoff pkite. For plenum fan, align
wheel and shaft assembly per manufacturer's
directions
supplied with fan.
Table 31 -- Maintenance
Intervals
MAINTENANCE
Heat sink temperature
INTERVAL
check and
cleaning
Every 12 months (more often
if operating in a dusty environment)
Main cooling fan replacement
Capacitor change (frame size R5
and R6)
Every five years
Every ten years
HVAC Control
Every ten years
panel battery
change
HEAT SINK -- The heat sink fins accumulate dust from the
cooling air. Since a dusty heat sink is less efficient at cooling
file drive, over temperature faults become more likely. In a normal environment
check the heat sink annually, in a dusty
environment check more often.
Check the heat sink as follows (when necessary):
1. Remove power from drive.
J
Fig. 113 -- Fan Shaft
11. Tighten bearing
shaft setscrews.
12.
and Bearing
holddown
Removal
bolts, beating
setscrews,
Motor
Location -- The motor and motor base must be
moved to place the motor at the front or re;u of unit. The proper
location is the one that results in the longest &ive centerline
distance. The motor may need to be replaced since the conduit
box may need to be reversed: Tile conduit box (if not on top)
should always be under the fan shaft for maximum centerline
distance and motor adjustment.
Fan failure can be predicted by the increasing noise from
fan bearings and the gradual rise in the heat sink temperature in
spite of heat sink cleaning, ff file drive is operated in a critical
part of a process, fan replacement is recommended once these
symptoms start appearing. Replacement fans are avtdlable
from C_u'riec
INTERNALLY
ISOLATED UNIT -- When fan discharge is
altered the motor is moved, then all isolators must be readjusted to assure proper unit isolation.
To replace the main fan for frame sizes RI through R4, perform the following (see Fig. 114):
1. Remove power from drive.
2. Remove drive covel:
of the unit is recommended.
Lubrication
with
nameplate
recommendations
3.
Fan Bearings -- Lubricate fan bearings every 3 months with
suitable betuing grease. Typic_d lubricants
are given in
Table 30.
Porous Bronze Bearings -- These bearings are oil impregnaed. Annually
lubricate with a few drops of non-detergent
SAE 20 oil.
Table
OPERATING
CONDITIONS
30 -- Lubrication
BEARING
TEMPERATURES
32 to 120
Clean
Dirty
120 to 150
150 to 200
32 to 150
6 to 10
1 to 3
1 to 4
1 to 4
Motor and Drive Package
give motor &_ta for forward-curved,
Data
--
5.
Install file new fan by reversing
6.
Restore powel:
Steps 2 to 4.
1. Remove power from drive.
RECOMMENDED
LUBRICANT
months
months
weeks
weeks
4.
For frame sizes RI and R2, press together the retaining
clips on the fan cover and lift. For frame sizes R3 and R4,
press in on the lever located on the left side of the fan
mount, and rotate the fan up and out.
Disconnect the fan cable.
To replace the main fan for frmne sizes R5 and R6, perform
file following (see Fig. 115):
Guide
GREASE
INTERVAL
(F)
Blow clean compressed air (not humid) fiom bottom to
top and simultaneously
use a vacuum cleaner at the air
outlet to trap the dust. If there is a risk of the dust entering
adjoining equipment,
perform the cleaning in another
room.
4. Replace file cooling fan.
5. Restore powel:
MAIN FAN REPLACEMENTTile main cooling fan of
the VFD has a life span of about 60,000 operating hours at
maximum rated operating temperature and drive load. The
expected life span doubles for each 18 F drop in the fan
temperature (fan temperature is a function of ambient temperaturns and drive loads).
eter tolerance at bearing mount of +.0000 in./-.001 in.
IMPORTANT:
must have a diamnominal.
Carrier Replacement
specified partsshafts
are recommended.
MOTORS -- Lubricate
in accor&mce
attached to motor or with manufacturer's
included with motol:
BEARINGS
Remove the cooling fan.
3.
and
Field balancing of shaft and wheel is recommended.
Rebalancing
2.
Shell Alvanina #2
Texaco Multifak #2
Mobil Mobilus #2
2.
3.
Remove the screws attaching
Disconnect the fan cable.
4.
Install the fan in reveLse ordec
5.
Restore powel:
file fan.
CONTROL PANEL CLEANINGUse a soft damp cloth
to clean the control panel. Avoid harsh cleaners which could
scratch the display window.
Tables 2A-2D
BATTERY REPLACEMENT
-- A batlery is only used in
assistant control panels that have the clock limction available
and enabled. The battery keeps the clock operating in memory
during power interruptions. Tile expected life for the battery is
greater than ten yeaLs. To remove the battery, use a coin to
rotate the battery holder on the back of file control panel.
Replace the battery with type CR2032.
airfoil, and plenum fans.
Variable
Frequency
Drive -- If installed in an appropriate environment, the VFD requires very little maintenance.
Table 31 lists the routine maintenance intervals recommended
by Carrier
109
with the coils operating tit partkd load without a vacuum breaking device.
Problems with temperature control can occur when a thermostatic controller or stemn control valve is not functioning
properly. Temperature control problems will also occur when
the steam controls valve is oversized. Consider 1/3 to 2/3 Valve
arrangements for full range control.
Problems with "water logging" of the condensate tubes can
occur when a coil with over 6 foot tubes is selected tit high air
velocities, low steam pressures (below 5 psig) and high density
fin spacing (9 fins per inch or more). This high density fin
spacing, while producing high levels of heating capacity, also
promotes
excessive
condensate.
Given the length of the
tubes and the low steam supply pressure, condensate can build
up faster than the drain system can cmry it away. Considerations should be given for using two coils in series for this
application.
Steam Failure Modes
-- The following failure modes
could take as little as a weekend to &image a coil, or much
longel:
Problems occur quickly in coils using low pressure steam
(<3 psig). Water hammer can develop inside the coil at the
header end because the steam has already condensed and the
low steam pressure does not adequately cletu it from the coil.
This condensate re-boils and starts up water hammer inside the
tubes. The action of this type of water hammeL which sounds
like crackling inside the coil, is many tiny bubbles impinging
on the inner and outer tubes. One result is the inner tube gets
work htudened and eventually shatters. Another result is the
eventual erosion of the outer tube causing pinhole leaks.
Fig. 114Main Fan Replacement
(Frame Sizes R1 - R4)
BOTTOM VIEW (R5)
Q
Coils which are not properly vented will eventually load up
wifll noncondensable
gases. Coil performance
(temperature
rise) drops off as file noncondensables
act as insulation inside
the tubes.
The coils may also fill with condensate. The collapsing
steam causes a vacuum inside the coil when the supply valve
closes. The trapped condensate will then freeze causing the
tubes to rupture after it melts. The use of a vacuum breaker tit
the condensate discharge will aid in relieving the vacuum in the
coil and promote condensate drainage.
BOTTOM VIEW (R6)
_3
Refer to Tables 32-34 for 39M troubleshooting
information.
Disconnect power and allow all rotating equipment to stop
before selwicing unit. Physically secure all fans before
performing unit service. Failure to do so may result in
serious personal injury or death.
Water coil performance (when piped in ptuallel flow), will
be reduced by approximately 5% for each coil row on coils
2 rows deep and deepo: Coils should always be piped with the
water inlet on the leaving air side of the coil, regardless of
water connection vertical position.
Fig. 115Main Fan Replacement
(Frame Sizes R5 and R6)
TROUBLESHOOTING
VFD DiagnosticsThe &'ive detects enor situations
and reports them using:
• the green and red LEDs on the body of the drive (located
under the keypad)
• the status LED on the control panel
• the control panel display
• The Fault W\_rd and Alarm Word parameters bits
(parameters 0305 to 0309)
The form of the display depends on the severity of the errol:
The user can specify the severity for ma W enors by directing
the drive to ignore the enor situation, report the situation as an
alarm, or report the situation as a fault.
Steam Coil Performance
Problems -- Coil capacity is nommlly not a probleln with stemn coils. Low capacity
can result from blocked or plugged air side surface, an tfir
bound coil, or a coil which is filled with condensate because of
a non-functioning
steam trap. The CtuTier steam coils with the
1-in. OD outer tube have at least twice the condensate loading
capacity of a coil with 5/8-in. OD outer tubes.
Water hammer can &image the coil and cause leaks. It is
typically caused by improper piping of the stemn supply,
allowing condensate to enter the coil with the steam supply; or
by accumulation
of condensate in the coil which can occur
llO
CORRECTING
FAULTS -- The recommended
corrective
fiction for faults is shown in the Fault Listing Table 35. The
VFD can also be reset to remove the fault. If fin external source
for a stmt command is selected find is active, the VFD may
start immediately after fault reset.
FAULTS (RED LED LIT)The VFD signals that it has
detected a severe errok or fault, by:
• enabling the red LED on the drive (LED is either steady
or flashing)
• setting an appropriate
bit in a Fault Word parameter
(0305 to 0307)
• overriding the control panel display with the display of a
fault code
• stopping the motor (if it was on)
• sets an appropriate
bit in Fault Word parameter 0305 to
0307
To reset a fault indicated by a flashing red LED, turn off the
power for 5 minutes. To reset a fault indicated by a red LED
(not flashing), press RESET from the control panel or turn off
the power for 5 minutes. Depending on the value of parameter
1604 (FAULT RESET SELECT), digital input or serial communication could also be used to reset the diive. When the fault
has been corrected, the motor can be started.
The fault code on the control panel display is tempormy.
Pressing the MENU, ENTER, UP button or DOWN buttons
removes the fault message. The message reappefu's after a few
seconds if the control panel is not touched and the fault is still
active.
HISTORYFor reference, the last throe fault codes am
stored into pmameters 0401, 0412, 0413. For the most recent
fault (identified by parameter 0401), the drive stores additional
&tta (in parameters 0402 through 0411) to aid in troubleshooting a problem. For example, a pfuameter 0404 stores the motor
speed fit the time of the fault. To clem" the fault history (all of
Group 04, Fault History parmneters), follow these steps:
ALARMS (GREEN LED FLASHING)-For less severe
errors, called akums, the diagnostic display is advisory. For
these situations, the drive is simply reporting that it had detected something unusual. In these situations, the drive:
•
•
•
1. In the control
0401.
flashes the green LED on the drive (does not apply to
alarms that arise from control panel operation errors)
sets an appropriate
bit in an Alarm Word parameters
(0308 or 0309)
overrides the control panel display with the display of an
alarm code and/or name
panel, Parameters
2.
Press EDIT.
3.
4.
Press the UP find DOWN
Press SAVE.
mode, select parameter
button simultaneously.
CORRECTING
ALARMSTo correct aimms, first determine if the Alarm requires any corrective action (fiction is not
fdways required). Use Table 36 to lind and addi'ess the root
cause of the problem.
Alarm messages disappear from the control panel display
after a few seconds. The message returns periodically as long
as the alarm condition exists.
Table 32 -- Magnehelic Gage Troubleshooting
SYMPTOM
CAUSE
Gage will not Indicate or is Sluggish.
Duplicate pressure port is not plugged,
Plug duplicate pressure port.
Diaphragm
_ressure.
Replace gage.
is ruptured
Fittings or sensing
or leaking.
Pointer
Stuck--
Gage Cannot
be Zeroed,
REMEDY
due to excessive
lines are blocked,
pinched,
Repair lines and fittings.
Cover is loose or "0" ring is damaged or
missing.
Tighten cover and/or replace "0" ring.
Pressure sensor (static tips, Pitot tube, etc.) is
improperly located.
Relocate pressure sensoK
Ambient temperature
For operation below 20 E order gage with
low temperature (LT) option.
is too low.
Metallic particles are clinging to the magnet
and interfering with helix movement.
Scale is touching pointer.
Spring/magnet assembly has shifted and is
touching helix.
Cover zero adjust shaft is broken or not
properly engaged in adjusting screw.
III
Parts used in various sub-assemblies vary
from one range of gage to another, and use
of incorrect components may cause improper
operation. Gages needing repair should be
returned to:
Dwyer Instruments Inc.
Attn: Repair Dept.
102 Indiana Highway 212
Michigan City, IN 46360
Table 33 -- Humidifier Troubleshooting
SYMPTOM
CAUSE
Water is Spitting from the
Discharge Manifolds
The steam
the bottom
not sloped
The steam
Steam does not Discharge
from the Manifolds when
the Valve is Open
Steam Valve will not Open
REMEDY
Steam trap is not functioning properly.
The header P-traps are not draining,
Clean or replace non-functioning steam trap on the valve/trap assembly.
Clean and check that plumbing runs to gravity drain. Check that trap height
exceeds the static pressure of the duct/AHU, especially if it is under negative
_ressure.
Change line to take off from the top and check proper slopes.
line has been taken from
of the steam source or is
properly.
main is overloaded with water.
Locate cause and correct problem.
Vertical discharge manifolds are not plumb.
Horizontal headers are not level.
Make manifolds plumb.
Make headers level.
Vertical discharge manifolds
installed upside down.
Reinstall correctly.
are
Check valve sizing to maximum
manifold capacity.
Resize valve within manifold capacity.
Valve is not open.
There is no steam available.
Open valve.
Verify that steam is available.
Verify that the steam pressure has not changed.
jam the valve.
There is a change in steam pressure.
Steam Valve is Leaking
Carefully place a mirror or metal object close to one of the steam discharge slots.
If it fogs, steam is discharging, but evaporating very quickly. This is not a problem.
DO NOT EVER PLACE YOUR HAND OVER OR NEAR THE STEAM DISCHARGE SLOTS.
Y-strainer may be clogged,
Clean or replace Y-strainer.
There is no power.
There is no control signal,
Verify and, if necessary, correct power or air pressure to the valve actuator.
Verify and, if necessary, correct control signal or pressure range to the valve
actuator.
Control polarity has been reversed,
Verify and, if necessary, correct control signal polarity to the valve actuator.
Actuator is not working,
There is high steam pressure.
Remove actuator to verify that it is operational. Clean or replace jammed valve.
Verify that the steam pressure has not changed. Excessively high pressure could
jam the valve.
Verify proper valve orientation. Electric valves must face upward.
There is no control signal,
Control polarity has been reversed,
Actuator is not working.
There is high steam pressure.
Verify and, if necessary, correct control signal to the valve actuator.
Verify and, if necessary, correct control signal polarity to the valve actuator.
Remove actuator to verify that it is operational. Clean or replace jammed valve.
Verify that the steam pressure has not changed. Excessively high pressure could
jam the valve.
Valve has been installed incorrectly.
Control signal is not at full range,
Control polarity has been reversed,
Verify proper valve orientation. Electric valves must face upward.
Verify and, if necessary, correct full-range control signal to the valve actuator.
Verify and, if necessary, correct control signal polarity to the valve actuator.
Actuator is not working,
Remove actuator and test to verify that it is operational. If not, clean or replace
jammed valve.
Verify that the steam pressure has not changed. Excessively high pressure could
am the valve.
There is high steam pressure,
Humidity
Exceeds Set Point
Control signal is not at full range,
Verify and, if necessary, correct compatibility
valve actuator.
There is no control signal.
The controller is out of calibration.
Verify and, if necessary, correct control signal polarity to the valve actuator.
Check and, if necessary, correct calibration of controller.
Ensure that humidity sensors are installed correctly and not located in drafts
(wall). If necessary, correct sensor installation.
Remove actuator and test to verify that it is operational. If not, clean or replace
jammed valve.
Verify that the steam pressure has not changed. Excessively high pressure could
jam the valve.
Verify stable boiler pressure. Wide swings in pressure could affect the humidity
controls.
Humidity sensor is not installed properly.
Actuator is not working,
There is high steam pressure,
Boiler is not operating correctly.
Humidity Remains
Set Point
Below
Verify and, if necessary, correct compatibility
valve actuator.
Control polarity has been reversed,
Controller is out of calibration,
Verify and, if necessary, correct control signal polarity to the valve actuator.
Check and, if necessary, correct calibration of controller.
Ensure that humidity sensors are installed correctly and not located in drafts
(wall). If necessary, correct sensor installation.
Actuator is not working,
Steam leaks from P-traps
Boiler is not operating correctly.
Verify stable boiler pressure. Wide swings in pressure could affect the humidity
controls.
There is an airflow switch fault.
Ensure that airflow switch is not fluttering.
switch.
The high limit controller is not in
the correct location,
The humidifier is too small,
Verify that high-limit controller is not located too close to steam discharge
folds. If necessary, correct location of controller.
Humidifier is undersized. Check humidity load calculations.
The humidifier is too large,
There is a high limit controller
Verify humidifier capacity versus air volume.
Verify that high limit controller is working. If necessary, correct problem.
fault,
Air-Handling
airflow
mani-
Verify and, if necessary, correct evaporation distance to obstructions or elbows.
Verify steam valve is not leaking. If necessary, correct leaking steam valve.
The trap height is incorrect,
Ensure that height of trap exceeds the static pressure of the duct/AHU, especially
if under negative pressure.
Check valve sizing to maximum manifold capacity. If necessary, resize valve
within manifold capacity.
Check that inlet steam pressure does not exceed humidifier capability.
There is excessively
--
If necessary, correct fluttering
Evaporation distance is too short.
Steam valve is leaking.
Valve sizing is incorrect.
AHU
of the full range control signal to the
Remove actuator and test to verify that it is operational. If not, clean or replace
jammed valve.
Verify that the steam pressure has not changed. Excessively high pressure could
jam the valve.
There is high steam pressure,
in unit
of the full range control signal to the
Control signal is not at full range,
Humidity sensor is not installed properly.
Condensate
high pressure could
Steam is not visible.
Valve has been installed incorrectly.
Steam Valve will not Close
Excessively
high steam pressure.
Unit
112
Table 34 -- Troubleshooting
SYMPTOM
CAUSE
REMEDY
Motor Fails to Start
Power line open
Improper wiring or loose connections
Overload trip
Mechanical failure
Improper current supply
Reset circuit breaker.
Check wiring and connections.
Check and reset overload,
Inspect motor and drive for operation and/or damage,
Check rating plate against actual supply voltage, Contact
power provider for adjustments if needed,
Motor Stalls
Open Phase
Overloaded motor
Low line voltage
Check line for open phase,
Reduce motor load or replace with larger motor.
Check supply line, correct voltage,
Excessive
Vibration
Bearing/shaft misalignment
Shipping blocks/spacers not removed
Excessive belt tension
Drive misaligned
Check and align bearing set screws,
Remove shipping blocks/spacers.
Adjust belt tension,
Align drive.
Bearing(s)
is Hot
Grease not evenly distributed
Over-lubrication
No lubricant
Misaligned bearing
Allow
Clean
Check
Check
after lubrication
Motor Does Not Run at
Full Speed
Low voltage at motor terminals
Supply wiring to motor too small
Motor Overheats
Overloaded motor
Motor fan is clogged, preventing
Excessive
Motor Noise
unit to cool down and restart,
and purge excess grease,
bearings for damage and apply lubricant.
shaft level and reset alignment.
Check supply voltage and correct voltage loss,
Rewire with properly sized wire,
motor cooling
Reduce motor load or replace with larger motor.
Clean motor fan.
Mounting bolts loose
Rigid coupling connectors
Worn motor bearings
Fan rubbing on housing
Tighten bolts,
Replace with flexible connectors,
Replace bearings and seals,
Adjust housing,
Motor Runs and Then Slows
Partial supply voltage loss
Check for loose/dirty connections.
Verify supply voltage,
Excessive
High load due to over-tensioned drive
Excessive overhung load caused by a small
diameter motor sheave
Check belt tension and load.
Replace with larger sheave,
Loose Fan Belt
Improper motor position
Worn sheaves
Worn or damaged belt
Adjust tension,
Replace sheaves.
Check sheave alignment and replace belt(s).
Drive Noise
Sheave(s) not tight on fan/motor shaft(s)
Belts contacting guard(s)
Belts too loose or too tight
Belts and sheaves mismatched
Belts not length matched (multiple belt set-up)
Misaligned sheaves
Belts worn
Belts dirty or oily
Tighten sheaves,
Adjust or tighten belt guard mounts.
Adjust belt tension.
Install proper belts.
Install matched belts.
Align sheaves.
Replace belts.
Replace belts.
Bearing
Defective bearing
Lack of lubrication
Loose bearing
Bearing misaligned
Foreign material/dirt inside bearing
Corrosion between bearing and shaft
Repair/replace bearing.
Lubricate bearing,
Adjust bearing support or bearing on shaft,
Align bearing properly.
Inspect and clean bearing.
Clean or replace bearing as required,
Fan speed too high
Ductwork too restrictive
Low static pressure
Registers and grilles too restrictive
Check fan speed.
Increase duct size for proper air velocity.
Decrease fan speed to obtain proper pressure.
Replace with correctly sized registers and grilles,
Rattling or Whistling
Noise in Airstream
Loose dampers, grilles, or splitters
Obstructed dampers or grilles
Sharp elbows in ductwork
Sudden expansion/contraction
of ductwork
Turning vanes loose or not properly installed
Adjust as needed.
Remove obstruction(s),
Install larger radius elbows,
Install proper ductwork transitions.
Tighten or adjust as needed.
CFM Lower than System
Requirements
Fan rotating backwards
Fan speed too slow
Duct system has more resistance
Diffusers closed
Reverse any two power leads to the fan motor,
Check fan RPM.
Enlarge ductwork to match system requirements.
Open diffusers.
Motor Bearing
Noise
High Velocity
High Current
(Motor)
Electric
Air Noise
Draw
Heat Inoperative
Wear
than designed
Motor overload
Low line voltage
Electric heater manual reset tripped
Broken heating element
Electric heater fuses blown
Inoperative electric heating circuit contactor
Airflow switch interlock not closed
Heater Cycles
Airflow marginally
Improper Temperature
Regulation
Intermittent
installation
insufficient
Airflow switch may chatter and cycle heater circuits off
and on. Or, automatic reset may open and close, causing
a similar situation. Check unit airflow requirements and
clean the system,
power supply due to improper
Erratic thermostat operation due to improper
location or frequent resetting
Air system characteristics
with the job requirements
No Hot Water or Steam
Heat
Reduce system load or use larger motor,
Consult power company about increasing line
voltage,
Determine cause of cutout and reset switch,
Replace element,
Replace fuses,
Repair/replace as needed.
Check airflow sensing tube location and operation in
airstream. Repair/replace as needed,
are not in accordance
Defective hot water or steam valve actuator motor
Broken control linkage from actuator to valve assembly
Defective hot water or steam control valve
113
Recheck installation procedure. Check contactor
operation and safety cutout switches, Refer to heater
wiring diagram,
Check thermostat installation instructions. Be certain
that the thermostat location is not subjected to adverse
temperature changes, such as those caused by opening
doors or windows. Check for thermostat tampering.
Check the supply-air fan is delivering adequate volume
and velocity. Check air system balance, Be certain that
heating coils are operating,
Repair/replace
Repair/replace
Repair/replace
as needed.
as needed.
as needed.
Table 35 -- Fault Codes
FAULT CODE
FAULT NAME IN PANEL
DESCRIPTION
AND RECOMMENDED
CORRECTIVE
ACTION
1
OVERCURRENT
Output current is excessive. Check for excessive motor load, insufficient acceleration time
(parameters 2202 ACCELER TIME 1, default 30 seconds), or faulty motor, motor cables or
connections.
2
DC OVERVOLT
Intermediate circuit DC voltage is excessive. Check for static or transient over voltages in
the input power supply, insufficient deceleration time (parameters 2203 DECELER TIME 1,
default 30 seconds), or undersized brake chopper (if present).
3
DEV OVERTEMP
Drive heat sink is overheated. Temperature is at or above 115 C (239 F). Check for fan failure, obstructions in the airflow, dirt or dust coating on the heat sink, excessive ambient
temperature, or excessive motor load.
4
SHORT CIRC
5
OVERLOAD
6
DC UNDERVOLT
7
All LOSS
Analog input 1 loss. Analog input value is less than All FLT LIMIT (3021). Check source
and connection for analog input and parameter settings for AI 1 FLT LIMIT (3021) and 3001
AI 1305 AI 2 MAX.
1301 AI MIN > 1302 AI 1 MAX and
1004
PAR AO SCALE
Parameter values are inconsistent. Check that parameter
and that parameter 1510 AO 2 MIN > 1511 AO 2 MAX.
1504 AO 1 MIN > 1505 AO 1 MAX
1005
PAR PCU 2
1006
PAR EXT RO
1007
PAR FBUS
Parameter values are inconsistent. Check that a parameter is set for field bus control (e.g.
1001 EXT1 COMMANDS = 10 (COMM)), but 9802 COMM PROT SEL = 0.
1008
PAR PFA MODE
Parameter values are inconsistent. The 9904 MOTOR CTRL MODE must be = 3 (SCALAR
SPEED), when 8123 PFA ENABLE is activated.
1009
PAR PCU 1
1010
OVERRIDE/PFA
CONFLICT
Parameter values
2001 MINIMUM
2007 MINIMUM
2001 MINIMUM
2002 MAXIMUM
2007 MINIMUM
2008 MAXIMUM
are inconsistent. Check for any of the following:
SPEED > 2002 MAXIMUM SPEED
FREQ > 2008 MAXIMUM FREQ
SPEED / 9908 MOTOR NOM SPEED is outside of the range: -128 to +128
SPEED / 9908 MOTOR NOM SPEED is outside of the range: -128 to +128
FREQ / 9907 MOTOR NOM FREQ is outside ef the range: -128 te +128
FREQ / 9907 MOTOR NOM FREQ is outside ef the range: -128 te +128
Check that 2007 MINIMUM FREQ is negative, when
Parameter values for power control are inconsistent: Improper motor nominal kVA or motor
nominal power. Check the following parameters:
1.1 < (9906 MOTOR NOM CURR * 9905 MOTOR NOM VOLT * 1.73 / PN) < 2.6
Where: PN = 1000 * 9909 MOTOR NOM POWER (if units are kW) or PN = 746 * 9909
MOTOR NOM POWER (if units are HP, e.g., in US)
Parameter values are inconsistent. Check the extension relay module for connection
1410 through 1412 RELAY OUTPUTS 4 through 6 have non-zero values.
and
Parameter values for power control are inconsistent or improper motor nominal frequency or
speed. Check for both of the following:
1 < (60 * 9907 MOTOR NOM FREQ / 9908 MOTOR NOM SPEED < 16 0.8 < 9908 MOTOR
NOM SPEED / (120 * 9907 MOTOR NOM FREQ / Motor poles) < 0.992
Override mode is enabled and PFA is activated at the same time. This cannot be done
because PFA interlocks cannot be observed in the override mode.
115
Table 36 -- Alarm Codes
ALARM CODE
2001
ALARM NAME IN PANEL
I
Reserved
DESCRIPTION
2002
--
Reserved
2003
I
Reserved
AND RECOMMENDED
CORRECTIVE
ACTION
2004
DIR LOCK
The change in direct being attempted is not allowed. Do not attempt to change the direction
of motor rotation, or Change parameter 1003 DIRECTION to allow direction change (if
reverse operation is safe).
2005
I/O COMM
Field bus communication has timed out. Check fault setup (3018 COMM FAULT FUNC and
3019 COMM FAULT TIME). Check communication settings (Group 51 or 53 as appropriate).
Check for poor connections and/or noise on line.
2006
All
LOSS
Analog input 1 is lost, or value is less than the minimum setting. Check input source and connections. Check the parameter that sets the minimum (3021) and the parameter that sets the
Alarm/Fault operation (3001).
2007
AI2 LOSS
Analog input 2 is lost, or value is less than the minimum setting. Check input source and connections. Check the parameter that sets the minimum (3022) and the parameter that sets the
Alarm/Fault operation (3001).
2008
PANEL LOSS
Panel communication is lost and either the VFD is in local control mode (the control panel
displays HAND), or the VFD is in remote control mode (AUTO) and is parametrized to accept
start/stop, direction or reference from the control panel. To correct, check the communication
lines and connections, Parameter 3002 PANEL LOSS, and parameters in groups 10 COMMAND INPUTS and 11 REFERENCE SELECT (if drive operation is REM).
Reserved
2009
I
2010
MOT OVERTEMP
Motor is hot, based on either the VFD estimate or on temperature feedback. This alarm
warns that a Motor Overload fault trip may be near. Check for overloaded motor. Adjust the
)arameters used for the estimate (3005 through 3009). Check the temperature sensors and
Group 35 parameters.
2011
UNDERLOAD
Motor load is lower than expected. This alarm warns that a Motor Underload fault trip may be
near. Check that the motor and drive ratings match (motor is NOT undersized for the drive).
Check the settings on parameters 3013 to 3015.
2012
MOTOR STALL
2013"
AUTORESET
This alarm warns that the drive is about to perform an automatic fault reset, which may start
the motor. To control automatic reset, use parameter group 31 (AUTOMATIC RESET).
2014"
AUTOCHANGE
2015
PFA INTERLOCK
This alarm warns that the PFA autochange function is active. To control PFA, use parameter
group 81 (PFA) and the Pump Alternation macro.
This alarm warns that the PFA interlocks are active, which means that the drive cannot start
any motor (when Autochange is used), or a speed regulated motor (when Autochange is not
used).
Reserved
Motor is operating in the stall region. This alarm warns that a Motor Stall fault trip may be
near.
2016
I
2017*
OFF BUTTON
2018"
PID SLEEP
This alarm warns that the PID sleep function is active, which means that the motor could
accelerate when the PID sleep function ends. To control PID sleep, use parameters 4022
through 4026 or 4122 through 4126.
2019
2020
ID RUN
OVERRIDE
The VFD is performing an ID run.
Override mode is activated.
This alarm indicates that the OFF button has been pressed.
2021
START ENABLE 1
MISSING
This alarm warns that the Start Enable 1 signal is missing. To control Start Enable 1 function,
use parameter 1608. To correct, check the digital input configuration and the communication
settings.
2022
START ENABLE 2
MISSING
This alarm warns that the Start Enable 2 signal is missing. To control Start Enable 2 function,
use parameter 1609. To correct, check the digital input configuration and the communication
settings.
2023
EMERGENCY
STOP
Emergency
stop is activated.
*This alarm is not indicated by a relay output, even when the relay output is configured
conditions (parameter 1401 RELAY OUTPUT = 5 [ALARM] or 16 [FLT/ALARM]).
to indicate alarm
Copyright 2004 Carrier Corporation
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications
PC 201
Catalog No. 533-952
Printed in U.S.A.
or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
Form 39M-6Sl
Pg 116
12-04
Replaces:
39M-5Sl
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.2 Linearized : No Page Count : 116 Page Layout : SinglePage Page Mode : UseNone Producer : Goby Monitor Application version 3, 2, 1, 4 Create Date : Fri Apr 20 15:49:51 2007 Author : Title : Subject :EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools